Linux Standard Base Specification 1.2

Linux Standard Base Specification 1.2
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002 by Free Standards Group
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Portions of the text were taken from other copyrighted documents in accordance with the respective licenses of those documents.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds.
UNIX a registered trademark of the Open Group in the United States and other countries.
Intel386 and Itanium are trademarks of Intel Corporation.
OpenGL is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Revision History
Revision 0.9.0	07-May-2001	Revised by: SRA	
Initial version for Public Comment	
Revision 0.9.1	30-May-2001	Revised by: SRA	
Changes derived from Public Comments. Simplified User & Group Section, Lots of additional details cleaned up. Lots of spelling fixes.	
Revision 0.9.2	07-Jun-2001	Revised by: SRA	
More changes derived from Public Comments. Pulled the SGML chapter due to uncertainty from the working group.	
Revision 0.9.3	18-Jun-2001	Revised by: SRA	
More changes derived from Public Comments.	
Revision 1.0.0	29-Jun-2001	Revised by: SRA	
More changes derived from Public Comments. Assigned specs to commands. Final change to copyright statement.	
Revision 1.0.1.011221	21-Dec-2001	Revised by: SRA	
*	Significant editorial cleanup for both style and consistancy.
*	Added the following new curses interfaces: COLS, LINES
*	Added the following new reentrant interfaces: asctime_r, gethostbyname_r, getpwuid_r, getutent_r, gmtime_r, localtime_r, rand_r, random_r.
*	Added the following new RPC interfaces: authnone_create, clnt_create, clnt_pcreateerror, clnt_perrno, clnt_perror, clnt_spcreateerror, clnt_sperrno, clnt_sperror, key_decryptsession, svc_getreqset, svcerr_auth, svcerr_decode, svcerr_noproc, svcerr_noprog, svcerr_progvers, svcerr_systemerr, svcerr_weakauth, xdr_accepted_reply, xdr_array, xdr_bool, xdr_bytes, xdr_callhdr, xdr_callmsg, xdr_char, xdr_double, xdr_enum, xdr_float, xdr_free, xdr_int, xdr_long, xdr_opaque, xdr_opaque_auth, xdr_pointer, xdr_reference, xdr_rejected_reply, xdr_replymsg, xdr_short, xdr_string, xdr_u_char, xdr_u_long, xdr_u_short, xdr_union, xdr_vector, xdr_void, xdr_wrapstring, xdrmem_create, xdrrec_create, xdrrec_eof.
*	Added the following new interfaces: timer_create, timer_delete, timer_getoverrun, timer_gettime, timer_settime.
*	Added the following new pthreads interfaces: pthread_mutexattr_getpshared, pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.
*	The following were replaced with threaded equivilents: errno, h_errno.
*	Remove the following interface due to lack of specifications: XESetBeforeFlush, XESetCloseDisplay, XESetCopyGC, XESetCreateFont, XESetCreateGC, XESetError, XESetErrorString, XESetEventToWire, XESetFreeFont, XESetFreeGC, XESetPrintErrorValues, XESetWireToError, XESetWireToEvent, XkbApplyVirtualModChanges, XkbChangeKeycodeRange, XkbGetKeyVirtualModMap, XkbTranslateKey, XkbUpdateActionVirtualMods, XkbUpdateKeyTypeVirtualMods, XkbXlibControlsImplemented.
*	The following interfaces have been deprecated: _IO_2_1_stderr_, _IO_2_1_stdin_, _IO_2_1_stdout_, __bzero , __mbrlen, __secure_getenv , __sigpause, __wcstod_internal, __wcstof_internal, __wcstol_internal, __wcstold_internal __wcstoll_internal, __wcstoul_internal, __wcstoull_internal
*	The FHS chapter was replaced by a more extensive Execution Environment chapter. In addition to the previous FHS content, /proc/cpuinfo and a few devices are defined.
*	The Data Definitions are more thorough and more accurate.
*	Removed appendix B, which was non-normative.	

Table of Contents
I. Introduction	000
1. Introduction	000
1.1. Introduction	000
1.2. Purpose	000
1.3. Related Standards	000
1.4. Relevant Libraries	000
1.5. How to Use this Standard	000
1.6. Definitions	000
1.7. Terminology	000
II. Object Format	000
2. Object Files	000
3. Sections	000
3.1. Sections Types	000
3.1.1. ELF Section Types	000
3.1.2. Additional Section Types	000
4. Special Sections	000
4.1. Special Sections	000
4.1.1. ELF Special Sections	000
4.1.2. Additional Special Sections	000
5. Symbol Mapping	000
5.1. Symbol Mapping	000
5.1.1. C Language	000
5.1.2. C++ Language	000
6. Symbol Versioning	000
6.1. Symbol Version Table	000
6.2. Version Definitions	000
6.3. Version Requirements	000
6.4. Startup Sequence	000
6.5. Symbol Resolution	000
7. ABI note tag	000
III. Dynamic Linking	000
8. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking	000
9. Dynamic Entries	000
9.1. Dynamic Entries	000
9.1.1. ELF Dynamic Entries	000
9.1.2. Additional Dynamic Entries	000
10. Program Interpreter	000
10.1. 	000
IV. Base Libraries	000
11. Libraries	000
11.1. Interfaces for libc	000
11.1.1. RPC	000
11.1.2. System Calls	000
11.1.3. Standard I/O	000
11.1.4. Signal Handling	000
11.1.5. Standard Library	000
11.1.6. Localization Functions	000
11.1.7. Socket Interface	000
11.1.8. Wide Characters	000
11.1.9. String Functions	000
11.1.10. IPC Functions	000
11.1.11. Regular Expressions	000
11.1.12. Character Type Functions	000
11.1.13. Time Manipulation	000
11.1.14. Terminal Interface Functions	000
11.1.15. System Database Interface	000
11.1.16. Language Support	000
11.1.17. Large File Support	000
11.2. Data Definitions for libc	000
11.2.1. assert.h	000
11.2.2. ctype.h	000
11.2.3. dirent.h	000
11.2.4. errno.h	000
11.2.5. fcntl.h	000
11.2.6. fmtmsg.h	000
11.2.7. fnmatch.h	000
11.2.8. ftw.h	000
11.2.9. getopt.h	000
11.2.10. glob.h	000
11.2.11. grp.h	000
11.2.12. iconv.h	000
11.2.13. inttypes.h	000
11.2.14. langinfo.h	000
11.2.15. locale.h	000
11.2.16. math.h	000
11.2.17. netdb.h	000
11.2.18. netinet/in.h	000
11.2.19. nl_types.h	000
11.2.20. pwd.h	000
11.2.21. regex.h	000
11.2.22. sched.h	000
11.2.23. search.h	000
11.2.24. setjmp.h	000
11.2.25. signal.h	000
11.2.26. stdio.h	000
11.2.27. stdlib.h	000
11.2.28. sys/file.h	000
11.2.29. sys/ioctl.h	000
11.2.30. sys/ipc.h	000
11.2.31. sys/mman.h	000
11.2.32. sys/msg.h	000
11.2.33. sys/resource.h	000
11.2.34. sys/sem.h	000
11.2.35. sys/shm.h	000
11.2.36. sys/socket.h	000
11.2.37. sys/stat.h	000
11.2.38. sys/time.h	000
11.2.39. sys/timeb.h	000
11.2.40. sys/times.h	000
11.2.41. sys/utsname.h	000
11.2.42. sys/wait.h	000
11.2.43. syslog.h	000
11.2.44. termios.h	000
11.2.45. time.h	000
11.2.46. ucontext.h	000
11.2.47. ulimit.h	000
11.2.48. unistd.h	000
11.2.49. utime.h	000
11.2.50. utmp.h	000
11.2.51. wchar.h	000
11.2.52. wctype.h	000
11.2.53. wordexp.h	000
11.3. Interfaces Definitions for libc	000
_IO_feof	000
_IO_getc	000
_IO_putc	000
_IO_puts	000
__assert_fail	000
__ctype_b	000
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max	000
__ctype_tolower	000
__ctype_toupper	000
__cxa_atexit	000
__daylight	000
__dcgettext	000
__environ	000
__errno_location	000
__fpending	000
__getpagesize	000
__getpgid	000
__h_errno_location	000
__libc_current_sigrtmax	000
__libc_current_sigrtmin	000
__libc_start_main	000
__lxstat	000
__mempcpy	000
__rawmemchr	000
__sigsetjmp	000
__stpcpy	000
__strdup	000
__strtod_internal	000
__strtof_internal	000
__strtok_r	000
__strtol_internal	000
__strtold_internal	000
__strtoll_internal	000
__strtoul_internal	000
__strtoull_internal	000
__sysconf	000
__sysv_signal	000
__timezone	000
__tzname	000
__wcstod_internal	000
__wcstof_internal	000
__wcstol_internal	000
__wcstold_internal	000
__wcstoul_internal	000
__xmknod	000
__xstat	000
__xstat64	000
_environ	000
_nl_msg_cat_cntr	000
_obstack_begin	000
_obstack_newchunk	000
_sys_errlist	000
_sys_siglist	000
acct	000
adjtime	000
adjtimex	000
alphasort	000
alphasort64	000
bindresvport	000
cfmakeraw	000
cfsetspeed	000
daemon	000
err	000
error	000
errx	000
flock	000
fstatfs	000
fwprintf	000
getdomainname	000
gethostbyname	000
gethostbyname_r	000
getloadavg	000
getopt	000
getopt_long	000
getopt_long_only	000
getprotobyname	000
getprotoent	000
getpwnam_r	000
getservbyname	000
getservent	000
gettext	000
getutent	000
getutent_r	000
glob64	000
globfree64	000
initgroups	000
isblank	000
iswblank	000
iswctype	000
kill	000
mbsnrtowcs	000
memmem	000
memrchr	000
obstack_free	000
opterr	000
optind	000
optopt	000
psignal	000
random_r	000
setbuffer	000
setdomainname	000
setegid	000
setenv	000
seteuid	000
setgroups	000
sethostid	000
sethostname	000
setmntent	000
setutent	000
sigandset	000
sigblock	000
siggetmask	000
sigisemptyset	000
sigorset	000
sigreturn	000
statfs	000
stime	000
stpcpy	000
stpncpy	000
strcasestr	000
strerror_r	000
strfry	000
strndup	000
strnlen	000
strptime	000
strsep	000
strsignal	000
strtok_r	000
strtoq	000
strtouq	000
strverscmp	000
system	000
unlink	000
unsetenv	000
vasprintf	000
vdprintf	000
verrx	000
vsyslog	000
wait4	000
warn	000
warnx	000
wcpcpy	000
wcpncpy	000
wcscasecmp	000
wcsdup	000
wcsncasecmp	000
wcsnlen	000
wcsnrtombs	000
wcstoq	000
wcstouq	000
11.4. Interfaces for libm	000
11.4.1. Math	000
11.5. Data Definitions for libm	000
11.5.1. math.h	000
11.6. Interfaces for libpthread	000
11.6.1. Posix Threads	000
11.7. Data Definitions for libpthread	000
11.7.1. pthread.h	000
11.7.2. semaphore.h	000
11.7.3. signal.h	000
11.8. Interfaces Definitions for libpthread	000
sem_timedwait	000
11.9. Interfaces for libdl	000
11.9.1. Dynamic Loader	000
11.10. Data Definitions for libdl	000
11.10.1. dlfcn.h	000
11.11. Interfaces Definitions for libdl	000
dladdr	000
11.12. Interfaces for libcrypt	000
11.12.1. Encryption	000
11.13. Data Definitions for libcrypt	000
11.13.1. unistd.h	000
V. Utility Libraries	000
12. Libraries	000
12.1. Interfaces for libz	000
12.1.1. Compression Library	000
12.2. Data Definitions for libz	000
12.2.1. zlib.h	000
12.3. Interfaces for libncurses	000
12.3.1. Curses	000
12.4. Data Definitions for libncurses	000
12.4.1. curses.h	000
12.5. Interfaces for libutil	000
12.5.1. Utility Functions	000
12.6. Data Definitions for libutil	000
12.6.1. utmp.h	000
12.7. Interfaces Definitions for libutil	000
forkpty	000
login	000
login_tty	000
logout	000
logwtmp	000
openpty	000
VI. Graphic Libraries	000
13. Libraries	000
13.1. Interfaces for libX11	000
13.1.1. X Windows System Interface	000
13.2. Data Definitions for libX11	000
13.2.1. X11/Xauth.h	000
13.2.2. X11/Xcms.h	000
13.2.3. X11/Xlib.h	000
13.2.4. X11/Xutil.h	000
13.3. Interfaces for libXext	000
13.3.1. X Shape Extension	000
13.3.2. X Display Power Management Signaling Extension	000
13.3.3. X Shared Memory Extensions	000
13.3.4. MIT-MISC Extension	000
13.3.5. X Synchronization Extension	000
13.3.6. X Security Extension	000
13.3.7. X Double Buffer Extension	000
13.4. Data Definitions for libXext	000
13.4.1. X11/extensions/security.h	000
13.4.2. X11/extensions/sync.h	000
13.5. Interfaces for libSM	000
13.5.1. Session Management Functions	000
13.6. Data Definitions for libSM	000
13.6.1. X11/SM/SMlib.h	000
13.7. Interfaces for libICE	000
13.7.1. ICE Functions	000
13.8. Data Definitions for libICE	000
13.8.1. X11/ICE/ICElib.h	000
13.8.2. X11/ICE/ICEutil.h	000
13.9. Interfaces for libXt	000
13.9.1. X Toolkit	000
13.10. Data Definitions for libXt	000
13.10.1. X11/Composite.h	000
13.10.2. X11/CompositeP.h	000
13.10.3. X11/ConstrainP.h	000
13.10.4. X11/Constraint.h	000
13.10.5. X11/ObjectP.h	000
13.11. Interfaces Definitions for libXt	000
_XtCopyFromArg	000
_XtInherit	000
_XtInheritTranslations	000
_XtIsSubclassOf	000
13.12. Interfaces for libGL	000
13.12.1. GL X interface	000
13.12.2. OpenGL	000
13.13. Data Definitions for libGL	000
13.13.1. GL/gl.h	000
13.13.2. GL/glx.h	000
VII. Package Format and Installation	000
14. Software Installation	000
14.1. Package Format	000
14.1.1. Package Script Restrictions	000
14.2. Package Tools	000
14.3. Package Naming	000
14.4. Package Dependencies	000
14.5. Package Architecture Considerations	000
VIII. Commands and Utilities	000
15. Command and Utilities	000
15.1. Command and Utilities	000
15.2. Command Behavior	000
ar	000
at	000
awk	000
batch	000
bc	000
cat	000
chfn	000
chgrp	000
chmod	000
chown	000
chsh	000
col	000
cp	000
cpio	000
crontab	000
csplit	000
cut	000
date	000
dd	000
df	000
diff	000
dmesg	000
du	000
echo	000
egrep	000
env	000
expand	000
expr	000
fgrep	000
file	000
find	000
fuser	000
gencat	000
grep	000
groupadd	000
groupdel	000
groupmod	000
groups	000
gunzip	000
gzip	000
head	000
hostname	000
iconv	000
install	000
install_initd	000
ipcrm	000
ipcs	000
killall	000
ln	000
localedef	000
lpr	000
ls	000
lsb_release	000
m4	000
make	000
man	000
md5sum	000
mkdir	000
mknod	000
mktemp	000
more	000
mount	000
mv	000
newgrp	000
nice	000
nl	000
nohup	000
od	000
passwd	000
paste	000
patch	000
pathchk	000
pidof	000
pr	000
printf	000
pwd	000
remove_initd	000
renice	000
rm	000
rmdir	000
rsync	000
sed	000
sendmail	000
shutdown	000
sleep	000
sort	000
split	000
strip	000
su	000
sum	000
sync	000
tail	000
tar	000
tee	000
test	000
time	000
touch	000
tr	000
tty	000
umount	000
uname	000
unexpand	000
uniq	000
useradd	000
userdel	000
usermod	000
wc	000
xargs	000
IX. Standard Shell	000
16. Standard Shell	000
16.1. Introduction	000
16.2. Standard Shell Exceptions	000
16.2.1. Pathname of $0	000
16.2.2. Sourcing non-executable files	000
16.3. Standard Shell Rationale	000
X. Users & Groups	000
17. Users & Groups	000
17.1. User and Group Database	000
17.2. User & Group Names	000
17.3. UID Ranges	000
17.4. Rationale	000
XI. Execution Environment	000
18. File System Hierarchy	000
18.1. /dev	000
19. Additional Recommendations	000
19.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions	000
19.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions	000
19.2.1. Directory Write Permissions	000
19.2.2. File Write Permissions	000
19.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions	000
19.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions	000
19.2.5. Privileged users	000
19.2.6. Changing permissions	000
19.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.)	000
19.2.8. Installable applications	000
20. Additional Behaviors	000
21. Localization	000
XII. System Initialization	000
22. System Initialization	000
22.1. Cron Jobs	000
22.2. Init Script Actions	000
22.3. Comment conventions for init scripts	000
22.4. Installation and removal of init.d files	000
22.5. Run Levels	000
22.6. Facility names	000
22.7. Script names	000
22.8. Init script Functions	000
A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces	000
A.1. libX11	000
A.2. libXt	000
A.3. libm	000
A.4. libGL	000
A.5. libXext	000
A.6. libICE	000
A.7. libSM	000
A.8. libdl	000
A.9. libcrypt	000
A.10. libz	000
A.11. libncurses	000
A.12. libutil	000
A.13. libc	000
A.14. libpthread	000
B. GNU Free Documentation License	000
B.1. PREAMBLE	000
B.2. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS	000
B.3. VERBATIM COPYING	000
B.4. COPYING IN QUANTITY	000
B.5. MODIFICATIONS	000
B.6. COMBINING DOCUMENTS	000
B.7. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS	000
B.8. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS	000
B.9. TRANSLATION	000
B.10. TERMINATION	000
B.11. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE	000
B.12. How to use this License for your documents	000

List of Tables
1-1. Related Standards	000
1-2. Standard Libraries Names	000
1-3. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement	000
3-1. ELF Section Types	000
3-2. Additional Section Types	000
4-1. ELF Special Sections	000
4-2. Additional Special Sections	000
11-1. libc Definition	000
11-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces	000
11-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces	000
11-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces	000
11-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces	000
11-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces	000
11-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces	000
11-8. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces	000
11-9. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces	000
11-10. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces	000
11-11. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces	000
11-12. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces	000
11-13. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces	000
11-14. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces	000
11-15. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces	000
11-16. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces	000
11-17. libc - Regular Expressions Data Interfaces	000
11-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces	000
11-19. libc - Character Type Functions Data Interfaces	000
11-20. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces	000
11-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces	000
11-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces	000
11-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces	000
11-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces	000
11-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces	000
11-26. libm Definition	000
11-27. libm - Math Function Interfaces	000
11-28. libm - Math Data Interfaces	000
11-29. libpthread Definition	000
11-30. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces	000
11-31. libdl Definition	000
11-32. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces	000
11-33. libcrypt Definition	000
11-34. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces	000
12-1. libz Definition	000
12-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces	000
12-3. libncurses Definition	000
12-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces	000
12-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces	000
12-6. libutil Definition	000
12-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces	000
13-1. libX11 Definition	000
13-2. libX11 - X Windows System Interface Function Interfaces	000
13-3. libXext Definition	000
13-4. libXext - X Shape Extension Function Interfaces	000
13-5. libXext - X Display Power Management Signaling Extension Function Interfaces	000
13-6. libXext - X Shared Memory Extensions Function Interfaces	000
13-7. libXext - X Synchronization Extension Function Interfaces	000
13-8. libXext - X Security Extension Function Interfaces	000
13-9. libXext - X Double Buffer Extension Function Interfaces	000
13-10. libSM Definition	000
13-11. libSM - Session Management Functions Function Interfaces	000
13-12. libICE Definition	000
13-13. libICE - ICE Functions Function Interfaces	000
13-14. libXt Definition	000
13-15. libXt - X Toolkit Function Interfaces	000
13-16. libXt - X Toolkit Data Interfaces	000
13-17. libGL Definition	000
13-18. libGL - GL X interface Function Interfaces	000
13-19. libGL - OpenGL Function Interfaces	000
15-1. Commands and Utilities	000
17-1. Required User & Group Names	000
17-2. Optional User & Group Names	000
A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces	000
A-2. libXt Function Interfaces	000
A-3. libXt Data Interfaces	000
A-4. libm Function Interfaces	000
A-5. libm Data Interfaces	000
A-6. libGL Function Interfaces	000
A-7. libXext Function Interfaces	000
A-8. libICE Function Interfaces	000
A-9. libSM Function Interfaces	000
A-10. libdl Function Interfaces	000
A-11. libcrypt Function Interfaces	000
A-12. libz Function Interfaces	000
A-13. libncurses Function Interfaces	000
A-14. libncurses Data Interfaces	000
A-15. libutil Function Interfaces	000
A-16. libc Function Interfaces	000
A-17. libc Data Interfaces	000
A-18. libpthread Function Interfaces	000
List of Figures
6-1. Version Definition Entries	000
6-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries	000
6-3. Version Needed Entries	000
6-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries	000

I. Introduction

Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1. Introduction
This is version 1.2 of the Linux Standard Base Specification. An implementation of this version of the specification may not claim to be an implementation of the Linux Standard Base unless it has successfully completed the compliance process as defined by the Free Standards Group.
1.2. Purpose
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB.
The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification must include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one.
The LSB is composed of two basic parts: A common specification ("generic LSB" or "gLSB") describing those parts of the interface that remain constant across all implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific specification ("archLSB") describing the parts of the interface that vary by processor architecture. Together, the generic LSB and the architecture-specific supplement for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture.
This document is the generic LSB. It must be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific supplement. Whenever a section of this specification must be supplemented by architecture-specific information, this document includes a reference to the architecture supplement. Architecture supplements may also contain additional information that is not referenced here.
This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here.
1.3. Related Standards
The specifications listed below are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base. When a specification is referenced in a way that imposes a requirement (for example, "foo must behave as specified in the XyzzySpec"), then the relevant requirements of that specification apply as if they were part of the LSB itself. However, if the LSB refers to a specification without imposing a requirement, then it is merely a reference and does not add additional requirements. The LSB may refer to a portion of a specification (for example, to define a specific function or group of functions); in such cases, only the explicitly referenced portion of the specification applies.
Table 1-1. Related Standards
System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 22 June 2000	http://www.caldera.com/developers/gabi/2000-07-17/contents.html	
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) 2.2	http://www.pathname.com/fhs/	
IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic	http://www.ieee.org/	
System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1	http://www.caldera.com/developers/devspecs/gabi41.pdf	
ISO/IEC 9899: 1990, Programming Languages --C		
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C		
Linux Assigned Names And Numbers Authority	http://www.lanana.org/	
Large File Support	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version2/whatsnew/lfs20mar.html	
LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4	http://www.li18nux.org/docs/html/LI18NUX-2000-amd4.htm	
Linux Standard Base	http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/	
OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux	http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/ABI/	
IEEE Std POSIX 1003.2-1992 (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993)	http://www.ieee.org/	
System V Application Binary Interface PowerPC Processor Supplement	http://www.esofta.com/pdfs/SVR4abippc.pdf	
POSIX 1003.1c	http://www.ieee.org/	
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	http://www.opengroup.org/	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interface Definitions (XBD), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-186-1, C605)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) Version 1 (UNIX 95) System Interfaces & Headers	http://www.opengroup.org/	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)		
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition		
Double Buffer Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification	http://www.x.org/	
X Record Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1	http://www.x.org/	
X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0	http://www.x.org/	
MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension	http://www.x.org/	
X Synchronization Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
XTEST Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol	http://www.x.org/	
X11R6.4 X11 Input Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
X11R6.4 Xlib - C library	http://www.x.org/	
X/Open Portability Guide, Issue 4	http://www.opengroup.org/	
X11R6.4 X Session Management Library	http://www.x.org/	
X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics	http://www.x.org/	
zlib 1.1.3 Manual	http://www.gzip.org/zlib/	

1.4. Relevant Libraries
The libraries listed here shall be available on a Linux Standard Base system. This list may be supplemented or amended by the architecture-specific specifications.
Table 1-2. Standard Libraries Names
Library	Runtime Name	
libX11	libX11.so.6	
libXt	libXt.so.6	
libGL	libGL.so.1	
libXext	libXext.so.6	
libICE	libICE.so.6	
libSM	libSM.so.6	
libdl	libdl.so.2	
libcrypt	libcrypt.so.1	
libz	libz.so.1	
libncurses	libncurses.so.5	
libutil	libutil.so.1	
libpthread	libpthread.so.0	

Table 1-3. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement
Library	Runtime Name	
libm	See archLSB	
libc	See archLSB	
proginterp	See archLSB	

These libraries will be in an implementation-dependent directory which the dynamic linker will search by default.
1.5. How to Use this Standard
The complete LSB specification is composed of this generic LSB specification and the supplemental processor-specific specification for a particular processor architecture. These two documents constitute a specification that should be used in conjunction with the publicly-available standards documents it references. The LSB enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely in the LSB, partly in the LSB and partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents.
1.6. Definitions
gLSB
 	The common part of the LSB Specification that describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB.
archLSB
 	The architectural part of the LSB Specification which describes the specific parts of the interface that are platform specific. The archLSB is complementary to the gLSB.
LSB Implementation Conformance 
 	An implementation satisfying the following requirements: 
	1.	The implementation shall implement fully the architecture described in the hardware manual for the target processor architecture. 
	2.	The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document.
	3.	The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in this document.
	4.	The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document. 
	5.	The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document. 
	6.	The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces in their entirety. 
	7.	The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided. 
	8.	The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document. 
	9.	The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of components which are separately packaged and/or sold. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items.
	10.	The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces.
LSB Application Conformance 
 	An application with the following characteristics: 
	1.	Its executable files are either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface.
	2.	Its object files participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface.
	3.	It employs only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications.
	4.	If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface is stated in the application's documentation. 
	5.	It does not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless: 
•	If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application is in turn an LSB conforming application.
•	The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, is identified in the documentation of the application. 
	6.	It must not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions. 
A strictly conforming application does not require or use any interface, facility, or implementation-defined extension that is not defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully. 
Rationale 
 	An LSB conforming application is expected to have no dependencies on any vendor extensions to this document. The most common such extensions are additional function entry points and additional libraries other than the ones defined in this document. If an application requires such extensions, it is not portable, since other LSB conforming implementations may not provide those extensions. 
An LSB conforming application is required to use system services on the implementation on which it is running, rather than importing system routines from some other implementation. Thus, it must link dynamically to any routines in the implementation that perform system traps to kernel services. 
It is to be expected that some applications may be companion applications to other applications. For example, a query application may be a companion to a database application; a preprocessor may be an adjunct to one or more compilers; a data reformatter may convert data from one document manager to another. In such cases, the application may or may not be LSB conforming, regardless of whether the other application on which it is dependent is LSB conforming. If such an application merely uses data produced by another application, the application's compliance is independent of the other application's compliance. If such an application actually invokes another application during execution (as, for example, a third-party math library), the invoking application is LSB conforming only if it also constitutes a LSB conforming application in combination with the invoked application. 
Shell Script
 	A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary.
1.7. Terminology
can
 	Describes a permissible optional feature or behavior available to the user or application. The feature or behavior is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
implementation-defined
 	Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application.
Same as implementation-dependent.
may
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is optional for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
To avoid ambiguity, the opposite of may is expressed as need not, instead of may not.
must
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an application or user. An implementation that conforms to this document shall support this feature or behavior.
shall
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
should
 	For an implementation that conforms to this document, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended but not mandatory. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
For an application, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended programming practice for optimum portability.
undefined
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
unspecified
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
will
 	Same meaning as shall; shall is the preferred term.

II. Object Format

Chapter 2. Object Files
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file Executable and Linking Format (ELF), which is defined by the following documents: 
•	System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1
•	System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998
•	this document
•	an architecture-specific LSB specification
Conforming implementations may also support other unspecified object file formats.

Chapter 3. Sections
3.1. Sections Types
A section header's sh_type member specifies the sections's semantics.
3.1.1. ELF Section Types
The following section types are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1. 
Table 3-1. ELF Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_DYNAMIC	0x6	The section holds information for dynamic linking. Currently, an object file may have only one dynamic section, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Dynamic Section' in Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_DYNSYM	0xb	
	
SHT_FINI_ARRAY	0xf	This section contains an array of pointers to termination functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_HASH	0x5	The section holds a symbol hash table. Currently, an object file may have only one hash table, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Hash Table' in the Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_HIPROC	0x7fffffff	Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics.	
SHT_HIUSER	0xffffffff	This value specifies the upper bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs. Section types between SHT_LOUSER and SHT_HIUSER may be used by the application, without conflicting with current or future system-defined section types.	
SHT_INIT_ARRAY	0xe	This section contains an array of pointers to initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_LOPROC	0x70000000	Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics.	
SHT_LOUSER	0x80000000	This value specifies the lower bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs.	
SHT_NOBITS	0x8	A section of this type occupies no space in the file but otherwise resembles SHT_PROGBITS. Although this section contains no bytes, the sh_offset member contains the conceptual file offset.	
SHT_NOTE	0x7	The section holds information that marks the file in some way. See `Note Section' in Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_NULL	0x0	This value marks the section header as inactive; it does not have an associated section. Other members of the section header have undefined values.	
SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	0x10	This section contains an array of pointers to functions that are invoked before all other initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless proceure with a void return.	
SHT_PROGBITS	0x1	The section holds information defined by the program, whose format and meaning are determined solely by the program.	
SHT_REL	0x9	The section holds relocation entries without explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rel for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rel for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. See "Relocation"	
SHT_RELA	0x4	The section holds relocation entries with explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rela for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rela for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. `Relocation' b	
SHT_SHLIB	0xa	This section type is reserved but has unspecified semantics.	
SHT_STRTAB	0x3	The section holds a string table. An object file may have multiple string table sections. See `String Table' below for details.	
SHT_SYMTAB	0x2	These sections hold a symbol table. Currently, an object file may have only one section of each type, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. Typically, SHT_SYMTAB provides symbols for link editing, though it may also be used for dynamic linking.	

3.1.2. Additional Section Types
The following additional section types are defined here. 
Table 3-2. Additional Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_GNU_verdef	0x6ffffffd	This section contains the symbol versions that are provided.	
SHT_GNU_verneed	0x6ffffffe	This section contains the symbol versions that are required.	
SHT_GNU_versym	0x6fffffff	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.	

Chapter 4. Special Sections
4.1. Special Sections
Various sections hold program and control information. Sections in the lists below are used by the system and have the indicated types and attributes.
4.1.1. ELF Special Sections
The following sections are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1. 
Table 4-1. ELF Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.bss	SHT_NOBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.comment	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.data	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.data1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.debug	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.dynamic	SHT_DYNAMIC	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dynstr	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.dynsym	SHT_DYNSYM	SHF_ALLOC	
.fini	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.fini_array	SHT_FINI_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.hash	SHT_HASH	SHF_ALLOC	
.init	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.init_array	SHT_INIT_ARRAY	 SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.interp	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.line	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.note	SHT_NOTE	0	
.preinit_array	SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.rodata	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.rodata1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.shstrtab	SHT_STRTAB	0	
.strtab	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.symtab	SHT_SYMTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.text	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	

.bss
 	This section holds uninitialized data that contribute to the program's memory image. By definition, the system initializes the data with zeros when the program begins to run. The section occupies no file space, as indicated by the section type, SHT_NOBITS
.comment
 	This section holds version control information.
.data
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.data1
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.debug
 	This section holds information for symbolic debugging. The contents are unspecified. All section names with the prefix .debug are reserved for future use in the ABI.
.dynamic
 	This section holds dynamic linking information. The section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit. Whether the SHF_WRITE bit is set is processor specific. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.dynstr
 	This section holds strings needed for dynamic linking, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.dynsym
 	This section holds the dynamic linking symbol table, as described in `Symbol Table'. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.fini
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process termination code. That is, when a program exits normally, the system arranges to execute the code in this section.
.fini_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single termination array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.hash
 	This section holds a symbol hash table. See `Hash Table' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.init
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process initialization code. When a program starts to run, the system arranges to execute the code in this section before calling the main program entry point (called main for C programs)
.init_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.interp
 	This section holds the path name of a program interpreter. If the file has a loadable segment that includes relocation, the sections' attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.line
 	This section holds line number information for symbolic debugging, which describes the correspondence between the source program and the machine code. The contents are unspecified.
.note
 	This section holds information in the format that `Note Section' in Chapter 5 describes of the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
.preinit_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single pre-initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.rodata
 	This section holds read-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.rodata1
 	This section hold sread-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.shstrtab
 	This section holds section names.
.strtab
 	This section holds strings, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol string table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwi
.symtab
 	This section holds a symbol table, as `Symbol Table'. in this chapter describes. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off.
.text
 	This section holds the `text,' or executable instructions, of a program.
4.1.2. Additional Special Sections
The following additional sections are defined here. 
Table 4-2. Additional Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.ctors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dtors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.eh_frame	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.gnu.version	SHT_GNU_versym	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_d	SHT_GNU_verdef	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_r	SHT_GNU_verneed	SHF_ALLOC	
.note.ABI-tag	SHT_NOTE	SHF_ALLOC	
.stab	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.stabstr	SHT_STRTAB	0	

.ctors
 	This section contains a list of global constructor function pointers.
.dtors
 	This section contains a list of global destructor function pointers.
.eh_frame
 	This section contains information necessary for frame unwinding during exception handling. The format is the same as for .debug_frame as described by DWARF2.
.gnu.version
 	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.
.gnu.version_d
 	This section contains the Version Definitions.
.gnu.version_r
 	This section contains the Version Requirments.
.note.ABI-tag
 	Specify ABI details.
.stab
 	This section contains debugging information. The contents are not specified as part of the LSB.
.stabstr
 	This section contains strings associated with the debugging infomation contained in the .stab section.

Chapter 5. Symbol Mapping
This chapter defines how names are mapped from the source symbol to the object symbol.
5.1. Symbol Mapping
Symbols in a source program are translated by the compilation system into symbols that exist in the object file. The rules for this translation are defined here.
5.1.1. C Language
External C symbols have the same names in C and object files' symbol tables.
5.1.2. C++ Language
Because of the immaturity of the C++ ABI (for name mangling, exception handling, and other such issues), we do not standardize any libraries for C++ in this version of the Linux Standard Base. 1
In a future version of this specification, name mangling rules will be specified so that C++ symbols can be mapped into symbol names in the object file.
Notes
1. 	It seems to be possible, using existing Linux development tools, to write an application in C++ which complies with this rule by linking statically with libstdc++ and all other libraries containing C++. The following command illustrates how this may be accomplished:
g++ example.cc -Wl,-Bdynamic,-lc,-Bstatic 

Chapter 6. Symbol Versioning
This chapter describes the Symbol Versioning mechanism. All ELF objects may provide or depend on versioned symbols. Symbol Versioning is implemented by 3 section types: SHT_GNU_versym, SHT_GNU_verdef, and SHT_GNU_verneed.
The term "Elfxx" means "Elf32" or "Elf64" depending on the architecture.
Versions are described by strings. The structures that are used for symbol versions also contain a member that holds the ELF hashing values of the strings. This allows for more efficient processing.
6.1. Symbol Version Table
The Symbol Version Table is contained in the special section .gnu.version which has a section type of SHT_GNU_versym. This section has the same number of entries as the Dynamic Symbol Table.
This section contains an array of elements of type Elfxx_Half. Each entry specifies the version defined for or required by the corresponding symbol in the Dynamic Symbol Table.
The values in the Symbol Version Table are unique to the object in which they are located. These values are identifiers that are provided by the the vna_other member of the Elfxx_Vernaux structure or the vd_ndx member of the Elfxx_Verdef structure.
The values 0 and 1 are reserved.
0
 	The symbol is local, not available outside the object.
1
 	The symbol is defined in this object and is globally available.
All other values are used to identify version strings located in one of the other Symbol Version sections. The value itself is not the version associated with the symbol. The string identified by the value defines the version of the symbol.
6.2. Version Definitions
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_d which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verdef. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-1. Version Definition Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vd_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_ndx;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_hash;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_next;
} Elfxx_Verdef;
vd_version
 	Version revision. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vd_flags
 	Version information flag bitmask.
vd_ndx
 	Version index numeric value referencing the SHT_GNU_versym section.
vd_cnt
 	Number of associated verdaux array entries.
vd_hash
 	Version name hash value (ELF hash function).
vd_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the verdaux array, in bytes.
vd_next
 	Offset to the next verdef entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vda_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vda_next;
} Elfxx_Verdaux;
vda_name
 	Offset to the version or dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vda_next
 	Offset to the next verdaux entry, in bytes.
6.3. Version Requirements
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_r which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verneed. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERNEEDNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-3. Version Needed Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vn_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vn_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_file;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_next;
} Elfxx_Verneed;
vn_version
 	Version of structure. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vn_cnt
 	Number of associated verneed array entries.
vn_file
 	Offset to the file name string in the section header, in bytes.
vn_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the vernaux array, in bytes.
vn_next
 	Offset to the next verneed entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vna_hash;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_other;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_next;
} Elfxx_Vernaux;
vna_hash
 	Dependency name hash value (ELF hash function).
vna_flags
 	Dependency information flag bitmask.
vna_other
 	Object file version identifier used in the .gnu.version symbol version array. Bit number 15 controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
vna_name
 	Offset to the dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vna_next
 	Offset to the next vernaux entry, in bytes.
6.4. Startup Sequence
When loading a sharable object, version definition data from the loaded object is analyzed to assure that it meets the version requirements of the calling object. The dynamic loader retrieves the entries in the caller's Elfxx_Verneed array and attempts to find matching definition information in the loaded Elfxx_Verdef table.
Each object and dependency is tested in turn. If a symbol definition is missing, the loader returns an error. A warning is issued instead of a hard error when the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is set in the Elfxx_Vernaux entry.
When the versions referenced by undefined symbols in the loaded object are found, version availability is certified. The test completes without error and the object is made available.
6.5. Symbol Resolution
When symbol versioning is used in an object, relocations extend the performance of definition testing beyond the simple match of symbol name strings: the version of the reference must also equal the name of the definition. The same index that is used in the symbol table can be referenced in the SHT_GNU_versym section, and the value of this index is then used to acquire name data. The corresponding requirement string is retrieved from the Elfxx_Verneed array, and likewise, the corresponding definition string from the Elfxx_Verdef table.
Bit number 15 of the version symbol controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
Results differ in the interaction of objects that variously use symbol versioning. 
•	The object with the reference and the object with the definitions may both use versioning. All described matching is processed in this case. A fatal error is triggered when no matching definition can be found in the object whose name is the one referenced by the vn_name element in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	The object with the reference may not use versioning, while the object with the definitions does. In this instance, only the definition with index numbers 1 and 2 will be used in the reference match, the same identified by the static linker as the base definition. In infrequent cases where the static linker was not used, as in calls to dlopen(), a version that does not have the base definition index is acceptable as long as it is the only version for which the symbol is defined.
•	The object with the reference may use versioning, but the object with the definitions specifies none. A matching symbol is accepted in this case. A fatal error is triggered in the unlikely event that a corruption in the required symbols list obscured an outdated object file and caused a match on the object filename in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	Finally, both the object with the reference and the object with the definitions may not use versioning. The behavior in this instance defaults to pre-existing symbol rules.

Chapter 7. ABI note tag
Every executable shall contain a section named .note.ABI-tag of type SHT_NOTE. This section is structured as a note section as documented in the ELF spec. The section must contain at least the following entry. The name field (namesz/name) contains the string "GNU". The type field shall be 1. The descsz field shall be at least 16, and the first 16 bytes of the desc field shall be as follows.
The first 32-bit word of the desc field must be 0 (this signifies a Linux executable). The second, third, and fourth 32-bit words of the desc field contain the earliest compatible kernel version. For example, if the 3 words are 2, 2, and 5, this signifies a 2.2.5 kernel.

III. Dynamic Linking

Chapter 8. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file information and system actions that create running programs as specified in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and the System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998 and as supplemented by this document and an architecture-specific LSB specification.
Any shared object that is loaded must contain sufficient DT_NEEDED records to satisfy the symbols on the shared library.

Chapter 9. Dynamic Entries
A dynamic entry's d_tag member control the interpretation of d_un.
9.1. Dynamic Entries
9.1.1. ELF Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1. 
DT_BIND_NOW
 	Process relocations of object
DT_DEBUG
 	For debugging; unspecified
DT_FINI
 	Address of termination function
DT_HASH
 	Address of symbol hash table
DT_HIPROC
 	End of processor-specific
DT_INIT
 	Address of init function
DT_JMPREL
 	Address of PLT relocs
DT_LOPROC
 	Start of processor-specific
DT_NEEDED
 	Name of needed library
DT_NULL
 	Marks end of dynamic section
DT_PLTREL
 	Type of reloc in PLT
DT_PLTRELSZ
 	Size in bytes of PLT relocs
DT_REL
 	Address of Rel relocs
DT_RELA
 	Address of Rela relocs
DT_RELAENT
 	Size of one Rela reloc
DT_RELASZ
 	Total size of Rela relocs
DT_RELENT
 	Size of one Rel reloc
DT_RELSZ
 	Total size of Rel relocs
DT_RPATH
 	Library search path
DT_SONAME
 	Name of shared object
DT_STRSZ
 	Size of string table
DT_STRTAB
 	Address of string table
DT_SYMBOLIC
 	Start symbol search here
DT_SYMENT
 	Size of one symbol table entry
DT_SYMTAB
 	Address of symbol table
DT_TEXTREL
 	Reloc might modify .text
9.1.2. Additional Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined here. 
DT_ADDRRNGHI
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_ADDRRNGLO
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_AUXILIARY
 	Shared object to load before self
DT_FILTER
 	Shared object to get values from
DT_FINI_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to termination functions.
DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_FINI_ARRAY
DT_HIOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_INIT_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to initialization functions.
DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_INIT_ARRAY
DT_LOOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_NUM
 	Number of dynamic entry tags defined (excepting reserved ranges).
DT_RELCOUNT
 	All Elf32_Rel R_*_RELATIVE relocations have been placed into a single block and this entry specifies the number of entries in that block. This permits ld.so.1 to streamline the processing of RELATIVE relocations.
DT_SYMINENT
 	Entry size of syminfo
DT_SYMINFO
 	Address of the Syminfo table.
DT_SYMINSZ
 	Size of syminfo table (in bytes)
DT_VALRNGHI
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VALRNGLO
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VERDEF
 	Address of version definition table
DT_VERDEFNUM
 	Number of version definitions
DT_VERNEED
 	Address of table with needed versions
DT_VERNEEDNUM
 	Number of needed versions
DT_VERSYM
 	Address of the table provided by the .gnu.version section.

Chapter 10. Program Interpreter
10.1. 
The Program Interpreter is specified in the appropriate architecture-specific LSB specification.

IV. Base Libraries

Chapter 11. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation shall support some base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system.
11.1. Interfaces for libc
Table 11-1. libc Definition
Library:	libc	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C1	
Large File Support2	
LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 43	
Linux Standard Base4	
IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]5	
CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)6	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)7	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)8	
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition9	

11.1.1. RPC
Table 11-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces
authnone_create9	setdomainname4	xdr_array8	xdr_int8	xdr_u_char8	
clnt_create9	svc_getreqset8	xdr_bool8	xdr_long8	xdr_u_long8	
clnt_pcreateerror9	svcerr_auth8	xdr_bytes8	xdr_opaque8	xdr_u_short8	
clnt_perrno9	svcerr_decode8	xdr_callhdr8	xdr_opaque_auth8	xdr_union8	
clnt_perror9	svcerr_noproc8	xdr_callmsg8	xdr_pointer8	xdr_vector8	
clnt_spcreateerror9	svcerr_noprog8	xdr_char8	xdr_reference8	xdr_void8	
clnt_sperrno9	svcerr_progvers8	xdr_double8	xdr_rejected_reply8	xdr_wrapstring8	
clnt_sperror9	svcerr_systemerr8	xdr_enum8	xdr_replymsg8	xdrmem_create8	
getdomainname4	svcerr_weakauth8	xdr_float8	xdr_short8	xdrrec_create8	
key_decryptsession8	xdr_accepted_reply8	xdr_free8	xdr_string8	xdrrec_eof8	

11.1.2. System Calls
Table 11-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces
__fxstat4	fchown7	ioctl7	readdir7	setsid7	
__getpgid4	fcntl7	kill4	readdir_r7	setuid7	
__lxstat4	fdatasync7	killpg7	readlink7	sleep7	
__xmknod4	flock4	lchown7	readv7	statfs4	
__xstat4	fork7	link7	rename7	statvfs7	
access7	fstatfs4	lockf7	rmdir7	stime4	
acct4	fsync7	lseek7	sbrk7	symlink7	
alarm7	ftime7	mkdir7	sched_get_priority_max7	sync7	
brk7	ftruncate7	mkfifo7	sched_get_priority_min7	sysconf7	
chdir7	getcontext7	mlock7	sched_getparam7	time7	
chmod7	getegid7	mlockall7	sched_getscheduler7	times7	
chown7	geteuid7	mmap7	sched_rr_get_interval7	truncate7	
chroot7	getgid7	mprotect7	sched_setparam7	ulimit7	
clock7	getgroups7	msync7	sched_setscheduler7	umask7	
close7	getitimer7	munlock7	sched_yield7	uname7	
closedir7	getloadavg4	munlockall7	select6	unlink4	
creat7	getpagesize7	munmap7	setcontext7	utime7	
dup7	getpgid7	nanosleep7	setegid4	utimes7	
dup27	getpgrp7	nice7	seteuid4	vfork7	
execl7	getpid7	open7	setgid7	wait7	
execle7	getppid7	opendir7	setitimer7	wait37	
execlp7	getpriority7	pathconf7	setpgid7	wait44	
execv7	getrlimit7	pause7	setpgrp7	waitid7	
execve7	getrusage7	pipe7	setpriority7	waitpid7	
execvp7	getsid7	poll7	setregid7	write7	
exit7	getuid7	pread7	setreuid7	writev7	
fchdir7	getwd7	pwrite7	setrlimit7	
	
fchmod7	initgroups4	read7	setrlimit642	

11.1.3. Standard I/O
Table 11-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces
_IO_feof4	fgetpos7	fsetpos7	putc7	snprintf7	
_IO_getc4	fgets7	fstatvfs7	putc_unlocked7	sprintf7	
_IO_putc4	fgetwc_unlocked7	ftell7	putchar7	sscanf7	
_IO_puts4	fileno7	ftello7	putchar_unlocked7	telldir7	
alphasort4	flockfile7	fwrite7	puts7	tempnam7	
clearerr7	fopen7	getc7	putw7	ungetc7	
ctermid7	fprintf7	getc_unlocked7	remove7	vasprintf4	
fclose7	fputc7	getchar7	rewind7	vdprintf4	
fdopen7	fputs7	getchar_unlocked7	rewinddir7	vfprintf7	
feof7	fread7	gets7	scanf7	vprintf7	
ferror7	freopen7	getw7	seekdir7	vsnprintf7	
fflush7	fscanf7	pclose7	setbuf7	vsprintf7	
fflush_unlocked7	fseek7	popen7	setbuffer4	wprintf1	
fgetc7	fseeko7	printf7	setvbuf7	wscanf1	

Table 11-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces
stderr7	stdin7	stdout7	

11.1.4. Signal Handling
Table 11-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces
__libc_current_sigrtmax4	sigaddset7	sighold7	sigpause7	sigsuspend7	
__libc_current_sigrtmin4	sigaltstack7	sigignore7	sigpending7	sigtimedwait7	
__sigsetjmp4	sigandset4	siginterrupt7	sigprocmask7	sigwait7	
__sysv_signal4	sigblock4	sigisemptyset4	sigqueue7	sigwaitinfo7	
bsd_signal7	sigdelset7	sigismember7	sigrelse7	
	
psignal4	sigemptyset7	siglongjmp7	sigreturn4	
	
raise7	sigfillset7	signal7	sigset7	
	
sigaction7	siggetmask4	sigorset4	sigstack7	

Table 11-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces
_sys_siglist4	

	

11.1.5. Standard Library
Table 11-8. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces
_Exit1	erand487	hsearch7	malloc7	srand487	
__assert_fail4	err4	htonl6	memmem4	srandom7	
__cxa_atexit4	error4	htons6	mkstemp7	strtod7	
__errno_location4	errx4	imaxabs1	mktemp7	strtol7	
__fpending4	fcvt7	imaxdiv1	mrand487	strtoul7	
__getpagesize4	fmtmsg7	inet_addr6	nftw7	swapcontext7	
__sysconf4	fnmatch7	inet_aton6	nrand487	syslog7	
_exit7	fpathconf7	inet_ntoa6	ntohl6	system4	
_longjmp7	free7	initstate7	ntohs6	textdomain3	
_setjmp7	ftrylockfile7	insque7	openlog7	tfind7	
a64l7	ftw7	isatty7	perror7	tmpfile7	
abort7	funlockfile7	isblank4	posix_memalign5	tmpnam7	
abs7	gcvt7	isinf1	ptsname7	tsearch7	
atexit7	getcwd7	isinfl1	putenv7	ttyname7	
atof7	getdate7	isnan1	qsort7	ttyname_r7	
atoi7	getenv7	isnanf1	rand7	twalk7	
atol7	getlogin7	isnanl1	rand_r7	unlockpt7	
basename7	getopt4	jrand487	random7	unsetenv4	
bindtextdomain3	getopt_long4	l64a7	random_r4	usleep7	
bsearch7	getopt_long_only4	labs7	realloc7	verrx4	
calloc7	getsubopt7	lcong487	realpath7	vsyslog4	
closelog7	gettimeofday7	ldiv7	remque7	warn4	
confstr7	glob7	lfind7	seed487	warnx4	
cuserid7	glob644	llabs1	setenv4	wordexp7	
daemon4	globfree7	lldiv1	sethostid4	wordfree7	
dirname7	globfree644	longjmp7	sethostname4	
	
div7	grantpt7	lrand487	setlogmask7	
	
drand487	hcreate7	lsearch7	setstate7	
	
ecvt7	hdestroy7	makecontext7	srand7	

Table 11-9. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces
__environ4	_sys_errlist4	getdate_err7	opterr4	optopt4	
_environ4	environ7	optarg7	optind4	

11.1.6. Localization Functions
Table 11-10. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces
__dcgettext4	catgets7	dcngettext3	gettext4	nl_langinfo7	
bind_textdomain_codeset3	catopen7	dgettext3	iconv7	setlocale7	
catclose7	dcgettext3	dngettext3	localeconv7	

Table 11-11. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces
_nl_msg_cat_cntr4	

	

11.1.7. Socket Interface
Table 11-12. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces
__h_errno_location4	gethostbyname_r4	getsockopt6	send6	socket6	
accept6	gethostid7	listen6	sendmsg6	socketpair6	
bind6	gethostname6	recv6	sendto6	
	
bindresvport4	getpeername6	recvfrom6	setsockopt6	
	
connect6	getsockname6	recvmsg6	shutdown6	

11.1.8. Wide Characters
Table 11-13. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces
__wcstod_internal4	mbrlen7	vswscanf1	wcsncmp7	wcstoul7	
__wcstof_internal4	mbrtowc7	vwprintf1	wcsncpy7	wcstoull1	
__wcstol_internal4	mbsinit7	vwscanf1	wcsnlen4	wcstoumax1	
__wcstold_internal4	mbsnrtowcs4	wcpcpy4	wcsnrtombs4	wcstouq4	
__wcstoul_internal4	mbsrtowcs7	wcpncpy4	wcspbrk1	wcswcs7	
btowc7	mbstowcs7	wcrtomb7	wcsrchr7	wcswidth7	
fgetwc7	mbtowc7	wcscasecmp4	wcsrtombs7	wcsxfrm7	
fgetws1	putwc1	wcscat7	wcsspn7	wctob7	
fputwc1	putwchar1	wcschr7	wcsstr7	wctomb7	
fputws1	swprintf7	wcscmp7	wcstod7	wctrans7	
fwide1	swscanf1	wcscoll7	wcstof1	wctype7	
fwprintf4	towctrans7	wcscpy7	wcstoimax1	wcwidth7	
fwscanf1	towlower1	wcscspn7	wcstok7	wmemchr7	
getwc1	towupper7	wcsdup4	wcstol7	wmemcmp7	
getwchar7	ungetwc1	wcsftime1	wcstold1	wmemcpy7	
iconv_close7	vfwprintf1	wcslen7	wcstoll1	wmemmove7	
iconv_open7	vfwscanf1	wcsncasecmp4	wcstombs7	wmemset7	
mblen7	vswprintf1	wcsncat7	wcstoq4	

11.1.9. String Functions
Table 11-14. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces
__mempcpy4	bzero7	strcasestr4	strncasecmp7	strtoimax1	
__rawmemchr4	ffs7	strcat7	strncat7	strtok7	
__stpcpy4	index7	strchr7	strncmp7	strtok_r4	
__strdup4	memccpy7	strcmp7	strncpy7	strtold1	
__strtod_internal4	memchr7	strcoll7	strndup4	strtoll1	
__strtof_internal4	memcmp7	strcpy7	strnlen4	strtoq4	
__strtok_r4	memcpy7	strcspn7	strpbrk7	strtoull1	
__strtol_internal4	memmove7	strdup7	strptime4	strtoumax1	
__strtold_internal4	memrchr4	strerror7	strrchr7	strtouq4	
__strtoll_internal4	memset7	strerror_r4	strsep4	strverscmp4	
__strtoul_internal4	rindex7	strfmon7	strsignal4	strxfrm7	
__strtoull_internal4	stpcpy4	strfry4	strspn7	swab7	
bcmp7	stpncpy4	strftime7	strstr7	
	
bcopy7	strcasecmp7	strlen7	strtof1	

11.1.10. IPC Functions
Table 11-15. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces
ftok7	msgrcv7	semget7	shmctl7	
	
msgctl7	msgsnd7	semop7	shmdt7	
	
msgget7	semctl7	shmat7	shmget7	

11.1.11. Regular Expressions
Table 11-16. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces
advance7	re_exec7	regerror7	regfree7	
	
re_comp7	regcomp7	regexec7	step7	

Table 11-17. libc - Regular Expressions Data Interfaces
loc17	loc27	locs7	

11.1.12. Character Type Functions
Table 11-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max4	isdigit7	iswalnum7	iswlower7	toascii7	
_tolower7	isgraph7	iswalpha7	iswprint7	tolower7	
_toupper7	islower7	iswblank4	iswpunct7	toupper7	
isalnum7	isprint7	iswcntrl7	iswspace7	
	
isalpha7	ispunct7	iswctype4	iswupper7	
	
isascii7	isspace7	iswdigit7	iswxdigit7	
	
iscntrl7	isupper7	iswgraph7	isxdigit7	

Table 11-19. libc - Character Type Functions Data Interfaces
__ctype_b4	__ctype_tolower4	__ctype_toupper4	

11.1.13. Time Manipulation
Table 11-20. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces
adjtime4	asctime_r7	difftime7	localtime7	tzset7	
adjtimex4	ctime7	gmtime7	localtime_r7	ualarm7	
asctime7	ctime_r7	gmtime_r7	mktime7	

Table 11-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces
__daylight4	__tzname4	timezone7	

__timezone4	daylight7	tzname7	

11.1.14. Terminal Interface Functions
Table 11-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces
cfgetispeed7	cfsetispeed7	tcdrain7	tcgetattr7	tcsendbreak7	
cfgetospeed7	cfsetospeed7	tcflow7	tcgetpgrp7	tcsetattr7	
cfmakeraw4	cfsetspeed4	tcflush7	tcgetsid7	tcsetpgrp7	

11.1.15. System Database Interface
Table 11-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces
endgrent7	getgrgid7	getpwnam7	getutxent7	setprotoent6	
endhostent6	getgrnam7	getpwnam_r4	getutxid7	setpwent7	
endnetent6	gethostbyaddr6	getpwuid7	getutxline7	setservent6	
endprotoent6	gethostbyname4	getpwuid_r7	pututxline7	setutent4	
endpwent7	getnetbyaddr6	getservbyname4	setgrent7	setutxent7	
endservent6	getprotobyname4	getservbyport6	setgroups4	
	
endutent7	getprotobynumber6	getservent4	sethostent6	
	
endutxent7	getprotoent4	getutent4	setmntent4	
	
getgrent7	getpwent7	getutent_r4	setnetent6	

11.1.16. Language Support
Table 11-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces
__libc_start_main4	_obstack_begin4	_obstack_newchunk4	obstack_free4	

11.1.17. Large File Support
Table 11-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces
__fxstat644	fopen642	ftello642	mkstemp642	readdir642	
__lxstat644	freopen642	ftruncate642	mmap642	tmpfile642	
__xstat644	fseeko642	ftw642	nftw642	truncate642	
alphasort644	fsetpos642	getrlimit642	open642	
	
creat642	fstatfs642	lockf642	pread642	
	
fgetpos642	fstatvfs642	lseek642	pwrite642	

11.2. Data Definitions for libc
11.2.1. assert.h

#define assert(expr)    ((void)0)
11.2.2. ctype.h

enum
{
  _ISupper, _ISlower, _ISalpha, _ISdigit, _ISxdigit, _ISspace, _ISprint,
    _ISgraph, _ISblank, _IScntrl, _ISpunct, _ISalnum
}
 ;
11.2.3. dirent.h

typedef struct __dirstream DIR;

struct dirent
{
  long d_ino;
  off_t d_off;
  unsigned short d_reclen;
  unsigned char d_type;
  char d_name[256];
}
 ;
struct dirent64
{
  uint64_t d_ino;
  int64_t d_off;
  unsigned short d_reclen;
  unsigned char d_type;
  char d_name[256];
}
 ;
11.2.4. errno.h

#define errno   (*__errno_location())

#define EPERM   1
#define ECHILD  10
#define ENETDOWN        100
#define ENETUNREACH     101
#define ENETRESET       102
#define ECONNABORTED    103
#define ECONNRESET      104
#define ENOBUFS 105
#define EISCONN 106
#define ENOTCONN        107
#define ESHUTDOWN       108
#define ETOOMANYREFS    109
#define EAGAIN  11
#define ETIMEDOUT       110
#define ECONNREFUSED    111
#define EHOSTDOWN       112
#define EHOSTUNREACH    113
#define EALREADY        114
#define EINPROGRESS     115
#define ESTALE  116
#define EUCLEAN 117
#define ENOTNAM 118
#define ENAVAIL 119
#define ENOMEM  12
#define EISNAM  120
#define EREMOTEIO       121
#define EDQUOT  122
#define ENOMEDIUM       123
#define EMEDIUMTYPE     124
#define ECANCELED       125
#define EACCES  13
#define EFAULT  14
#define ENOTBLK 15
#define EBUSY   16
#define EEXIST  17
#define EXDEV   18
#define ENODEV  19
#define ENOENT  2
#define ENOTDIR 20
#define EISDIR  21
#define EINVAL  22
#define ENFILE  23
#define EMFILE  24
#define ENOTTY  25
#define ETXTBSY 26
#define EFBIG   27
#define ENOSPC  28
#define ESPIPE  29
#define ESRCH   3
#define EROFS   30
#define EMLINK  31
#define EPIPE   32
#define EDOM    33
#define ERANGE  34
#define EINTR   4
#define EIO     5
#define ENXIO   6
#define E2BIG   7
#define ENOEXEC 8
#define EBADF   9
#define EWOULDBLOCK     EAGAIN
#define EDEADLOCK       EDEADLK
#define ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP
11.2.5. fcntl.h

#define O_RDONLY        00
#define O_ACCMODE       0003
#define O_WRONLY        01
#define O_CREAT 0100
#define O_TRUNC 01000
#define O_SYNC  010000
#define O_RDWR  02
#define O_EXCL  0200
#define O_APPEND        02000
#define O_ASYNC 020000
#define O_NOCTTY        0400
#define O_NDELAY        04000
#define O_NONBLOCK      04000

struct flock
{
  short l_type;
  short l_whence;
  off_t l_start;
  off_t l_len;
  pid_t l_pid;
}
 ;
struct flock64
{
  short l_type;
  short l_whence;
  loff_t l_start;
  loff_t l_len;
  pid_t l_pid;
}
 ;

#define F_DUPFD 0
#define F_RDLCK 0
#define F_GETFD 1
#define F_WRLCK 1
#define F_SETFD 2
#define F_UNLCK 2
#define F_GETFL 3
#define F_SETFL 4
#define F_GETLK 5
#define F_SETLK 6
#define F_SETLKW        7
#define F_SETOWN        8
#define F_GETOWN        9
11.2.6. fmtmsg.h

#define MM_HARD 1
#define MM_NRECOV       128
#define MM_UTIL 16
#define MM_SOFT 2
#define MM_OPSYS        32
#define MM_FIRM 4
#define MM_RECOVER      64
#define MM_APPL 8

#define MM_NOSEV        0
#define MM_HALT 1
#define MM_ERROR        2

#define MM_NULLLBL      ((char *) 0)
11.2.7. fnmatch.h

#define FNM_PATHNAME    (1<<0)
#define FNM_NOESCAPE    (1<<1)
#define FNM_PERIOD      (1<<2)
#define FNM_NOMATCH     1
11.2.8. ftw.h

#define FTW_D   FTW_D
#define FTW_DNR FTW_DNR
#define FTW_DP  FTW_DP
#define FTW_F   FTW_F
#define FTW_NS  FTW_NS
#define FTW_SL  FTW_SL
#define FTW_SLN FTW_SLN

enum
{
  FTW_F, FTW_D, FTW_DNR, FTW_NS, FTW_SL, FTW_DP, FTW_SLN
}
 ;

enum
{
  FTW_PHYS, FTW_MOUNT, FTW_CHDIR, FTW_DEPTH
}
 ;

struct FTW
{
  int base;
  int level;
}
 ;

typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                             int __flag);
typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                               int __flag);
typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                              int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                                int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
11.2.9. getopt.h

struct option
{
  char *name;
  int has_arg;
  int *flag;
  int val;
}
 ;
11.2.10. glob.h

typedef struct
{
  size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) (void);
  struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void);
  void *(*gl_opendir) (void);
  int (*gl_lstat) (void);
  int (*gl_stat) (void);
}
glob_t;

typedef struct
{
  size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) (void);
  struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void);
  void *(*gl_opendir) (void);
  int (*gl_lstat) (void);
  int (*gl_stat) (void);
}
glob64_t;
#define GLOB_ERR        (1<<0)
#define GLOB_MARK       (1<<1)
#define GLOB_BRACE      (1<<10)
#define GLOB_NOMAGIC    (1<<11)
#define GLOB_TILDE      (1<<12)
#define GLOB_ONLYDIR    (1<<13)
#define GLOB_TILDE_CHECK        (1<<14)
#define GLOB_NOSORT     (1<<2)
#define GLOB_DOOFFS     (1<<3)
#define GLOB_NOCHECK    (1<<4)
#define GLOB_APPEND     (1<<5)
#define GLOB_NOESCAPE   (1<<6)
#define GLOB_PERIOD     (1<<7)
#define GLOB_MAGCHAR    (1<<8)
#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC (1<<9)

#define GLOB_NOSPACE    1
#define GLOB_ABORTED    2
#define GLOB_NOMATCH    3
#define GLOB_NOSYS      4
11.2.11. grp.h

struct group
{
  char *gr_name;
  char *gr_passwd;
  gid_t gr_gid;
  char **gr_mem;
}
 ;
11.2.12. iconv.h

typedef void *iconv_t;
11.2.13. inttypes.h

typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t;
typedef long long intmax_t;
typedef unsigned long long uintmax_t;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned int uint;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef unsigned int *uintptr_t;
typedef long long uint64_t;
11.2.14. langinfo.h

#define ABDAY_1 0x20000
#define ABDAY_2 0x20001
#define ABDAY_3 0x20002
#define ABDAY_4 0x20003
#define ABDAY_5 0x20004
#define ABDAY_6 0x20005
#define ABDAY_7 0x20006

#define DAY_1   0x20007
#define DAY_2   0x20008
#define DAY_3   0x20009
#define DAY_4   0x2000A
#define DAY_5   0x2000B
#define DAY_6   0x2000C
#define DAY_7   0x2000D

#define ABMON_1 0x2000E
#define ABMON_2 0x2000F
#define ABMON_3 0x20010
#define ABMON_4 0x20011
#define ABMON_5 0x20012
#define ABMON_6 0x20013
#define ABMON_7 0x20014
#define ABMON_8 0x20015
#define ABMON_9 0x20016
#define ABMON_10        0x20017
#define ABMON_11        0x20018
#define ABMON_12        0x20019

#define MON_1   0x2001A
#define MON_2   0x2001B
#define MON_3   0x2001C
#define MON_4   0x2001D
#define MON_5   0x2001E
#define MON_6   0x2001F
#define MON_7   0x20020
#define MON_8   0x20021
#define MON_9   0x20022
#define MON_10  0x20023
#define MON_11  0x20024
#define MON_12  0x20025

#define AM_STR  0x20026
#define PM_STR  0x20027

#define D_T_FMT 0x20028
#define D_FMT   0x20029
#define T_FMT   0x2002A
#define T_FMT_AMPM      0x2002B

#define ERA     0x2002C
#define ERA_D_FMT       0x2002E
#define ALT_DIGITS      0x2002F
#define ERA_D_T_FMT     0x20030
#define ERA_T_FMT       0x20031

#define CODESET 14

#define CRNCYSTR        0x4000F

#define RADIXCHAR       0x10000
#define THOUSEP 0x10001
#define YESEXPR 0x50000
#define NOEXPR  0x50001
#define YESSTR  0x50002
#define NOSTR   0x50003
11.2.15. locale.h

#define LC_CTYPE        0
#define LC_NUMERIC      1
#define LC_TELEPHONE    10
#define LC_MEASUREMENT  11
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION       12
#define LC_TIME 2
#define LC_COLLATE      3
#define LC_MONETARY     4
#define LC_MESSAGES     5
#define LC_ALL  6
#define LC_PAPER        7
#define LC_NAME 8
#define LC_ADDRESS      9

struct lconv
{
  char *decimal_point;
  char *thousands_sep;
  char *grouping;
  char *int_curr_symbol;
  char *currency_symbol;
  char *mon_decimal_point;
  char *mon_thousands_sep;
  char *mon_grouping;
  char *positive_sign;
  char *negative_sign;
  char int_frac_digits;
  char frac_digits;
  char p_cs_precedes;
  char p_sep_by_space;
  char n_cs_precedes;
  char n_sep_by_space;
  char p_sign_posn;
  char n_sign_posn;
  char int_p_cs_precedes;
  char int_p_sep_by_space;
  char int_n_cs_precedes;
  char int_n_sep_by_space;
  char int_p_sign_posn;
  char int_n_sign_posn;
}
 ;
11.2.16. math.h

#define HUGE_VAL        0x7FF00000UL
#define DOMAIN  1
#define SING    2

struct exception
{
  int type;
  char *name;
  double arg1;
  double arg2;
  double retval;
}
 ;
#define M_1_PI  0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E        0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI  0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2   0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2       0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4  0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI      1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2  1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10  2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E     2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI    3.14159265358979323846
11.2.17. netdb.h

#define h_errno (*__h_errno_location ())
#define NETDB_INTERNAL  -1
#define NETDB_SUCCESS   0
#define HOST_NOT_FOUND  1
#define TRY_AGAIN       2
#define NO_RECOVERY     3
#define NO_DATA 4
#define h_addr  h_addr_list[0]
#define NO_ADDRESS      NO_DATA

struct servent
{
  char *s_name;
  char **s_aliases;
  int s_port;
  char *s_proto;
}
 ;
struct hostent
{
  char *h_name;
  char **h_aliases;
  int h_addrtype;
  socklen_t h_length;
  char **h_addr_list;
}
 ;
11.2.18. netinet/in.h

#define INADDR_NONE     ((unsigned long int) 0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_BROADCAST        (0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_ANY      0
#define IPPROTO_IP      0
#define IPPROTO_ICMP    1
#define IP_TOS  1
#define IPPROTO_UDP     17
#define IPPROTO_IGMP    2
#define IPPROTO_RAW     255
#define IPPROTO_TCP     6

struct in_addr
{
  uint32_t s_addr;
}
 ;

struct sockaddr_in
{
  sa_family_t sin_family;
  unsigned short sin_port;
  struct in_addr sin_addr;
  unsigned char __pad[8];
}
 ;
11.2.19. nl_types.h

#define NL_CAT_LOCALE   1
#define NL_SETD 1

typedef void *nl_catd;

typedef int nl_item;
11.2.20. pwd.h

struct passwd
{
  char *pw_name;
  char *pw_passwd;
  uid_t pw_uid;
  gid_t pw_gid;
  char *pw_gecos;
  char *pw_dir;
  char *pw_shell;
}
 ;
11.2.21. regex.h

#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK       ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DEBUG)&  ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS    ((unsigned long int)1)
#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM   (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK   (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_NO_BK_PARENS| RE_NO_BK_REFS| RE_NO_BK_VBAR| RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES| RE_DOT_NEWLINE| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM|RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS        (RE_CHAR_CLASSES<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_NEWLINE_ALT|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_DOT_NEWLINE|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_INTERVALS)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS    (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS<<1)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS  (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE  (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS<<1)
#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE        (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL<<1)
#define RE_INTERVALS    (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_LIMITED_OPS  (RE_INTERVALS<<1)
#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT  (RE_LIMITED_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_REFS   (RE_NO_BK_PARENS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR   (RE_NO_BK_REFS<<1)
#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES      (RE_NO_BK_VBAR<<1)
#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD    (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES<<1)
#define RE_DEBUG        (RE_NO_GNU_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS   (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP   (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK     (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING        (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC   (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED        (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED        (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_REFS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC   (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_LIMITED_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_ED    RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
#define RE_SYNTAX_SED   RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC

typedef unsigned long reg_syntax_t;

typedef struct re_pattern_buffer
{
  unsigned char *buffer;
  unsigned long allocated;
  unsigned long used;
  reg_syntax_t syntax;
  char *fastmap;
  char *translate;
  size_t re_nsub;
  unsigned int can_be_null:1;
  unsigned int regs_allocated:2;
  unsigned int fastmap_accurate:1;
  unsigned int no_sub:1;
  unsigned int not_bol:1;
  unsigned int not_eol:1;
  unsigned int newline_anchor:1;
}
regex_t;
typedef int regoff_t;
typedef struct
{
  regoff_t rm_so;
  regoff_t rm_eo;
}
regmatch_t;
#define REG_NOTEOL      (1<<1)
#define REG_ICASE       (REG_EXTENDED<<1)
#define REG_NEWLINE     (REG_ICASE<<1)
#define REG_NOSUB       (REG_NEWLINE<<1)
#define REG_NOMATCH     -1
#define REG_EXTENDED    1
#define REG_NOTBOL      1
11.2.22. sched.h

#define SCHED_OTHER     0
#define SCHED_FIFO      1
#define SCHED_RR        2

struct sched_param
{
  int sched_priority;
}
 ;
11.2.23. search.h

typedef struct entry
{
  char *key;
  void *data;
}
ENTRY;
typedef enum
{
  FIND, ENTER
}
ACTION;
typedef enum
{
  preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf
}
VISIT;

typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (void *__nodep, VISIT __value, int __level);
11.2.24. setjmp.h

#define setjmp(env)     _setjmp(env)
#define sigsetjmp(a,b)  __sigsetjmp(a,b)

typedef int __jmp_buf[6];

struct __jmp_buf_tag
{
  __jmp_buf __jmpbuf;
  int __mask_was_saved;
  sigset_t __saved_mask;
}
 ;

typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag jmp_buf[1];
typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf;
11.2.25. signal.h

#define SIGRTMAX        (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN        (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL    0
#define SIG_BLOCK       0
#define SIG_UNBLOCK     1
#define SIGEV_THREAD    2
#define SIG_SETMASK     2
#define NSIG    64

typedef int sig_atomic_t;
struct sigstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_onstack;
}
 ;
#define SIG_ERR ((__sighandler_t)-1)
#define SIG_DFL ((__sighandler_t)0)
#define SIG_IGN ((__sighandler_t)1)
#define SIGHUP  1
#define SIGSEGV 11
#define SIGPIPE 13
#define SIGALRM 14
#define SIGTERM 15
#define SIGINT  2
#define SIGPROF 27
#define SIGQUIT 3
#define SIGILL  4
#define SIGTRAP 5
#define SIGABRT 6
#define SIGIOT  6
#define SIGFPE  8
#define SIGKILL 9
#define SIGCLD  SIGCHLD
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO

typedef void (*__sighandler_t) (void);
#define SV_ONSTACK      (1<<0)
#define SV_INTERRUPT    (1<<1)
#define SV_RESETHAND    (1<<2)

typedef union sigval
{
  int sival_int;
  void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;
#define SIGEV_NONE      1

typedef struct sigevent
{
  sigval_t sigev_value;
  int sigev_signo;
  int sigev_notify;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      void (*sigev_thread_func) (void);
      void *_attribute;
    }
    _sigev_thread;
  }
  _sigev_un;
}
sigevent_t;
#define SI_QUEUE        -1
#define SI_TIMER        -2
#define SI_MESGQ        -3
#define SI_ASYNCIO      -4
#define SI_USER 0
#define si_pid  _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid  _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value        _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status       _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime        _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime        _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd   _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1       _sifields._timer._timer1

typedef struct siginfo
{
  int si_signo;
  int si_errno;
  int si_code;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
    }
    _kill;
    struct
    {
      unsigned int _timer1;
      unsigned int _timer2;
    }
    _timer;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      sigval_t _sigval;
    }
    _rt;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      int _status;
      clock_t _utime;
      clock_t _stime;
    }
    _sigchld;
    struct
    {
      void *_addr;
    }
    _sigfault;
    struct
    {
      int _band;
      int _fd;
    }
    _sigpoll;
  }
  _sifields;
}
siginfo_t;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
}
sigset_t;
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP    0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT    0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO      0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK      0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART      0x10000000
#define SA_INTERRUPT    0x20000000
#define SA_NODEFER      0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND    0x80000000
#define SA_NOMASK       SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT      SA_RESETHAND

struct sigaction
{
  union
  {
    __sighandler_t _sa_handler;
    void (*_sa_sigaction) (void);
  }
  __sigaction_handler;
  unsigned long sa_flags;
  void (*sa_restorer) (void);
  sigset_t sa_mask;
}
 ;

typedef struct sigaltstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_flags;
  size_t ss_size;
}
stack_t;
11.2.26. stdio.h

#define EOF     (-1)
#define P_tmpdir        "/tmp"
#define FOPEN_MAX       16
#define L_tmpnam        20
#define FILENAME_MAX    4096
#define BUFSIZ  8192
#define L_ctermid       9
#define L_cuserid       9

typedef struct _IO_FILE *FILE;
typedef struct
{
  off_t __pos;
  mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos_t;
typedef struct
{
  off64_t __pos;
  mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos64_t;

#define _IOFBF  0
#define _IOLBF  1
#define _IONBF  2
11.2.27. stdlib.h

#define MB_CUR_MAX      (__ctype_get_mb_cur_max())
#define EXIT_SUCCESS    0
#define EXIT_FAILURE    1
#define RAND_MAX        2147483647

typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (void);

typedef struct
{
  int quot;
  int rem;
}
div_t;

typedef struct
{
  long quot;
  long rem;
}
ldiv_t;

typedef struct
{
  long long quot;
  long long rem;
}
lldiv_t;
11.2.28. sys/file.h

#define LOCK_SH 1
#define LOCK_EX 2
#define LOCK_NB 4
#define LOCK_UN 8
11.2.29. sys/ioctl.h

#define FIONREAD        0x541B
11.2.30. sys/ipc.h

#define IPC_PRIVATE     ((key_t)0)
#define IPC_RMID        0
#define IPC_CREAT       00001000
#define IPC_EXCL        00002000
#define IPC_NOWAIT      00004000
#define IPC_SET 1
#define IPC_STAT        2

struct ipc_perm
{
  key_t __key;
  uid_t uid;
  gid_t gid;
  uid_t cuid;
  gid_t cgid;
  unsigned short mode;
  unsigned short __pad1;
  unsigned short __seq;
  unsigned short __pad2;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  unsigned long __unused2;
}
 ;
11.2.31. sys/mman.h

#define MAP_FAILED      ((void*)-1)
#define PROT_NONE       0x0
#define MAP_SHARED      0x01
#define MAP_PRIVATE     0x02
#define PROT_READ       0x1
#define MAP_FIXED       0x10
#define PROT_WRITE      0x2
#define MAP_ANONYMOUS   0x20
#define PROT_EXEC       0x4
#define MCL_CURRENT     1
#define MS_ASYNC        1
#define MCL_FUTURE      2
#define MS_INVALIDATE   2
#define MS_SYNC 4
#define MAP_ANON        MAP_ANONYMOUS
11.2.32. sys/msg.h

#define MSG_NOERROR     010000

struct msqid_ds
{
  struct ipc_perm msg_perm;
  time_t msg_stime;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  time_t msg_rtime;
  unsigned long __unused2;
  time_t msg_ctime;
  unsigned long __unused3;
  unsigned long __msg_cbytes;
  msgqnum_t msg_qnum;
  msglen_t msg_qbytes;
  pid_t msg_lspid;
  pid_t msg_lrpid;
  unsigned long __unused4;
  unsigned long __unused5;
}
 ;
11.2.33. sys/resource.h

#define RLIM_INFINITY   (~0UL)
#define RLIM_SAVED_CUR  -1
#define RLIM_SAVED_MAX  -1
#define RLIMIT_CPU      0
#define RUSAGE_SELF     0
#define RLIMIT_FSIZE    1
#define RLIMIT_DATA     2
#define RLIMIT_STACK    3
#define RLIMIT_CORE     4
#define RLIMIT_NOFILE   7
#define RLIMIT_AS       9

typedef unsigned long rlim_t;
typedef unsigned long long rlim64_t;

struct rlimit
{
  rlim_t rlim_cur;
  rlim_t rlim_max;
}
 ;
struct rlimit64
{
  rlim64_t rlim_cur;
  rlim64_t rlim_max;
}
 ;

struct rusage
{
  struct timeval ru_utime;
  struct timeval ru_stime;
  long ru_maxrss;
  long ru_ixrss;
  long ru_idrss;
  long ru_isrss;
  long ru_minflt;
  long ru_majflt;
  long ru_nswap;
  long ru_inblock;
  long ru_oublock;
  long ru_msgsnd;
  long ru_msgrcv;
  long ru_nsignals;
  long ru_nvcsw;
  long ru_nivcsw;
}
 ;
11.2.34. sys/sem.h

#define SEM_UNDO        0x1000
#define GETPID  11
#define GETVAL  12
#define GETALL  13
#define GETNCNT 14
#define GETZCNT 15
#define SETVAL  16
#define SETALL  17

struct sembuf
{
  short sem_num;
  short sem_op;
  short sem_flg;
}
 ;
struct semid_ds
{
  struct ipc_perm sem_perm;
  time_t sem_otime;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  time_t sem_ctime;
  unsigned long __unused2;
  unsigned long sem_nsems;
  unsigned long __unused3;
  unsigned long __unused4;
}
 ;
11.2.35. sys/shm.h

#define SHMLBA  (__getpagesize())
#define SHM_RND 020000
#define SHM_RDONLY      4096

struct shmid_ds
{
  struct ipc_perm shm_perm;
  int shm_segsz;
  time_t shm_atime;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  time_t shm_dtime;
  unsigned long __unused2;
  time_t shm_ctime;
  unsigned long __unused3;
  pid_t shm_cpid;
  pid_t shm_lpid;
  shmatt_t shm_nattch;
  unsigned long __unused4;
  unsigned long __unused5;
}
 ;
11.2.36. sys/socket.h

#define SHUT_RD 0
#define MSG_WAITALL     0x100
#define MSG_TRUNC       0x20
#define MSG_EOR 0x80
#define SIOCGIFCONF     0x8912
#define MSG_OOB 1
#define SHUT_WR 1
#define MSG_PEEK        2
#define SHUT_RDWR       2
#define MSG_DONTROUTE   4
#define MSG_CTRUNC      8
#define PF_INET AF_INET
#define PF_INET6        AF_INET6

struct linger
{
  int l_onoff;
  int l_linger;
}
 ;
struct cmsghdr
{
  size_t cmsg_len;
  int cmsg_level;
  int cmsg_type;
}
 ;
struct iovec
{
  void *iov_base;
  size_t iov_len;
}
 ;

typedef unsigned short sa_family_t;
typedef unsigned int socklen_t;

struct sockaddr
{
  sa_family_t sa_family;
  char sa_data[14];
}
 ;

struct msghdr
{
  void *msg_name;
  int msg_namelen;
  struct iovec *msg_iov;
  size_t msg_iovlen;
  void *msg_control;
  size_t msg_controllen;
  unsigned int msg_flags;
}
 ;
#define AF_UNSPEC       0
#define AF_LOCAL        1
#define AF_UNIX 1
#define AF_INET6        10
#define AF_INET 2
#define AF_AX25 3
#define AF_IPX  4
#define AF_APPLETALK    5
#define AF_NETROM       6
#define AF_BRIDGE       7
#define AF_ATMPVC       8
#define AF_X25  9

#define SOCK_STREAM     1
#define SOCK_PACKET     10
#define SOCK_DGRAM      2
#define SOCK_RAW        3
#define SOCK_RDM        4
#define SOCK_SEQPACKET  5

#define SOL_IP  0
#define SOL_SOCKET      1
#define SO_DEBUG        1
#define SO_OOBINLINE    10
#define SO_NO_CHECK     11
#define SO_PRIORITY     12
#define SO_LINGER       13
#define SOL_UDP 17
#define SO_REUSEADDR    2
#define SOL_RAW 255
#define SO_TYPE 3
#define SO_ERROR        4
#define SO_DONTROUTE    5
#define SOL_TCP 6
#define SO_BROADCAST    6
#define SO_SNDBUF       7
#define SO_RCVBUF       8
#define SO_KEEPALIVE    9
11.2.37. sys/stat.h

#define S_ISBLK(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISCHR(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISDIR(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISFIFO(m)     (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISLNK(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISREG(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFREG)
#define S_ISSOCK(m)     (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFSOCK)
#define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSEM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSHM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_IRWXU (S_IREAD|S_IWRITE|S_IEXEC)
#define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP>>3)
#define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR>>3)
#define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG>>3)
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU>>3)
#define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP>>3)
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR>>3)
#define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP>>3)
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR>>3)
#define S_ISVTX 01000
#define S_IXUSR 0x0040
#define S_IWUSR 0x0080
#define S_IRUSR 0x0100
#define S_ISGID 0x0400
#define S_ISUID 0x0800
#define S_IFIFO 0x1000
#define S_IFCHR 0x2000
#define S_IFDIR 0x4000
#define S_IFBLK 0x6000
#define S_IFREG 0x8000
#define S_IFLNK 0xa000
#define S_IFSOCK        0xc000
#define S_IFMT  0xf000
#define _STAT_VER       3
#define S_IREAD S_IRUSR
#define S_IWRITE        S_IWUSR
#define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR

struct stat
{
  dev_t st_dev;
  unsigned short __pad1;
  unsigned long st_ino;
  mode_t st_mode;
  nlink_t st_nlink;
  pid_t st_uid;
  gid_t st_gid;
  dev_t st_rdev;
  unsigned short __pad2;
  off_t st_size;
  blksize_t st_blksize;
  blkcnt_t st_blocks;
  time_t st_atime;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  time_t st_mtime;
  unsigned long __unused2;
  time_t st_ctime;
  unsigned long __unused3;
  unsigned long __unused4;
  unsigned long __unused5;
}
 ;
struct stat64
{
  dev_t st_dev;
  unsigned int __pad0;
  ino_t __st_ino;
  mode_t st_mode;
  nlink_t st_nlink;
  uid_t st_uid;
  gid_t st_gid;
  dev_t st_rdev;
  unsigned int __pad2;
  off64_t st_size;
  blksize_t st_blksize;
  blkcnt64_t st_blocks;
  time_t st_atime;
  unsigned long __unused1;
  time_t st_mtime;
  unsigned long __unused2;
  time_t st_ctime;
  unsigned long __unused3;
  ino64_t st_ino;
}
 ;
11.2.38. sys/time.h

#define ITIMER_REAL     0
#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL  1
#define ITIMER_PROF     2

struct timezone
{
  int tz_minuteswest;
  int tz_dsttime;
}
 ;

struct timespec
{
  time_t tv_sec;
  long tv_nsec;
}
 ;

struct timeval
{
  time_t tv_sec;
  suseconds_t tv_usec;
}
 ;

struct itimerval
{
  struct timeval it_interval;
  struct timeval it_value;
}
 ;
11.2.39. sys/timeb.h

struct timeb
{
  time_t time;
  unsigned short millitm;
  short timezone;
  short dstflag;
}
 ;
11.2.40. sys/times.h

struct tms
{
  clock_t tms_utime;
  clock_t tms_stime;
  clock_t tms_cutime;
  clock_t tms_cstime;
}
 ;
11.2.41. sys/utsname.h

struct utsname
{
  char sysname[65];
  char nodename[65];
  char release[65];
  char version[65];
  char machine[65];
  char domainname[65];
}
 ;
11.2.42. sys/wait.h

#define WIFSIGNALED(status)     (!WIFSTOPPED(status) & & !WIFEXITED(status))
#define WIFSTOPPED(status)      (((status) &  0xff) == 0x7f)
#define WEXITSTATUS(status)     (((status) &  0xff00) >> 8)
#define WTERMSIG(status)        ((status) &  0x7f)
#define WCOREDUMP(status)       ((status) &  0x80)
#define WIFEXITED(status)       (WTERMSIG(status) == 0)
#define WNOHANG 0x00000001
#define WUNTRACED       0x00000002
#define WCOREFLAG       0x80
#define WSTOPSIG(status)        WEXITSTATUS(status)

typedef enum
{
  P_ALL, P_PID, P_PGID
}
idtype_t;
11.2.43. syslog.h

#define LOG_EMERG       0
#define LOG_ALERT       1
#define LOG_CRIT        2
#define LOG_ERR 3
#define LOG_WARNING     4
#define LOG_NOTICE      5
#define LOG_INFO        6
#define LOG_DEBUG       7

#define LOG_KERN        (0<<3)
#define LOG_AUTHPRIV    (10<<3)
#define LOG_FTP (11<<3)
#define LOG_USER        (1<<3)
#define LOG_MAIL        (2<<3)
#define LOG_DAEMON      (3<<3)
#define LOG_AUTH        (4<<3)
#define LOG_SYSLOG      (5<<3)
#define LOG_LPR (6<<3)
#define LOG_NEWS        (7<<3)
#define LOG_UUCP        (8<<3)
#define LOG_CRON        (9<<3)

#define LOG_LOCAL0      (16<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL1      (17<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL2      (18<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL3      (19<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL4      (20<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL5      (21<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL6      (22<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL7      (23<<3)

#define LOG_UPTO(pri)   ((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1)
#define LOG_MASK(pri)   (1 << (pri))

#define LOG_PID 0x01
#define LOG_CONS        0x02
#define LOG_ODELAY      0x04
#define LOG_NDELAY      0x08
#define LOG_NOWAIT      0x10
#define LOG_PERROR      0x20
11.2.44. termios.h

#define TCIFLUSH        0
#define TCOOFF  0
#define TCSANOW 0
#define BS0     0000000
#define CR0     0000000
#define FF0     0000000
#define NL0     0000000
#define TAB0    0000000
#define VT0     0000000
#define OPOST   0000001
#define OLCUC   0000002
#define ONLCR   0000004
#define XCASE   0000004
#define OCRNL   0000010
#define ONOCR   0000020
#define ONLRET  0000040
#define OFILL   0000100
#define OFDEL   0000200
#define NL1     0000400
#define NLDLY   0000400
#define CR1     0001000
#define IUCLC   0001000
#define CR2     0002000
#define CR3     0003000
#define CRDLY   0003000
#define TAB1    0004000
#define TAB2    0010000
#define TAB3    0014000
#define TABDLY  0014000
#define BS1     0020000
#define BSDLY   0020000
#define VT1     0040000
#define VTDLY   0040000
#define FF1     0100000
#define FFDLY   0100000
#define TCOFLUSH        1
#define TCOON   1
#define TCSADRAIN       1
#define TCIOFF  2
#define TCIOFLUSH       2
#define TCSAFLUSH       2
#define TCION   3

struct winsize
{
  unsigned short ws_row;
  unsigned short ws_col;
  unsigned short ws_xpixel;
  unsigned short ws_ypixel;
}
 ;

typedef int speed_t;
typedef unsigned char cc_t;
typedef unsigned int tcflag_t;
#define NCCS    32

struct termios
{
  tcflag_t c_iflag;
  tcflag_t c_oflag;
  tcflag_t c_cflag;
  tcflag_t c_lflag;
  cc_t c_line;
  cc_t c_cc[NCCS];
  speed_t c_ispeed;
  speed_t c_ospeed;
}
 ;
#define VINTR   0
#define VQUIT   1
#define VSUSP   10
#define VEOL    11
#define VREPRINT        12
#define VDISCARD        13
#define VWERASE 14
#define VLNEXT  15
#define VEOL2   16
#define VERASE  2
#define VKILL   3
#define VEOF    4
#define VMIN    6
#define VSWTC   7
#define VSTART  8
#define VSTOP   9

#define IGNBRK  0000001
#define BRKINT  0000002
#define IGNPAR  0000004
#define PARMRK  0000010
#define INPCK   0000020
#define ISTRIP  0000040
#define INLCR   0000100
#define IGNCR   0000200
#define ICRNL   0000400
#define IXON    0002000
#define IXANY   0004000
#define IXOFF   0010000
#define IMAXBEL 0020000

#define CS5     0000000
#define CS6     0000020
#define CS7     0000040
#define CS8     0000060
#define CSIZE   0000060
#define CSTOPB  0000100
#define CREAD   0000200
#define PARENB  0000400
#define PARODD  0001000
#define HUPCL   0002000
#define CLOCAL  0004000
#define VTIME   5

#define ISIG    0000001
#define ICANON  0000002
#define ECHO    0000010
#define ECHOE   0000020
#define ECHOK   0000040
#define ECHONL  0000100
#define NOFLSH  0000200
#define TOSTOP  0000400
#define ECHOCTL 0001000
#define ECHOPRT 0002000
#define ECHOKE  0004000
#define FLUSHO  0010000
#define PENDIN  0040000
#define IEXTEN  0100000

#define B0      0000000
#define B50     0000001
#define B75     0000002
#define B110    0000003
#define B134    0000004
#define B150    0000005
#define B200    0000006
#define B300    0000007
#define B600    0000010
#define B1200   0000011
#define B1800   0000012
#define B2400   0000013
#define B4800   0000014
#define B9600   0000015
#define B19200  0000016
#define B38400  0000017
11.2.45. time.h

#define CLOCK_REALTIME  0
#define TIMER_ABSTIME   1
#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC  1000000l

struct tm
{
  int tm_sec;
  int tm_min;
  int tm_hour;
  int tm_mday;
  int tm_mon;
  int tm_year;
  int tm_wday;
  int tm_yday;
  int tm_isdst;
  long tm_gmtoff;
  char *tm_zone;
}
 ;
struct itimerspec
{
  struct timespec it_interval;
  struct timespec it_value;
}
 ;
11.2.46. ucontext.h

typedef struct
{
  gregset_t gregs;
  fpregset_t fpregs;
  unsigned long oldmask;
  unsigned long cr2;
}
mcontext_t;

typedef struct ucontext
{
  unsigned long uc_flags;
  struct ucontext *uc_link;
  stack_t uc_stack;
  mcontext_t uc_mcontext;
  sigset_t uc_sigmask;
  struct _libc_fpstate __fpregs_mem;
}
ucontext_t;
11.2.47. ulimit.h

#define UL_GETFSIZE     1
#define UL_SETFSIZE     2
11.2.48. unistd.h

#define SEEK_SET        0
#define STDIN_FILENO    0
#define SEEK_CUR        1
#define STDOUT_FILENO   1
#define SEEK_END        2
#define STDERR_FILENO   2

typedef long long off64_t;
typedef int *intptr_t;
#define F_OK    0
#define X_OK    1
#define W_OK    2
#define R_OK    4

#define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO  1
#define _POSIX_FSYNC    1
#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES     1
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK  1
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE    1
#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION        1
#define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING  1
#define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING      1
#define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 1
#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES       1
#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS    1
#define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO  1
#define _POSIX_TIMERS   1
#define _POSIX2_C_VERSION       199209L
#define _POSIX2_VERSION 199209L
#define _POSIX_VERSION  199506L

#define _PC_LINK_MAX    0
#define _PC_MAX_CANON   1
#define _PC_ASYNC_IO    10
#define _PC_PRIO_IO     11
#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS        13
#define _PC_MAX_INPUT   2
#define _PC_NAME_MAX    3
#define _PC_PATH_MAX    4
#define _PC_PIPE_BUF    5
#define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED    6
#define _PC_NO_TRUNC    7
#define _PC_VDISABLE    8
#define _PC_SYNC_IO     9

#define _SC_ARG_MAX     0
#define _SC_CHILD_MAX   1
#define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10
#define _SC_TIMERS      11
#define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO     12
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32    125
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG   126
#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64     127
#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG   128
#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY        129
#define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO      13
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME      130
#define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO     14
#define _SC_MAPPED_FILES        16
#define _SC_MEMLOCK     17
#define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE       18
#define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION   19
#define _SC_CLK_TCK     2
#define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING     20
#define _SC_SEMAPHORES  21
#define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS       22
#define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX      23
#define _SC_AIO_MAX     24
#define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX  25
#define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX      26
#define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27
#define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28
#define _SC_VERSION     29
#define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3
#define _SC_PAGESIZE    30
#define _SC_RTSIG_MAX   31
#define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX       32
#define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX       33
#define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX        34
#define _SC_TIMER_MAX   35
#define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36
#define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX  37
#define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX        38
#define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX       39
#define _SC_OPEN_MAX    4
#define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX    40
#define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX       42
#define _SC_LINE_MAX    43
#define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX  44
#define _SC_2_VERSION   46
#define _SC_2_C_BIND    47
#define _SC_2_C_DEV     48
#define _SC_2_FORT_DEV  49
#define _SC_STREAM_MAX  5
#define _SC_2_FORT_RUN  50
#define _SC_2_SW_DEV    51
#define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52
#define _SC_TZNAME_MAX  6
#define _SC_THREADS     67
#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS       68
#define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7
#define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS        73
#define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX     74
#define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN    75
#define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX  76
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR       77
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE       78
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING  79
#define _SC_SAVED_IDS   8
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81
#define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED       82
#define _SC_PASS_MAX    88
#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION       89
#define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS    9
#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92
#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N      93
#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM   94
#define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96
#define _SC_2_UPE       97

#define _CS_PATH        0
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS     1100
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS    1101
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS       1102
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS  1103
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1104
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1105
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS      1106
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS      1108
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS     1109
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS        1110
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS   1111
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1112
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1113
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS      1114
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115

#define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1
#define _XOPEN_XPG4     1
#define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION      4
#define _XOPEN_VERSION  500
11.2.49. utime.h

struct utimbuf
{
  time_t actime;
  time_t modtime;
}
 ;
11.2.50. utmp.h

#define UT_HOSTSIZE     256
#define UT_LINESIZE     32
#define UT_NAMESIZE     32

struct exit_status
{
  short e_termination;
  short e_exit;
}
 ;
struct lastlog
{
  timer_t ll_time;
  char ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
  char ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
}
 ;

struct utmp
{
  short ut_type;
  pid_t ut_pid;
  char ut_line[UT_LINESIZE];
  char ut_id[4];
  char ut_user[UT_NAMESIZE];
  char ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
  struct exit_status ut_exit;
  long ut_session;
  struct timeval ut_tv;
  int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];
  char __unused[20];
}
 ;
#define EMPTY   0
#define RUN_LVL 1
#define BOOT_TIME       2
#define NEW_TIME        3
#define OLD_TIME        4
#define INIT_PROCESS    5
#define LOGIN_PROCESS   6
#define USER_PROCESS    7
#define DEAD_PROCESS    8
#define ACCOUNTING      9
11.2.51. wchar.h

#define WEOF    (0xffffffffu)
#define WCHAR_MAX       0x7FFFFFFF
#define WCHAR_MIN       0x80000000
11.2.52. wctype.h

typedef unsigned long wctype_t;
typedef unsigned int wint_t;
typedef int wctrans_t;
typedef struct
{
  int count;
  wint_t value;
}
mbstate_t;
11.2.53. wordexp.h

enum
{
  WRDE_DOOFFS, WRDE_APPEND, WRDE_NOCMD, WRDE_REUSE, WRDE_SHOWERR, WRDE_UNDEF,
    __WRDE_FLAGS
}
 ;

typedef struct
{
  int we_wordc;
  char **we_wordv;
  int we_offs;
}
wordexp_t;

enum
{
  WRDE_NOSYS, WRDE_NOSPACE, WRDE_BADCHAR, WRDE_BADVAL, WRDE_CMDSUB,
    WRDE_SYNTAX
}
 ;
11.3. Interfaces Definitions for libc
_IO_feof
Name
_IO_feof — alias for feof
Synopsis
int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
The function _IO_feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning non-zero if it is set. 
_IO_feof is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_getc
Name
_IO_getc — alias for getc
Synopsis
int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_getc() reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end of file or error.
_IO_getc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_putc
Name
_IO_putc — alias for putc
Synopsis
int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_putc() writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp.
_IO_putc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_puts
Name
_IO_puts — alias for puts
Synopsis
int _IO_puts(const char *__c);
Description
_IO_puts() writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout.
_IO_puts is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__assert_fail
Name
__assert_fail — abort the program after false assertion
Synopsis
void
__assert_fail(const char *assertion,
              const char *file,
              unsigned int line,
              const char *function);
Description
This function, when passed a string containing an asserted expression, a filename, and a line number, prints a message on the standard error stream such as: 
a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed.
It then aborts program execution via a call to abort. The exact form of the message is up to the implementation.
If FUNCTION is NULL, then omit information about the function.
FILE, LINE, and ASSERTION must be non-NULL.
__assert_fail is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_b
Name
__ctype_c — array index for ctype functions
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

extern const unsigned short int *ctype_b;
Description
Array index for ctype functions.
__ctype_b is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max
Name
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max — maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
Synopsis
size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void);
Description
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max() returns the maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_tolower
Name
__ctype_tolower — convert uppercase letter to lowercase letter
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __ctype_tolower(int c);
Description
The __ctype_tolower() function converts an uppercase letter to the corresponding lowercase letter. If the argument is an uppercase letter, the __ctype_tolower() function returns the corresponding lowercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_tolower is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_toupper
Name
__ctype_toupper — convert lowercase letter to uppercase letter
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __ctype_toupper(int c);
Description
The __ctype_toupper() function converts a lowercase letter to the corresponding uppercase letter. If the argument is a lowercase letter, the __ctype_toupper() function returns the corresponding uppercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_toupper is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__cxa_atexit
Name
__cxa_atexit — register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded
Synopsis
int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void *arg, void *d);
Description
Register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded. This function is only called from code generated by the C++ compiler. 
__cxa_atexit() has the same specification as atexit().
__cxa_atexit is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__daylight
Name
 — global variable containing daylight
Synopsis
int __daylight;
Description
The specification for "__daylight" is as specified in the SUSv2.
ERRORS
__dcgettext
Name
__dcgettext — used by dcgettext in the translation to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *__dcgettext(const char *domainname,
                         const char *msgid, int category);
Description
Used by dcgettext in the translation to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current locale. CATEGORY locale.
__dcgettext() has the same specification as dcgettext().
__dcgettext is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__environ
Name
__environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **__environ;
Description
Alias for environ - user environment.
__environ has the same specification as environ.
__environ is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__errno_location
Name
__errno_location — address of errno variable
Synopsis
int *__errno_location(void);
Description
__errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fpending
Name
__fpending — returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio_ext.h>

size_t __fpending(FILE *stream);
Description
The __fpending function returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream.
__fpending is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpagesize
Name
__getpagesize — alias for getpagesize - get current page size 
Synopsis
extern int __getpagesize(void);
Description
Alias for getpagesize - get current page size.
__getpagesize has the same specification as getpagesize.
__getpagesize is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpgid
Name
__getpgid — get the process group id
Synopsis
pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid);
Description
__getpgid(pid) has the same specification as getpgid(pid).
__getpgid is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__h_errno_location
Name
__h_errno_location — address of h_errno variable
Synopsis
int *__h_errno_location (void);
Description
Return the address of the h_errno variable, where h_errno is as specified in the Single Unix Specification. Only in the binary standard, not the source standard. Note that h_errno itself is only in the source standard, not the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmax
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmax — return number of available real-time signal with lowest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmax() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the lowest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmax is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmin
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmin — return number of available real-time signal with highest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmin() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the highest priority
__libc_current_sigrtmin is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard
__libc_start_main
Name
__libc_start_main — initialization routine
Synopsis
BP_SYM __libc_start_main (int (*main) (int, char**, char**),
    int argc, char *__unbounded *__unbounded ubp_av,
    void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void),
    void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*__unbounded stack_end);
Description
Initialize glibc.
__libc_start_main is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__lxstat
Name
__lxstat — inline wrapper around call to lxstat
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __lxstat(int version, char *__path, struct stat *__statbuf);
Description
Inline wrapper around call to lxstat.
__lxstat is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mempcpy
Name
__mempcpy — copy given number of bytes of source to destination
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern ptr_t __mempcpy(ptr_t restrict dest,
                       const ptr_t restrict src, size_t n));
Description
Copy n bytes of source to destination, returning pointer to bytes after the last written byte.
__mempcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__rawmemchr
Name
__rawmemchr — scan memory
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern ptr_t __rawmemchr(const ptr_t s, int c);
Description
__rawmemchr searches in s for c.
This is a weak alias to rawmemchr. It is similar to memchr, but there is no length limit. 
__rawmemchr is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sigsetjmp
Name
__sigsetjmp — save stack context for non-local goto
Synopsis
int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf env, int savemask);
Description
__sigsetjmp(env, savemask) has the same behavior as sigsetjmp(env, savemask) as specified by POSIX.
__sigsetjmp is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__stpcpy
Name
__stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char * __stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
The __stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating /0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
__stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
__stpcpy() has the same specification as stpcpy().
__stpcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strdup
Name
__strdup — alias for strdup
Synopsis
char *__strdup(__const char *string);
Description
__strdup(string) has the same specification as strdup(string).
__strdup is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtod_internal
Name
__strtod_internal — underlying function for strtod
Synopsis
double __strtod_internal(const char *__nptr,
                         char **__endptr,
                         int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. 
__strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __group) has the same specification as strtod(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtof_internal
Name
__strtof_internal — underlying function for strtof
Synopsis
float __strtof_internal (const char *__nptr,
                         char **__endptr, int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtof (__nptr, __endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__strtok_r
Name
__strtok_r — alias for strtok_r
Synopsis
char *__strtok_r(char *__restrict s,
                __const char *__restrict delim,
                char **__restrict save_ptr);
Description
__strtok_r(s, delim, save_ptr) has the same specification as strtok_r(s, delim, save_ptr).
__strtok_r is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtol_internal
Name
__strtol_internal — alias for strtol
Synopsis
long int __strtol_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                           int __base, int __group);
Description
__GROUP must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. 
__strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, __group) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtold_internal
Name
__strtold_internal — underlying function for strtold
Synopsis
long double __strtold_internal(const char *__nptr,
                               char **__endptr,
                               int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtold (__nptr, __endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__strtoll_internal
Name
__strtoll_internal — underlying function for strtoll
Synopsis
long long __strtoll_internal(const char *__nptr,
                             char **__endptr,
                             int __base,
                             int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoll (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__strtoul_internal
Name
__strtoul_internal — underlying function for strtoul
Synopsis
unsigned long int __strtoul_internal (const char *__nptr,
                                      char **__endptr, int __base,
                                      int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoul (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__strtoull_internal
Name
__strtoull_internal — underlying function for strtoull
Synopsis
unsigned long long __strtoull_internal(const char *__nptr,
                                      char **__endptr, int __base,
                                      int __group);
Description
The __group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as strtoull (__nptr, __endptr, __base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__sysconf
Name
__sysconf — get configuration information at runtime
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

long __sysconf(int name);
Description
Get configuration information at runtime.
This is weak alias to sysconf.
__sysconf(name) has the same specification as sysconf(name).
__sysconf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sysv_signal
Name
__sysv_signal — signal handling
Synopsis
__sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int sig, __sighandler_t handler);
Description
__sysv_signal(sig, handler) has the same behavior as signal(sig, handler) as specified by X/Open.
__sysv_signal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__timezone
Name
 — global variable containing timezone
Synopsis
long int __timezone;
Description
The specification for "__timezone" is the same as "timezone" as specified in the SUS.
ERRORS
__tzname
Name
 — global variable containing the timezone
Synopsis
char *__tzname[2];
Description
The specification for "__tzname" is the same as "tzname" as specified in the SUS (note that the array size is two; this is explicit in the SUSv3 but not the SUSv2).
ERRORS
__wcstod_internal
Name
__wcstod_internal — underlying function for wcstod
Synopsis
double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
                         wchar_t **endptr,
                         int group);
Description
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstod(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__wcstof_internal
Name
__wcstof_internal — underlying function for wcstof
Synopsis
float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
                        wchar_t **endptr,
                        int group);
Description
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstof(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__wcstol_internal
Name
__wcstol_internal — underlying function for wcstol
Synopsis
long __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
                       wchar_t ** endptr,
                       int base,
                       int group);
Description
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstol(nptr, endptr, base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__wcstold_internal
Name
__wcstold_internal — underlying function for wcstold
Synopsis
long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t *nptr,
                               wchar_t ** endptr,
                               int group);
Description
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstold(nptr, endptr). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__wcstoul_internal
Name
__wcstoul_internal — underlying function for wcstoul
Synopsis
unsigned long
__wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
                   wchar_t **restrict endptr,
                   int base, int group);
Description
The group argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. Otherwise the same as wcstoul(nptr, endptr, base). Only in the binary standard, not the source standard.
__xmknod
Name
__xmknod — make block or character special file
Synopsis
int __xmknod(int ver,
            __const char *path,
            __mode_t mode,
            __dev_t *dev);
Description
ver must be 1 or the behavior is undefined.
__xmknod(1, path, mode, dev) has the same specification as mknod(path, mode, dev).
Note that the format of dev_t is not the same as the argument that the kernel syscall uses.
__xmknod is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__xstat
Name
__xstat — provide inode information
Synopsis
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>

int __xstat (int __ver,
             const char *__filename,
             struct stat *__stat_buf)

int __lxstat (int __ver,
              const char *__filename,
              struct stat *__stat_buf)

int __fxstat (int __ver,
              int __filedesc,
              struct stat *__stat_buf)
Inputs
__ver
 	Must be 3 or the behavior is undefined.
__filename
 	As in POSIX.
__filedesc
 	As in POSIX.
__stat_buf
 	As in POSIX.
Description
__xstat() has the same behavior as stat (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__lxstat() has the same behavior as lstat (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__fxstat() has the same behavior as fstat (__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
Note that the struct stat used by these functions is not the one that the kernel uses.
Usage
__xstat, __lxstat, and __fxstat are not in the source standard; stat, lstat, and fstat are not in the binary standard.
__xstat64
Name
__xstat64 — provide inode information
Synopsis
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>

int __xstat64 (int __ver,
             const char *__filename,
             struct stat64 *__stat_buf)

int __lxstat64 (int __ver,
              const char *__filename,
              struct stat64 *__stat_buf)

int __fxstat64 (int __ver,
              int __filedesc,
              struct stat64 *__stat_buf)
Inputs
__ver
 	Must be 3 or the behavior is undefined.
__filename
 	As in Large File Summit.
__filedesc
 	As in Large File Summit.
__stat_buf
 	As in Large File Summit.
Description
__xstat64() has the same behavior as stat64 (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
__lxstat64() has the same behavior as lstat64 (__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
__fxstat64() has the same behavior as fstat64 (__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by Large File Summit.
Usage
__xstat64, __lxstat64, and __fxstat64 are not in the source standard; stat64, lstat64, and fstat64 are not in the binary standard.
_environ
Name
_environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **_environ;
Description
Alias for environ - user environment.
_nl_msg_cat_cntr
Name
_nl_msg_cat_cntr — variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
Description
Used by Message catalogs for internationalization. A variable defined which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded. 
_obstack_begin
Name
_obstack_begin — initialize an obstack for use
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

extern int _obstack_begin(struct obstack *, int, int,
                          void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
Description
Initialize an obstack for use.
_obstack_newchunk
Name
_obstack_newchunk — allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

extern void _obstack_newchunk(struct obstack *, int);
Description
Allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack. 
_sys_errlist
Name
_sys_errlist — array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror()
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern const char *const _sys_errlist[];
Description
An array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror(). This normally should not be used directly. The strerror function provides all the needed functionality.
_sys_siglist
Name
_sys_siglist — array containing the names of the signal names
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG];
Description
An array containing the names of the signal names.
This exists only for compatibility. Use strsignal instead (see <string.h>).
acct
Name
acct — switch process accounting on or off
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int acct(const char *filename);
Description
When called with the name of an existing file as argument, accounting is turned on and records for each terminating process are appended to filename as it terminates. An argument of NULL causes accounting to be turned off.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOSYS 
 	BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT.
ENOMEM 
 	Out of memory.
EPERM 
 	The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting.
EACCES 
 	The argument filename is not a regular file.
EIO 
 	Error writing to the file filename.
EUSERS 
 	There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory.
adjtime
Name
adjtime — correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
Synopsis
#include <time.h>

int adjtime(const struct timeval *delta, struct timeval *olddelta);
Description
The adjtime function makes small adjustments to the system time, as returned by gettimeofday(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime() may not be finished when adjtime() is called again. If olddelta is non-nil, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call.
This call may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
The call adjtime() is restricted to the super-user.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
ERRORS
EFAULT
 	An argument points outside the process's allocated address space.
EPERM
 	The process's effective user ID is not that of the super-user.
adjtimex
Name
adjtimex — tune kernel clock
Synopsis
#include <sys/timex.h>

int adjtimex(struct timex *buf);
Description
Linux uses David L. Mills' clock adjustment algorithm (see RFC 1305). The system call adjtimex reads and optionally sets adjustment parameters for this algorithm. It takes a pointer to a timex structure, updates kernel parameters from field values, and returns the same structure with current kernel values. This structure is declared as follows:
 struct timex {
 	 int modes; /* mode selector */
 long offset; /* time offset (usec) */
 long freq; /* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
 long maxerror; /* maximum error (usec) */
 long esterror; /* estimated error (usec) */
 int status; /* clock command/status */
 long constant; /* pll time constant */
 long precision; /* clock precision (usec) (read only) */
 long tolerance; /* clock frequency tolerance (ppm) (read only) */
 struct timeval time; /* current time (read only) */
 long tick; /* usecs between clock ticks */
 };
The modes field determines which parameters, if any, to set. It may contain a bitwise-or combination of zero or more of the following bits:
 #define ADJ_OFFSET 0x0001 /* time offset */
 #define ADJ_FREQUENCY 0x0002 /* frequency offset */
 #define ADJ_MAXERROR 0x0004 /* maximum time error */
 #define ADJ_ESTERROR 0x0008 /* estimated time error */
 #define ADJ_STATUS 0x0010 /* clock status */
 #define ADJ_TIMECONST 0x0020 /* pll time constant */
 #define ADJ_TICK 0x4000 /* tick value */
 #define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT 0x8001 /* old-fashioned adjtime */
Ordinary users are restricted to a zero value for mode. Only the superuser may set any parameters.
Return Value
On success, adjtimex returns the clock state:
 #define TIME_OK 0 /* clock synchronized */
 #define TIME_INS 1 /* insert leap second */
 #define TIME_DEL 2 /* delete leap second */
 #define TIME_OOP 3 /* leap second in progress */
 #define TIME_WAIT 4 /* leap second has occurred */
 #define TIME_BAD 5 /* clock not synchronized */
 On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT 
 	buf does not point to writable memory.
EPERM 
 	buf.mode is non-zero and the user is not super-user.
EINVAL 
 	An attempt is made to set buf.offset to a value outside the range -131071 to +131071, or to set buf.status to a value other than those listed above, or to set buf.tick to a value outside the range 900000/HZ to 1100000/HZ, where HZ is the system timer interrupt frequency.
alphasort
Name
alphasort — compare two directory entries alphabetically (LSB deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int alphasort(const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b);
Description
The alphasort interface is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should provide their own routine to sort filenames.1
The alphasort() function can be used as the comparison function for the scandir() function to sort the directory entries into alphabetical order. Its parameters are the two directory entries, a and b, to compare.
Return Value
The alphasort() function returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
Notes
1. 	The LSB never has contained scandir().
alphasort64
Name
alphasort64 — compare two directory entries alphabetically (LSB deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int alphasort64(const struct dirent64 **a, const struct dirent64 **b);
Description
The alphasort64 interface is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should provide their own routine to sort filenames.1
Function to compare two struct dirent64s alphabetically. This function is like alphasort but it uses the 64bit dirent structure.
Notes
1. 	The LSB never has contained scandir64(); alphasort64 is customarily used with it.
bindresvport
Name
bindresvport — bind socket to privileged IP port
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <rpc.rpc.h>

int bindresvport(int sd, struct sockaddr_in *sin);
Description
The bindresvport() function is used to bind a socket to a privileged IP port. This function can be used only by root.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On failure, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPFNOSUPPORT
 	Address of second argument provided did not match address family of first argument.
cfmakeraw
Name
cfmakeraw — get and set terminal attributes
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>

int cfmakeraw(struct termios *termios_p);
Description
cfmakeraw sets the terminal attributes as follows:
 	 termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);
 termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
 termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);
 termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
 termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8;
termios_p is a pointer to a termios structure. This structure contains the following members:
 tcflag_t c_iflag; /* input modes */
 tcflag_t c_oflag; /* output modes */
 tcflag_t c_cflag; /* control modes */
 tcflag_t c_lflag; /* local modes */
 cc_t c_cc[NCCS]; /* control chars */
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On failure, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
cfsetspeed
Name
cfsetspeed — manipulate the termios structure
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>

int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speedt speed);
Description
The cfsetspeed function is provided for setting the baud rate values in the termios structure. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in the termios structure and passed to tcsetattr have special meanings.
Getting and Setting the Baud Rate
The input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. The unsigned integer speed_t is typdef'd in the include file <termios.h>. The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being represented, however, the following symbolic values are defined.
 #define B0 0
 #define B50 50
 #define B75 75
 #define B110 110
 #define B134 134
 #define B150 150
 #define B200 200
 #define B300 300
 #define B600 600
 #define B1200 1200
 #define B1800 1800
 #define B2400 2400
 #define B4800 4800
 #define B9600 9600
 #define B19200 19200
 #define B38400 38400
 #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
 #define EXTA 19200
 #define EXTB 38400
 #endif /*_POSIX_SOURCE */
The cfsetspeed function sets both the input and output baud rate in the termios structure referenced by t to speed.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
daemon
Name
daemon — run in the background
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose);
Description
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the current working directory to the root (`/'). Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
Errors
On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork(2) and setsid(2).
err
Name
err — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The err() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The err() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
error
Name
error — print error message
Synopsis
void error (int exitstatus, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
Description
Print a message to standard error. First print the name of the program. If there is a function called error_print_progname (which would be provided by the application), call it to print the program name. If not, print the contents of the global variable program_name as the program name.
Then print a colon, a space, and the result of using the printf-style format and the optional arguments.
Then, if errnum is nonzero, print a colon, a space, and the result of strerror(errnum).
Then print a newline.
Then, if exitstatus is nonzero, call exit(exitstatus).
errx
Name
errx — format error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The errx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The errx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
flock
Name
flock — apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
Synopsis
int flock(int fd, int operation);
Description
Apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file. The file is specified by fd. Valid operations are given below:
LOCK_SH
 	Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_EX
 	Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_UN
 	Unlock.
LOCK_NB
 	Don't block when locking. May be specified (by or'ing) along with one of the other operations.
A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EWOULDBLOCK
 	The file is locked and the LOCK_NB flag was selected.
fstatfs
Name
fstatfs — get file system statistics
Synopsis
#include <sys/vfs.h>

int fstatfs(int fd, struct statfs *buf);
Description
fstatfs returns information about a mounted file system. fd is the open file descriptor of any file within the mounted filesystem. buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follows:
struct statfs {
 	 long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
 long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
 long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
 long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
 long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
 long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
 long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
 long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
 };
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF
 	fd is not a valid open file descriptor.
EFAULT
 	buf points to an invalid address.
EIO
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOSYS
 	The filesystem fd is open on does not support statfs.
fwprintf
Name
fwprintf — formatted wide character output conversion
Synopsis
int fwprintf(FILE* stream, const wchar_t* format, ...);
Description
The specification for "fwprintf" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
Wide-character Conversion:
The following wide-character are not specified in GNU:
d, i, o, u, x, X, f, e, E , g, G , c, s, p, n, C, S, %
Errors
The following error types are not specified in GNU:
EILSEQ
EINVAL
ENOMEM
getdomainname
Name
getdomainname — get NIS domain name.
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

extern int getdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen);
Description
If NIS is in use, provide the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, provide the string "(none)".
If the string which is provided is strictly less than namelen characters in length, getdomainname places it in the array pointed to by name followed by a terminating null character. If not, getdomainname may either truncate it to namelen characters and place it in name (without a terminating null character), or may fail with EINVAL.
Return Value
getdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
gethostbyname
Name
gethostbyname — get network host entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>

struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *name);
Description
The gethostbyname() function returns a structure of type hostent for the given host name. Here name is either a host name, or an IPv4 address in standard dot notation, or an IPv6 address in colon (and possibly dot) notation. (See RFC 1884 for the description of IPv6 addresses.) If name is an IPv4 or IPv6 address, no lookup is performed and gethostbyname() simply copies name into the h_name field and its struct in_addr equivalent into the h_addr_list[0] field of the returned hostent structure. If name doesn't end in a dot and the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, the alias file pointed to by HOSTALIASES will first be searched for name (see hostname(7) for the file format). The current domain and its parents are searched unless name ends in a dot.
The domain name queries carried out by gethostbyname() use a combination of any or all of the name server named(8), a broken out line from /etc/hosts, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP), depending upon the contents of the order line in /etc/host.conf. (See resolv+(8)). The default action is to query named(8), followed by /etc/hosts.
The hostent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
struct hostent {
 	 char *h_name; /* official name of host */
 char **h_aliases; /* alias list */
 int h_addrtype; /* host address type */
 int h_length; /* length of address */
 char **h_addr_list; /* list of addresses */
 }
#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
Return Value
The gethostbyname()) functions return the hostent structure or a NULL pointer if an error occurs. On error, the h_errno variable holds an error number.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory to complete the operation. 
gethostbyname_r
Name
gethostbyname_r — find network host database entry matching host name
Synopsis
extern int gethostbyname_r(__const char *__restrict __name,
                           struct hostent *__restrict __result_buf,
                           char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen,
                           struct hostent **__restrict __result,
                           int *__restrict __h_errnop);
Description
The gethostbyname_r() function is a reentrant version of the gethostbyname function that searches the network host database for a host name match.
getloadavg
Name
getloadavg — get system load averages
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem);
Description
The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
getopt
Name
getopt — parse command line options
Synopsis
int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring);
extern char *optarg;
extern int optind, opterr, optopt;
GNU supports the following extensions of getopt:
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
               const char *optstring,
               const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
                    const char *optstring,
                    const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
Description
The getopt() function parses command line arguments. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas.
Option Characteristics
GNU specifies that: 
•	an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element.
•	characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	applications using getopt() must obey the following syntax guidelines: 
•	option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set
•	option is preceded by the "-" delimiter character
•	options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one "-" delimiter
•	each option and option-argument is a separate argument
•	option-arguments are not optional
•	all options should precede operands on the command line
•	the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands
•	historical implementations of getopt() support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable.
•	support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int.
•	applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with "-" should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description.
Extensions
GNU specifies that: 
•	if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional arg; if there is text in the current argv-element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to zero.
•	if optstring contains W followed by a semi-colon, then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. (Not available with libraries before GNU libc 2.)
•	getopt_long() works like getopt() except that it also accepts "long options", or, options that are preface with two dashes instead of one.
•	long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or an exact match for some defined option.
•	a long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
•	getopt_long_only() works like getopt_long(), except that both "-" and "--" indicate long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed instead as a short option.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions.
Return Values
GNU specifies the following getopt() return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options.
•	question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character is encountered.
•	"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
GNU specifies the following getopt_long() and getopt_long_only() return values: 
•	when short option is recognized, the option character is returned.
•	when long option is recognized, val is returned if flag is NULL, otherwise, 0 is returned.
•	error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt().
•	question mark ("?") is returned for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
POSIX specifies the following getopt() return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of opstring is ":".
•	question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt() detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ":".
•	"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
Environmental Variables
GNU specifies that: 
•	if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered.
•	if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, GNU getopt() conforms to POSIX.2.
•	the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc.
Environmental Variables
POSIX.2 Interpretation 150 reports a technical error in the function of getopt(). GNU implements the correct behavior of getopt().
getopt_long
Name
getopt_long — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>

int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
           const char *optstring,
           const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

Description
The getopt_long() function works like getopt() except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in <getopt.h> as
 struct option {
 	 const char *name;
 int *flag;
 int has_arg;
 int val;
 };
Return Value
The getopt_long() function returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getopt_long_only
Name
getopt_long_only — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>

int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
           const char *optstring,
           const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

Description
getopt_long_only() is like getopt_long(), but - as well as -- can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with - (not --) doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead.
Return Value
The function getopt_long_only() returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list. getopt_long_only() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getprotobyname
Name
getprotobyname — get protocol entry
Synopsis
struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int proto);
Description
The getprotobyname() function returns a protoent structure for the line from /etc/protocols that matches the protocol name name.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct protoent {
 	 char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
 char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
 int p_proto; /* protocol number */
 }
Return Value
The getprotobyname() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
Files
/etc/protocols protocol database file
getprotoent
Name
getprotoent — get protocol entry
Synopsis
struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
Description
The getprotoent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/protocols and returns a structure protoent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/protocols file is opened if necessary.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct protoent {
 	 char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
 char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
 int p_proto; /* protocol number */
 }
Return Value
The getprotoent() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
Files
/etc/protocols protocol database file
getpwnam_r
Name
getpwnam_r — reentrant version of getpwnam
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern int getpwnam_r (const char *name,
                       struct passwd *resultbuf,
                       char *buffer, 
                       size_t buflen,
                       struct passwd **result)

Description
Reentrant version of getpwnam. The additional arguments resultsbuf and buffer are for internal storage, buflen the size of the buffer, and result is the password structure used to return the requested information.
getservbyname
Name
getservbyname — get service entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>

struct servent *getservbyname(const char *name, const char *proto);
Description
The getservbyname() function returns a servent structure for the line from /etc/services that matches the service name using protocol proto.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct servent {
 	 char *s_name; /* official service name */
 char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
 int s_port; /* port number */
 char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
 }
Return Value
getservbyname() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
Files
/etc/services services database file
getservent
Name
getservent — get service entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>

struct servent *getservent(void);
Description
The getservent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/services and returns a structure servent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/services file is opened if necessary.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct servent {
 	 char *s_name; /* official service name */
 char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
 int s_port; /* port number */
 char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
 }
Return Value
getservent() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
Files
/etc/services services database file
gettext
Name
gettext — look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *gettext((const char *msgid));
Description
Used to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). 
getutent
Name
getutent — access utmp file entries 
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

struct utmp *getutent(void);
Description
getutent() reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file. It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of the line.
Return Value
getutent() returns a pointer to a static struct utmp.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 will be returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
getutent_r
Name
getutent_r — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
extern int getutent_r(struct utmp *__buffer,
                      struct utmp **__result);
Description
The getutent_r() function is a reentrant version of the getutent utmp file handler.
glob64
Name
glob64 — find pathnames matching a pattern (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>
int glob64((const char *pattern, int flags,
            int (*errfunc) (const char *, int),
            glob64_t *pglob));
Description
The glob64() function searches for all the pathnames matching pattern according to the rules used by the shell (see glob(7)). No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want these, use wordexp(3). The results of a glob64() call are stored in the structure pointed to by pglob, which is a glob64_t which is declared in <glob.h> and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be present as an extension): 
The glob64() function is a 64-bit version of glob.
Return Value
On successful completion, glob64() returns zero. Other possible returns are: GLOB_NOSPACE for running out of memory, GLOB_ABORTED for a read error, and GLOB_NOMATCH for no found matches.
globfree64
Name
globfree64 — free memory from glob64() (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>

void globfree64(glob64_t *pglob);
Description
The globfree64() function frees the dynamically allocate storage from an earlier call to glob64().
The globfree64 function is a 64-bit version of globfree.
initgroups
Name
initgroups — initialize the supplementary group access list
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

int initgroups(const char *user, gid_t group);
Description
The initgroups() function initializes the group access list by reading the group database and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM 
 	The calling process does not have sufficient privileges.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
isblank
Name
isblank — character classification routine
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int isblank(int c);
Description
This functions checks whether c, which must have the value of an unsigned char or EOF, falls into a certain character class according to the current locale.
isblank() checks for a blank character; that is, a space or a tab. This function is a GNU extension.
Return Value
The values returned are nonzero if the character c falls into the tested class, and a zero value if not.
Notes
The details of what characters belong into which class depend on the current locale. For example, isupper() will not recognize an A - umlaut as an uppercase letter in the default C locale.
iswblank
Name
iswblank — test for whitespace wide character
Synopsis
#include <wctype.h>

int iswblank(wint_t wc);
Description
The iswblank function is the wide-character equivalent of the isblank function. It tests whether wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank".
The wide character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide character class "space".
Being a subclass of the wide character class "space", the wide character class "blank" is disjoint from the wide character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
The wide character class "blank" always contains at least the space character and the control character '\t'.
Return Value
The iswblank function returns non-zero if wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank". Otherwise it returns zero.
Notes
The behavior of iswblank depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
iswctype
Name
iswctype — wide character classification
Synopsis
#include <wctype.h>

int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
Description
If wc is a wide character having the character property designated by desc (or in other words: belongs to the character class designated by desc), the iswctype function returns non-zero. Otherwise it returns zero. If wc is WEOF, zero is returned.
desc must be a character property descriptor returned by the wctype function.
Return Value
iswctype returns non-zero if the wc has the designated property. Otherwise it returns 0.
Notes
The behavior of iswctype depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
kill
Name
kill — send a signal
Synopsis
int kill(pid_t pid, int sig);
Description
The specification for "kill" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
Process ID -1 doesn't affect calling process
If pid is specified as -1, sig shall not be sent to the calling process.1 Other than this, the rules in the SUSv2 apply.
Notes
1. 	This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3
mbsnrtowcs
Name
mbsnrtowcs — convert a multibyte string to a wide character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char **src,
                  size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
The mbsnrtowcs function is like the mbsrtowcs function, except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nms.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the mbsnrtowcs function converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string *src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most len wide characters are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling mbrtowc(dest,*src,n,ps) where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and *src by the number of bytes consumed. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case *src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned.
3. The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the mbsnrtowcs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest.
Return Value
The mbsnrtowcs function returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of mbsnrtowcs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
memmem
Name
memmem — locate a substring
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>

void *memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
             const void *needle, size_t needlelen);
Description
The memmem() function finds the start of the first occurrence of the substring needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen.
Return Value
The memmem() function returns a pointer to the beginning of the substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
Notes
This function was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9; there the needle and haystack arguments were interchanged, and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of needle was returned. Since libc 5.0.9 is still widely used, this is a dangerous function to use.
Both old and new libc's have the bug that if needle is empty haystack-1 (instead of haystack) is returned. And glibc 2.0 makes it worse, and returns a pointer to the last byte of haystack. This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
memrchr
Name
memrchr — scan memory for a character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

void *memrchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
Description
memrchr() returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character represented by c in the first n characters of the string represented by s.
obstack_free
Name
obstack_free — free an object in the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

void obstack_free(struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
Description
Free an object in the obstack.
opterr
Name
opterr — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int opterr;
Description
opterr is used as a flag to suppress error message generated by getopt(). When opterr is set to 0; it suppresses the error message generated by getopt() when getopt() does not recognize an option character.
optind
Name
optind — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optind;
Description
optind holds the current index of the array argr[] which contains the command line options being parsed by getopt().
optopt
Name
optopt — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optopt;
Description
optopt holds the unknown option character when that option character is not recognized by getopt() 
psignal
Name
psignal — print signal message
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

void psignal(int sig, const char *s);

extern const char *const sys_siglist[]
Description
The psignal() function displays a message on stderr consisting of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number.
Return Value
psignal() returns no value.
random_r
Name
random_r — generate random number
Synopsis
extern int random_r(struct random_data *__restrict __buf,
                    int32_t *__restrict __result);
Description
The random_r() function is a reentrant version of the random function that generates a pseudorandom number.
setbuffer
Name
setbuffer — stream buffering operation
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

void setbuffer(FILE *stream, char *buf, size_tsize);
Description
setbuffer is an alias for call to setvbuf. It works the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ. 
setdomainname
Name
setdomainname — set NIS domain name.
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

extern int setdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen);
Description
If NIS is in use, set the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, this function may set the domain name anyway, or it may fail.
This call shall fail unless the caller has appropriate privileges.
namelen shall be the length of the string pointed to by name.
Return Value
setdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
setegid
Name
setegid — set effective group ID
Description
The setegid() function is as specified in the SUSv3.
setenv
Name
setenv — change or add an environment variable
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

int setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite);
Description
The setenv() function is as specified in the SUSv3.
seteuid
Name
seteuid — set effective user ID
Description
The seteuid() function is as specified in the SUSv3.
setgroups
Name
setgroups — set list of supplementary group IDs
Synopsis
#define __USE_BSD
#include <grp.h>

int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t *list);
Description
Sets the supplementary groups for the process. Only the super-user may use this function.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT 
 	list has an invalid address.
EPERM
 	The user is not the super-user.
EINVA
 	Size is greater than NGROUPS (32 for Linux 2.0.32).
Bugs
The __USE_BSD flag probably shouldn't be required for setgroups.
sethostid
Name
sethostid — set the unique identifier of the current host
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int sethostid(long int hostid);
Description
Set a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine. The 32-bit identifier is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This normally resembles the Internet address for the local machine, as returned by gethostbyname(3), and thus usually never needs to be set.
The sethostid call is restricted to the superuser.
The hostid argument is stored in the file /etc/hostid.
Return Value
gethostid returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by sethostid(2).
Files
/etc/hostid
sethostname
Name
sethostname — set host name
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int sethostname(const char *name, size_t len);
Description
This function is used to change the host name of the current processor.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL 
 	len is negative or len is larger than the maximum allowed size.
EPERM 
 	the caller was not the superuser.
EFAULT 
 	name is an invalid address.
Notes
SUSv2 guarantees that Host names are limited to 255 bytes.
setmntent
Name
setmntent — get file system descriptor file entry
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <mntent.h>

FILE *setmntent(const char *filename, const char *type);
Description
This routine is used to access the file system description file /etc/fstab and the mounted file system description file /etc/mtab.
The setmntent() function opens the file system description file filep and returns a file pointer which can be used by getmntent(). The argument type is the type of access required and can take the same values as the mode argument of fopen(3).
The mntent structure is defined in <mntent.h> as follows:
 struct mntent {
 	 char *mnt_fsname; /* name of mounted file system */
 char *mnt_dir; /* file system path prefix */
 char *mnt_type; /* mount type (see mntent.h) */
 char *mnt_opts; /* mount options (see mntent.h) */
 int mnt_freq; /* dump frequency in days */
 int mnt_passno; /* pass number on parallel fsck */
 };
Files
/etc/fstab file system description file /etc/mtab mounted file system description file
setutent
Name
setutent — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void setutent(void);
Description
setutent() rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file. It is generally a Good Idea to call it before any of the other functions.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 will be returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users /var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
sigandset
Name
sigandset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern int sigandset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
                     const sigset_t *right);
Description
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND.
sigblock
Name
sigblock — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

int sigblock(int mask);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
The sigblock system call adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery.
Notes
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system.
siggetmask
Name
siggetmask — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

int siggetmask(void);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
siggetmask returns the current set of masked signals.
Notes
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system header file.
sigisemptyset
Name
sigisemptyset — signal function - check for empty SET
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *set);
Description
Signal function - Check for empty SET. Returns non-empty value if SET is not empty.
sigorset
Name
sigorset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR
Synopsis
#include <:signal.h>

extern int sigorset((sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
                     const sigset_t *right));

Description
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR.
sigreturn
Name
sigreturn — return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame
Synopsis
int sigreturn(unsigned long __unused);
Description
When the Linux kernel creates the stack frame for a signal handler, a call to sigreturn is inserted into the stack frame so that the the signal handler will call sigreturn upon return. This inserted call to sigreturn cleans up the stack so that the process can restart from where it was interrupted by the signal.
Return Value
sigreturn never returns.
Warning
sigreturn call is used by the kernel to implement signal handlers. It should never be called directly. Better yet, the specific use of the __unused argument varies depending on the architecture.
Files
/usr/src/linux/arch/i386/kernel/signal.c
/usr/src/linux/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.s
statfs
Name
statfs — get file system statistics
Synopsis
#include <sys/vfs.h>

int statfs(const char *path, struct statfs *buf);
Description
statfs returns information about a mounted file system. path is the path name of any file within the mounted filesystem.
buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follow:
struct statfs {
 	 long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
 long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
 long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
 long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
 long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
 long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
 long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
 long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
 };
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOTDIR
 	A component of the path prefix of path is not a directory.
ENAMETOOLONG
 	path is too long.
ENOENT 
 	The file referred to by path does not exist.
EACCES 
 	Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of path.
ELOOP
 	Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating path.
EFAULT 
 	Buf or path points to an invalid address.
EIO 
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient kernel memory was available.
ENOSYS 
 	The filesystem path is on does not support statfs.
stime
Name
stime — set time
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE /* glibc2 needs this */
#include <time.h>

int stime(time_t *t);
Description
stime sets the system's idea of the time and date. Time, pointed to by t, is measured in seconds from 00:00:00 GMT January 1, 1970. stime() may only be executed by the super user.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM
 	The caller is not the super-user.
Notes
Under glibc2, <time.h> only provides a prototype when _SVID_SOURCE is defined.
stpcpy
Name
stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
The stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating \0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
Example
For example, this program uses stpcpy to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints.
#include <string.h>
int main (void) { char *to = buffer; to = stpcpy (to, "foo"); to = stpcpy (to, "bar"); printf ("%s\n", buffer); }
stpncpy
Name
stpncpy — copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *stpncpy (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
Description
The stpncpy function copies at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating '\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with '\0' characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be '\0' terminated. The strings may not overlap. The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest.
Return Value
stpncpy returns a pointer to the terminating null in dest, or, if dest is not null-terminated, dest + n.
strcasestr
Name
strcasestr — locate a substring - ignores the case of both strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
Description
Similar to strstr but this function ignores the case of both strings.
strerror_r
Name
strerror_r — reentrant version of strerror
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern char *strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
Description
Reentrant version of strerror. If a temporary buffer is required, at most BUFLEN bytes of BUF will be used.
strfry
Name
strfry — randomize a string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strfry(char *string);
Description
The strfry() function randomizes the contents of string by using rand(3) to randomly swap characters in the string. The result is an anagram of string.
Return Value
The strfry() functions returns a pointer to the randomized string.
strndup
Name
strndup — return a malloc'd copy of at most the specified number of bytes of a string 
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern char *strndup(const char *string, size_t n);
Description
Return a malloc'd copy of at most n bytes of string. The resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator appears before STRING[N].
strnlen
Name
strnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
The strnlen function returns the number of characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating '\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, strnlen looks only at the first maxlen characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
Return Value
The strnlen function returns strlen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no '\0' character among the first maxlen characters pointed to by s.
strptime
Name
strptime — parse a time string
Synopsis
(synopsis as in SUS)
Description
The specification for "strptime" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
Number of leading zeroes limited
For all fields for which the SUSv2 specifies, "leading zeros are permitted but not required", applications must not expect to be able to supply more leading zeroes than would be implied by the range of the field. Implementations may choose to either match an input with excess leading zeroes, or treat this as a non-matching input. For example, %j has a range of 001 to 366, so 0, 00, 000, 001, or 045 are acceptable inputs, but inputs such as 0000, 0366 and the like are not.
Rationale
Glibc developers consider forbidding excess leading zeroes to be the correct behavior. When trying to parse a given input against several format strings, forbidding excess leading zeroes could be helpful. For example, if one matches "0011-12-26" against "%m-%d-%Y" and then against "%Y-%m-%d", it seems useful for the first match to fail, as it would be perverse to parse that date as November 12, year 26. The second pattern parses it as December 26, year 11.
The SUS is not explicit that an unlimited number of leading zeroes are required, although it may imply this. The LSB explicitly allows implementations to have either behavior. Future versions of this standard may require implementations to forbid excess leading zeroes.
strsep
Name
strsep — extract token from string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim);
Description
If *stringp is NULL, the strsep() function returns NULL and does nothing else. Otherwise, this function finds the first token in the string *stringp, where tokens are delimited by symbols in the string delim. This token is terminated with a \0 character (by overwriting the delimiter) and *stringp is updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string *stringp, and *stringp is made NULL.
Return Value
The strsep() function returns a pointer to the token, that is, it returns the original value of *stringp.
Notes
The strsep() function was introduced as a replacement for strtok(), since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok() conforms to ANSI-C and hence is more portable.
Bugs
This function suffers from the same problems as strtok(). In particular, it modifies the original string. Avoid it.
strsignal
Name
strsignal — return string describing signal
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>

char *strsignal(int sig);

extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
Description
The strsignal() function returns a string describing the signal number passed in the argument sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal().
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. The strsignal() function should be used if possible instead of this array.
Return Value
The strsignal() function returns the appropriate description string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid. On some systems (but not on Linux), a NULL pointer may be returned instead for an invalid signal number.
strtok_r
Name
strtok_r — extract tokens from strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **ptrptr);
Description
A token is a nonempty string of characters not occurring in the string delim, followed by \0 or by a character occurring in delim.
The strtok_r() function can be used to parse the string s into tokens. The first call to strtok_r() should have s as its first argument. Subsequent calls should have the first argument set to NULL. Each call returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL when no more tokens are found.
If a token ends with a delimiter, this delimiting character is overwritten with a \0 and a pointer to the next character is saved for the next call to strtok_r(). The delimiter string delim may be different for each call.
ptrptr is a user allocated char* pointer. It must be the same while parsing the same string.
Bugs
Never use this function. Note that: 
•	It modifies its first argument.
•	The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
•	This function cannot be used on constant strings.
Return Value
The strtok_r() function returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
strtoq
Name
strtoq — convert string value to a long or quad_t integer
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>

quadt strtoq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtoq() function converts the string in nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determine by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
strtoq() function returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strtouq
Name
strtouq — convert a string to an uquad_t
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>

uquadt strtouq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtouq() function converts the string in nptr to a uquadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
Upon success the strtouq() function returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strverscmp
Name
strverscmp — compare strings holding name and indices/version numbers
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
Compare s1 and s2 as strings holding name and indices/version numbers.
system
Name
system — execute a shell command
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

int system (const char * string);
Description
system() executes a command specified in string by calling /bin/sh -c string, and returns after the command has been completed. During execution of the command, SIGCHLD will be blocked, and SIGINT and SIGQUIT will be ignored.
Return Value
The value returned is 127 if the execve() call for /bin/sh fails, -1 if there was another error and the return code of the command otherwise.
If the value of string is NULL, system() returns nonzero if the shell is available, and zero if not.
system() does not affect the wait status of any other children.
Notes
The fact that system() ignores interrupts is often not what a program wants. The Single UNIX Specification describes some of the consequences - one additional one is that a program which calls system() from a loop cannot reliably be interrupted. Many programs will want to use the exec(3) family of functions instead.
Do not use system() from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because strange values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec(3) family of functions instead, but not execlp(3) or execvp(3). system() will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.)
The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C specifies the check, but POSIX.2 specifies that the return shall always be non-zero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented.
It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve() call failed; check errno to make sure.
unlink
Name
unlink — remove a directory entry
Synopsis
int unlink(const char *path);
Description
The specification for "unlink" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
See also Additional behaviors: unlink/link on directory>.
May return EISDIR on directories
If path specifies a directory, the implementation may return EISDIR instead of EPERM as specified by SUSv2. 1
Notes
1. 	The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication).
unsetenv
Name
unsetenv — delete an environment variable
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

void unsetenv(const char *name);
Description
The unsetenv() function is as specified in the SUSv3.
vasprintf
Name
vasprintf — write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc and store the address of the string
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern int vasprintf(char **restrict ptr, const char *restrict f,
                     G_va_list arg);
Description
Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc.
Store the address of the string in *ptr.
vdprintf
Name
vdprintf — write formatted output to a file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern int vdprintf(int fd, const char *restrict fmt,
                    G_va_list arg);
Description
Write formatted output to a file descriptor.
verrx
Name
verrx — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, valist args);
Description
The verrx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The verrx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
vsyslog
Name
vsyslog — log to system log
Synopsis
void vsyslog (int priority, char *message, va_list arglist)
Description
Identical to syslog as specified in the SUS, except that arglist (as defined by stdarg.h) replaces the variable number of arguments.
The caller is responsible for running va_end after calling vsyslog.
wait4
Name
wait4 — wait for process termination, BSD style
Synopsis
#define _USE_BSD
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>

pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int *status, int options,
            struct rusage *rusage);
Description
The wait4 function suspends execution of the current process until a child as specified by the pid argument has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child as requested by pid has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed.
The value of pid can be one of:
< -1 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid.
-1 
 	wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3.
0 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process.
> 0 
 	wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid.
The value of options is a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following constants:
WNOHANG
 	return immediately if no child is there to be waited for.
WUNTRACED
 	return for children which are stopped, and whose status has not been reported.
If status is not NULL, wait4 stores status information in the location pointed to by status.
This status can be evaluated with the following macros (these macros take the stat buffer (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the buffer!):
WIFEXITED(status)
 	is non-zero if the child exited normally.
WEXITSTATUS(status)
 	evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child which terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit() or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED returned non-zero.
WIFSIGNALED(status)
 	returns true if the child process exited because of a signal which was not caught.
WTERMSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED returned non-zero.
WIFSTOPPED(status)
 	returns true if the child process which caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED.
WSTOPSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal which caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED returned non-zero.
If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage as defined in <sys/resource.h> it points to will be filled with accounting information. See getrusage(2) for details.
Return Value
The process ID of the child which exited, -1 on error (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist) or zero if WNOHANG was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases errno will be set appropriately.
Errors
ECHILD 
 	No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist.
ERESTARTSYS
 	If WNOHANG was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHLD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR.
warn
Name
warn — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void warn(const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The warn() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
warnx
Name
warnx — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The warnx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
wcpcpy
Name
wcpcpy — copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src);
Description
The wcpcpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpcpy function. It copies the wide character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least wcslen(src)+1 wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating L'\0' character.
wcpncpy
Name
wcpncpy — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
Description
The wcpncpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpncpy function. It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with L'\0' characters. If the length wcslen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be L'\0' terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpncpy returns a pointer to the last wide character written, i.e. dest + n - 1.
wcscasecmp
Name
wcscasecmp — compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
Description
The wcscasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strcasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
The wcscasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if s1 is smaller than s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcscasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsdup
Name
wcsdup — duplicate a wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *s);
Description
The wcsdup function is the wide-character equivalent of the strdup function. It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by s.
Memory for the new wide-character string is obtained with malloc(3), and can be freed with free(3).
Return Value
The wcsdup function returns a pointer to the new wide-character string, or NULL if sufficient memory was not available.
wcsncasecmp
Name
wcsncasecmp — compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n);
Description
The wcsncasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strncasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
The wcsncasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnlen
Name
wcsnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
The wcsnlen function is the wide-character equivalent of the strnlen function. It returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating L'\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
Return Value
The wcsnlen function returns wcslen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no L'\0' character among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnrtombs
Name
wcsnrtombs — convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t wcsnrtombs(char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc,
                  size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
The wcsnrtombs function is like the wcsrtombs function, except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nwc.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the wcsnrtombs function converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string *src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling wcrtomb(dest,*src,ps), as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and *src by one. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. nwc wide characters have been converted without encountering a L'\0', or the length limit forces a stop. In this case *src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number of bytes written to dest is returned.
3. The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating L'\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating '\0' byte, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the wcsnrtombs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest.
Return Value
The wcsnrtombs function returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating null byte. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of wcsnrtombs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
wcstoq
Name
wcstoq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

extern long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
                            wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base);
Description
Convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to long int representation.
wcstouq
Name
wcstouq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to unsigned long long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

extern unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
                           wchar_t **restrict endptr,int base);
Description
Convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to unsigned long long int representation.
11.4. Interfaces for libm
Table 11-26. libm Definition
Library:	libm	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C14	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)15	

11.4.1. Math
Table 11-27. libm - Math Function Interfaces
acos15	ceilf14	erfcl14	j115	remainderl14	
acosf14	ceill14	erff14	j1f14	remquo14	
acosh15	cexp14	erfl14	j1l14	remquof14	
acoshf14	cexpf14	exp15	jn15	remquol14	
acoshl14	cexpl14	expm115	jnf14	rint15	
acosl14	cimag14	fabs15	jnl14	rintf14	
asin15	cimagf14	fabsf14	ldexp15	rintl14	
asinf14	cimagl14	fabsl14	ldexpf14	round14	
asinh15	clog14	fdim14	ldexpl14	roundf14	
asinhf14	clog1014	fdimf14	lgamma15	roundl14	
asinhl14	clog10f14	fdiml14	lgamma_r14	scalb15	
asinl14	clog10l14	feclearexcept14	lgammaf14	scalbf14	
atan15	clogf14	fegetenv14	lgammaf_r14	scalbl14	
atan215	clogl14	fegetexceptflag14	lgammal14	scalbln14	
atan2f14	conj14	fegetround14	lgammal_r14	scalblnf14	
atan2l14	conjf14	feholdexcept14	llrint14	scalblnl14	
atanf14	conjl14	feraiseexcept14	llrintf14	scalbn14	
atanh15	copysign14	fesetenv14	llrintl14	scalbnf14	
atanhf14	copysignf14	fesetexceptflag14	llround14	scalbnl14	
atanhl14	copysignl14	fesetround14	llroundf14	significand14	
atanl14	cos15	fetestexcept14	llroundl14	significandf14	
cabs15	cosf14	feupdateenv14	log15	significandl14	
cabsf14	cosh15	finite15	log1015	sin15	
cabsl14	coshf14	finitef14	log1p15	sincos14	
cacos14	coshl14	finitel14	logb15	sincosf14	
cacosf14	cosl14	floor15	lrint14	sincosl14	
cacosh14	cpow14	floorf14	lrintf14	sinf14	
cacoshf14	cpowf14	floorl14	lrintl14	sinh15	
cacoshl14	cpowl14	fma14	lround14	sinhf14	
cacosl14	cproj14	fmaf14	lroundf14	sinhl14	
carg14	cprojf14	fmal14	lroundl14	sinl14	
cargf14	cprojl14	fmax14	matherr14	sqrt15	
cargl14	creal14	fmaxf14	modf15	sqrtf14	
casin14	crealf14	fmaxl14	modff14	sqrtl14	
casinf14	creall14	fmin14	modfl14	tan15	
casinh14	csin14	fminf14	nan14	tanf14	
casinhf14	csinf14	fminl14	nanf14	tanh15	
casinhl14	csinh14	fmod15	nanl14	tanhf14	
casinl14	csinhf14	fmodf14	nearbyint14	tanhl14	
catan14	csinhl14	fmodl14	nearbyintf14	tanl14	
catanf14	csinl14	frexp15	nearbyintl14	tgamma14	
catanh14	csqrt14	frexpf14	nextafter15	tgammaf14	
catanhf14	csqrtf14	frexpl14	nextafterf14	tgammal14	
catanhl14	csqrtl14	gamma15	nextafterl14	trunc14	
catanl14	ctan14	gammaf14	nexttoward14	truncf14	
cbrt15	ctanf14	gammal14	nexttowardf14	truncl14	
cbrtf14	ctanh14	hypot15	nexttowardl14	y015	
cbrtl14	ctanhf14	hypotf14	pow14	y0f14	
ccos14	ctanhl14	hypotl14	pow1014	y0l14	
ccosf14	ctanl14	ilogb15	pow10f14	y115	
ccosh14	dremf14	ilogbf14	pow10l14	y1f14	
ccoshf14	dreml14	ilogbl14	powf14	y1l14	
ccoshl14	erf15	j015	powl14	yn15	
ccosl14	erfc15	j0f14	remainder15	ynf14	
ceil15	erfcf14	j0l14	remainderf14	ynl14	

Table 11-28. libm - Math Data Interfaces
signgam15	

	

11.5. Data Definitions for libm
11.5.1. math.h

#define HUGE_VAL        0x7FF00000UL
#define DOMAIN  1
#define SING    2

struct exception
{
  int type;
  char *name;
  double arg1;
  double arg2;
  double retval;
}
 ;
#define M_1_PI  0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E        0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI  0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2   0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2       0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4  0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI      1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2  1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10  2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E     2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI    3.14159265358979323846
11.6. Interfaces for libpthread
Table 11-29. libpthread Definition
Library:	libpthread	
SONAME:	libpthread.so.0	

LSB systems support POSIX threads with the following exceptions. This list is intended to match the behavior of historical Linux implementations. Applications should be written to deal with either POSIX threads or the thread behaviors described here. 
•	POSIX specifies a concept of per-process rather than per-thread signals. The LSB does not require this behavior; traditional Linux implementations have had per-thread signals only. A related issue is that applications cannot rely on getpid() returning the same value in different threads.
•	Note: one implication of per-thread signals is that a core dump (for example) may not stop all threads in a given process. This may be an issue when designing ways to stop/start applications.
•	Applications which create child processes (using fork() and the like) must then wait for them (using waitpid() family of functions) in the same thread as they created them. Note that coding applications this way will work both with full POSIX threads and legacy Linux thread implementations.
•	POSIX specifies that changing the user or group id instantly affects the behavior of all threads. This behavior is not specified; applications must use their own lock if they need this behavior. Rationale: it seems unnecessary and it is a performance hit (an SMP kernel must lock the user id).
•	Although this standard doesn't have a way to list processes (/proc or "ps" command line isn't in, right?), it is our intention to not specify one way or the other whether multiple threads appear as separate processes or as a single process.
•	Applications cannot rely on resource limits (getrusage and setrusage) being maintained per-process rather than per-thread.
•	Applications must disconnect from the controlling tty before calling pthread_create.
•	times() doesn't account for all threads, just the caller.
•	Applications must not call pthread_cancel if they call any system libraries (most notably X Window System libraries), as system libraries are not guaranteed to be thread safe. Likewise, for such libraries, only one thread per process may call them.
•	Applications cannot rely on fcntl/lockf locks being visible per-process rather than per-thread. Likewise for mandatory file locks.
•	Threaded applications cannot use SIGUSR1 or SIGUSR2.
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
Linux Standard Base16	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)17	

11.6.1. Posix Threads
Table 11-30. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_destroy17	pthread_attr_setstackaddr17	pthread_getspecific17	pthread_once17	pthread_setcanceltype17	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate17	pthread_attr_setstacksize17	pthread_join17	pthread_rwlock_destroy17	pthread_setconcurrency17	
pthread_attr_getguardsize17	pthread_cancel17	pthread_key_create17	pthread_rwlock_init17	pthread_setschedparam17	
pthread_attr_getinheritsched17	pthread_cond_broadcast17	pthread_key_delete17	pthread_rwlock_rdlock17	pthread_setspecific17	
pthread_attr_getschedparam17	pthread_cond_destroy17	pthread_kill17	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock17	pthread_sigmask17	
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy17	pthread_cond_init17	pthread_mutex_destroy17	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock17	pthread_testcancel17	
pthread_attr_getscope17	pthread_cond_signal17	pthread_mutex_init17	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock17	sem_close17	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr17	pthread_cond_timedwait17	pthread_mutex_lock17	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock17	sem_destroy17	
pthread_attr_getstacksize17	pthread_cond_wait17	pthread_mutex_trylock17	pthread_rwlock_unlock17	sem_getvalue17	
pthread_attr_init17	pthread_condattr_destroy17	pthread_mutex_unlock17	pthread_rwlock_wrlock17	sem_init17	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate17	pthread_condattr_init17	pthread_mutexattr_destroy17	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy17	sem_open17	
pthread_attr_setguardsize17	pthread_create17	pthread_mutexattr_getpshared17	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared17	sem_post17	
pthread_attr_setinheritsched17	pthread_detach17	pthread_mutexattr_gettype17	pthread_rwlockattr_init17	sem_timedwait16	
pthread_attr_setschedparam17	pthread_equal17	pthread_mutexattr_init17	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared17	sem_trywait17	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy17	pthread_exit17	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared17	pthread_self17	sem_unlink17	
pthread_attr_setscope17	pthread_getschedparam17	pthread_mutexattr_settype17	pthread_setcancelstate17	sem_wait17	

11.7. Data Definitions for libpthread
11.7.1. pthread.h

#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT   1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL    1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP  1
#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER      1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK        3
#define __LOCK_INITIALIZER      { 0, 0 }
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER       {0,0,0,PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,__LOCK_INITIALIZER}
#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER        {__LOCK_INITIALIZER,0}

typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t;
typedef int pthread_once_t;
typedef int __atomic_lock_t;

typedef unsigned long pthread_t;
struct _pthread_fastlock
{
  long __status;
  __atomic_lock_t __spinlock;
}
 ;

typedef struct _pthread_descr_struct *_pthread_descr;

typedef struct
{
  int __m_reserved;
  int __m_count;
  _pthread_descr __m_owner;
  int __m_kind;
  struct _pthread_fastlock __m_lock;
}
pthread_mutex_t;
typedef struct
{
  int __mutexkind;
}
pthread_mutexattr_t;

typedef struct
{
  int __detachstate;
  int __schedpolicy;
  struct sched_param __schedparam;
  int __inheritsched;
  int __scope;
  size_t __guardsize;
  int __stackaddr_set;
  void *__stackaddr;
  unsigned long __stacksize;
}
pthread_attr_t;

typedef struct
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock lock;
  _pthread_descr wait_chain;
}
pthread_cond_t;
typedef void *pthread_condattr_t;

typedef struct _pthread_rwlock_t
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock __rw_lock;
  int __rw_readers;
  _pthread_descr __rw_writer;
  _pthread_descr __rw_read_waiting;
  _pthread_descr __rw_write_waiting;
  int __rw_kind;
  int __rw_pshared;
}
pthread_rwlock_t;
typedef struct
{
  int __lockkind;
  int __pshared;
}
pthread_rwlockattr_t;

#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED   0
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT       0
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM    0
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED  1
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED  1
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS   1

#define PTHREAD_CANCELED        ((void*)-1)
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE   0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS     1
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE  1
11.7.2. semaphore.h

typedef struct
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock __sem_lock;
  int __sem_value;
  _pthread_descr __sem_waiting;
}
sem_t;
#define SEM_FAILED      ((sem_t*)0)

#define SEM_VALUE_MAX   ((int)((~0u)>>1))
11.7.3. signal.h

#define SIGRTMAX        (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN        (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL    0
#define SIG_BLOCK       0
#define SIG_UNBLOCK     1
#define SIGEV_THREAD    2
#define SIG_SETMASK     2
#define NSIG    64

typedef int sig_atomic_t;
struct sigstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_onstack;
}
 ;
#define SIG_ERR ((__sighandler_t)-1)
#define SIG_DFL ((__sighandler_t)0)
#define SIG_IGN ((__sighandler_t)1)
#define SIGHUP  1
#define SIGSEGV 11
#define SIGPIPE 13
#define SIGALRM 14
#define SIGTERM 15
#define SIGINT  2
#define SIGPROF 27
#define SIGQUIT 3
#define SIGILL  4
#define SIGTRAP 5
#define SIGABRT 6
#define SIGIOT  6
#define SIGFPE  8
#define SIGKILL 9
#define SIGCLD  SIGCHLD
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO

typedef void (*__sighandler_t) (void);
#define SV_ONSTACK      (1<<0)
#define SV_INTERRUPT    (1<<1)
#define SV_RESETHAND    (1<<2)

typedef union sigval
{
  int sival_int;
  void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;
#define SIGEV_NONE      1

typedef struct sigevent
{
  sigval_t sigev_value;
  int sigev_signo;
  int sigev_notify;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      void (*sigev_thread_func) (void);
      void *_attribute;
    }
    _sigev_thread;
  }
  _sigev_un;
}
sigevent_t;
#define SI_QUEUE        -1
#define SI_TIMER        -2
#define SI_MESGQ        -3
#define SI_ASYNCIO      -4
#define SI_USER 0
#define si_pid  _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid  _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value        _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status       _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime        _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime        _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd   _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1       _sifields._timer._timer1

typedef struct siginfo
{
  int si_signo;
  int si_errno;
  int si_code;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
    }
    _kill;
    struct
    {
      unsigned int _timer1;
      unsigned int _timer2;
    }
    _timer;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      sigval_t _sigval;
    }
    _rt;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      int _status;
      clock_t _utime;
      clock_t _stime;
    }
    _sigchld;
    struct
    {
      void *_addr;
    }
    _sigfault;
    struct
    {
      int _band;
      int _fd;
    }
    _sigpoll;
  }
  _sifields;
}
siginfo_t;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
}
sigset_t;
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP    0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT    0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO      0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK      0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART      0x10000000
#define SA_INTERRUPT    0x20000000
#define SA_NODEFER      0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND    0x80000000
#define SA_NOMASK       SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT      SA_RESETHAND

struct sigaction
{
  union
  {
    __sighandler_t _sa_handler;
    void (*_sa_sigaction) (void);
  }
  __sigaction_handler;
  unsigned long sa_flags;
  void (*sa_restorer) (void);
  sigset_t sa_mask;
}
 ;

typedef struct sigaltstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_flags;
  size_t ss_size;
}
stack_t;
11.8. Interfaces Definitions for libpthread
sem_timedwait
Name
sem_timedwait — operation on semaphore
Synopsis
#include <semaphore.h>
int sem_timedwait(sem_t *__restrict __sem, 
                  __const struct timespec *__restrict __abstime);
Description
sem_timedwait() waits for semaphore object SEM being posted. It is a new function from IEEE Std. 1003.1-200x that is similar to sem_wait but waits only until ABSTIME.
11.9. Interfaces for libdl
Table 11-31. libdl Definition
Library:	libdl	
SONAME:	libdl.so.2	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
Linux Standard Base18	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)19	

11.9.1. Dynamic Loader
Table 11-32. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces
dladdr(GLIBC_2.0)18	dlclose(GLIBC_2.0)19	dlerror(GLIBC_2.0)19	dlopen(GLIBC_2.0)19	dlsym(GLIBC_2.0)19	

11.10. Data Definitions for libdl
11.10.1. dlfcn.h

#define RTLD_LOCAL      0
#define RTLD_LAZY       0x00001
#define RTLD_NOW        0x00002
#define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x00100

typedef struct
{
  char *dli_fname;
  void *dli_fbase;
  char *dli_sname;
  void *dli_saddr;
}
Dl_info;
11.11. Interfaces Definitions for libdl
dladdr
Name
dladdr — library routine for dynamic linking of object files
Synopsis
cc ... -ldl ...

#include <dlfcn.h>

typedef struct {
             const char      *dli_fname;
             void            *dli_fbase;
             const char      *dli_sname;
             void            *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;

int dladdr(void *address, Dlinfo *dlip);
Description
This function implements the System V dynamic linking routines.
The dladdr() function is the inverse of the dlsym() function. If the given address is successfully located inside a module, dladdr() returns nonzero, otherwise 0. On a successful return, the fields of dlip are filled in as follows:
dli_fname
 	the pathname of the module
dli_fbase 
 	the base address of the module
dli_sname 
 	the name of the highest addressed symbol whose address precedes the given address 
dli_saddr 
 	the address of that symbol
Shared objects must be linked using the -shared option to the linker ld(1). The linker flag -rpath may be used to add a directory to the default search path for shared objects and shared libraries. The linker flag -E or the C compiler flag -rdynamic should be used to cause the application to export its symbols to the shared objects.
Environment
LD_LIBRARY_PATH
 	directory search-path for object files
11.12. Interfaces for libcrypt
Table 11-33. libcrypt Definition
Library:	libcrypt	
SONAME:	libcrypt.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)20	

11.12.1. Encryption
Table 11-34. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces
crypt(GLIBC_2.0)20	encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)20	setkey(GLIBC_2.0)20	

11.13. Data Definitions for libcrypt
11.13.1. unistd.h

#define SEEK_SET        0
#define STDIN_FILENO    0
#define SEEK_CUR        1
#define STDOUT_FILENO   1
#define SEEK_END        2
#define STDERR_FILENO   2

typedef long long off64_t;
typedef int *intptr_t;
#define F_OK    0
#define X_OK    1
#define W_OK    2
#define R_OK    4

#define _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO  1
#define _POSIX_FSYNC    1
#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES     1
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK  1
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE    1
#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION        1
#define _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING  1
#define _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING      1
#define _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS 1
#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES       1
#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS    1
#define _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO  1
#define _POSIX_TIMERS   1
#define _POSIX2_C_VERSION       199209L
#define _POSIX2_VERSION 199209L
#define _POSIX_VERSION  199506L

#define _PC_LINK_MAX    0
#define _PC_MAX_CANON   1
#define _PC_ASYNC_IO    10
#define _PC_PRIO_IO     11
#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS        13
#define _PC_MAX_INPUT   2
#define _PC_NAME_MAX    3
#define _PC_PATH_MAX    4
#define _PC_PIPE_BUF    5
#define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED    6
#define _PC_NO_TRUNC    7
#define _PC_VDISABLE    8
#define _PC_SYNC_IO     9

#define _SC_ARG_MAX     0
#define _SC_CHILD_MAX   1
#define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10
#define _SC_TIMERS      11
#define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO     12
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32    125
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG   126
#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64     127
#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG   128
#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY        129
#define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO      13
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME      130
#define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO     14
#define _SC_MAPPED_FILES        16
#define _SC_MEMLOCK     17
#define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE       18
#define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION   19
#define _SC_CLK_TCK     2
#define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING     20
#define _SC_SEMAPHORES  21
#define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS       22
#define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX      23
#define _SC_AIO_MAX     24
#define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX  25
#define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX      26
#define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27
#define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28
#define _SC_VERSION     29
#define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3
#define _SC_PAGESIZE    30
#define _SC_RTSIG_MAX   31
#define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX       32
#define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX       33
#define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX        34
#define _SC_TIMER_MAX   35
#define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36
#define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX  37
#define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX        38
#define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX       39
#define _SC_OPEN_MAX    4
#define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX    40
#define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX       42
#define _SC_LINE_MAX    43
#define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX  44
#define _SC_2_VERSION   46
#define _SC_2_C_BIND    47
#define _SC_2_C_DEV     48
#define _SC_2_FORT_DEV  49
#define _SC_STREAM_MAX  5
#define _SC_2_FORT_RUN  50
#define _SC_2_SW_DEV    51
#define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52
#define _SC_TZNAME_MAX  6
#define _SC_THREADS     67
#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS       68
#define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7
#define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS        73
#define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX     74
#define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN    75
#define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX  76
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR       77
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE       78
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING  79
#define _SC_SAVED_IDS   8
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81
#define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED       82
#define _SC_PASS_MAX    88
#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION       89
#define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS    9
#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92
#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N      93
#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM   94
#define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96
#define _SC_2_UPE       97

#define _CS_PATH        0
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS     1100
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS    1101
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS       1102
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS  1103
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1104
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1105
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS      1106
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS      1108
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS     1109
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS        1110
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS   1111
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1112
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1113
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS      1114
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115

#define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1
#define _XOPEN_XPG4     1
#define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION      4
#define _XOPEN_VERSION  500
Notes
1. 	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C
2. 	Large File Support
3. 	LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4
4. 	Linux Standard Base
5. 	IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]
6. 	CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)
7. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
8. 	System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)
9. 	System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition
1. 	The LSB never has contained scandir().
1. 	The LSB never has contained scandir64(); alphasort64 is customarily used with it.
1. 	This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3
1. 	The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication).
14. 	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C
15. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
16. 	Linux Standard Base
17. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
18. 	Linux Standard Base
19. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
20. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)

V. Utility Libraries

Chapter 12. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation may also support some utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names.
12.1. Interfaces for libz
Table 12-1. libz Definition
Library:	libz	
SONAME:	libz.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
zlib 1.1.3 Manual1	

12.1.1. Compression Library
Table 12-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces
adler321	deflateInit_1	gzerror1	gzread1	inflateInit2_1	
compress1	deflateParams1	gzflush1	gzrewind1	inflateInit_1	
compress21	deflateReset1	gzgetc1	gzseek1	inflateReset1	
crc321	deflateSetDictionary1	gzgets1	gzsetparams1	inflateSetDictionary1	
deflate1	get_crc_table1	gzopen1	gztell1	inflateSync1	
deflateCopy1	gzclose1	gzprintf1	gzwrite1	inflateSyncPoint1	
deflateEnd1	gzdopen1	gzputc1	inflate1	uncompress1	
deflateInit2_1	gzeof1	gzputs1	inflateEnd1	zError1	

12.2. Data Definitions for libz
12.2.1. zlib.h

typedef void *voidpf;
typedef unsigned int uInt;
typedef unsigned long uLong;
typedef uLong uLongf;
typedef void *voidp;
typedef unsigned char Byte;

typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size);
typedef void (*free_func) (voidpf opaque, voidpf address);
struct internal_state
{
  int dummy;
}
 ;
typedef Byte Bytef;

typedef struct z_stream_s
{
  Bytef *next_in;
  uInt avail_in;
  uLong total_in;
  Bytef *next_out;
  uInt avail_out;
  uLong total_out;
  char *msg;
  struct internal_state *state;
  alloc_func zalloc;
  free_func zfree;
  voidpf opaque;
  int data_type;
  uLong adler;
  uLong reserved;
}
z_stream;

typedef z_stream *z_streamp;
typedef voidp gzFile;
12.3. Interfaces for libncurses
Table 12-3. libncurses Definition
Library:	libncurses	
SONAME:	libncurses.so.5	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U0182	

12.3.1. Curses
Table 12-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces
addch2	has_ic2	mvwaddch2	scr_dump2	waddchnstr2	
addchnstr2	has_il2	mvwaddchnstr2	scr_init2	waddchstr2	
addchstr2	hline2	mvwaddchstr2	scr_restore2	waddnstr2	
addnstr2	idcok2	mvwaddnstr2	scr_set2	waddstr2	
addstr2	idlok2	mvwaddstr2	scrl2	wattr_get2	
attr_get2	immedok2	mvwchgat2	scroll2	wattr_off2	
attr_off2	inch2	mvwdelch2	scrollok2	wattr_on2	
attr_on2	inchnstr2	mvwgetch2	set_term2	wattr_set2	
attr_set2	inchstr2	mvwgetnstr2	setscrreg2	wattroff2	
attroff2	init_color2	mvwgetstr2	setupterm2	wattron2	
attron2	init_pair2	mvwhline2	slk_attr_set2	wattrset2	
attrset2	initscr2	mvwin2	slk_attroff2	wbkgd2	
baudrate2	innstr2	mvwinch2	slk_attron2	wbkgdset2	
beep2	insch2	mvwinchnstr2	slk_attrset2	wborder2	
bkgd2	insdelln2	mvwinchstr2	slk_clear2	wchgat2	
bkgdset2	insertln2	mvwinnstr2	slk_color2	wclear2	
border2	insnstr2	mvwinsch2	slk_init2	wclrtobot2	
box2	insstr2	mvwinsnstr2	slk_label2	wclrtoeol2	
can_change_color2	instr2	mvwinsstr2	slk_noutrefresh2	wcolor_set2	
cbreak2	intrflush2	mvwinstr2	slk_refresh2	wcursyncup2	
chgat2	is_linetouched2	mvwprintw2	slk_restore2	wdelch2	
clear2	is_wintouched2	mvwscanw2	slk_set2	wdeleteln2	
clearok2	isendwin2	mvwvline2	slk_touch2	wechochar2	
clrtobot2	keyname2	napms2	standend2	werase2	
clrtoeol2	keypad2	newpad2	standout2	wgetch2	
color_content2	killchar2	newterm2	start_color2	wgetnstr2	
color_set2	leaveok2	newwin2	subpad2	wgetstr2	
copywin2	longname2	nl2	subwin2	whline2	
curs_set2	meta2	nocbreak2	syncok2	winch2	
def_prog_mode2	move2	nodelay2	termattrs2	winchnstr2	
def_shell_mode2	mvaddch2	noecho2	termname2	winchstr2	
delay_output2	mvaddchnstr2	nonl2	tgetent2	winnstr2	
delch2	mvaddchstr2	noqiflush2	tgetflag2	winsch2	
deleteln2	mvaddnstr2	noraw2	tgetnum2	winsdelln2	
delscreen2	mvaddstr2	notimeout2	tgetstr2	winsertln2	
delwin2	mvchgat2	overlay2	tgoto2	winsnstr2	
derwin2	mvcur2	overwrite2	tigetflag2	winsstr2	
doupdate2	mvdelch2	pair_content2	tigetnum2	winstr2	
dupwin2	mvderwin2	pechochar2	tigetstr2	wmove2	
echo2	mvgetch2	pnoutrefresh2	timeout2	wnoutrefresh2	
echochar2	mvgetnstr2	prefresh2	tparm2	wprintw2	
endwin2	mvgetstr2	printw2	tputs2	wredrawln2	
erase2	mvhline2	putp2	typeahead2	wrefresh2	
erasechar2	mvinch2	putwin2	ungetch2	wscanw2	
filter2	mvinchnstr2	qiflush2	untouchwin2	wscrl2	
flash2	mvinchstr2	raw2	use_env2	wsetscrreg2	
flushinp2	mvinnstr2	redrawwin2	vidattr2	wstandend2	
getbkgd2	mvinsch2	refresh2	vidputs2	wstandout2	
getch2	mvinsnstr2	reset_prog_mode2	vline2	wsyncdown2	
getnstr2	mvinsstr2	reset_shell_mode2	vw_printw2	wsyncup2	
getstr2	mvinstr2	resetty2	vw_scanw2	wtimeout2	
getwin2	mvprintw2	ripoffline2	vwprintw2	wtouchln2	
halfdelay2	mvscanw2	savetty2	vwscanw2	wvline2	
has_colors2	mvvline2	scanw2	waddch2	

Table 12-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces
COLS2	LINES2	curscr2	stdscr2	

12.4. Data Definitions for libncurses
12.4.1. curses.h

#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift)        ((mask)<<((shift)+8))
#define A_CHARTEXT      (NCURSES_BITS(1UL,0)-1UL)
#define A_NORMAL        0L
#define A_COLOR NCURSES_BITS(((1UL)<<8)-1UL,0)
#define A_REVERSE       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,10)
#define A_BLINK NCURSES_BITS(1UL,11)
#define A_DIM   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,12)
#define A_BOLD  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,14)
#define A_INVIS NCURSES_BITS(1UL,15)
#define A_PROTECT       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,17)
#define A_LEFT  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,18)
#define A_LOW   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,19)
#define A_RIGHT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,20)
#define A_TOP   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,21)
#define A_VERTICAL      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,22)
#define A_STANDOUT      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE     NCURSES_BITS(1UL,9)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES    NCURSES_BITS(~(1UL-1UL),0)

#define WA_ALTCHARSET   A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES   A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_BLINK        A_BLINK
#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
#define WA_DIM  A_DIM
#define WA_HORIZONTAL   A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_INVIS        A_INVIS
#define WA_LEFT A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW  A_LOW
#define WA_NORMAL       A_NORMAL
#define WA_PROTECT      A_PROTECT
#define WA_REVERSE      A_REVERSE
#define WA_RIGHT        A_RIGHT
#define WA_STANDOUT     A_STANDOUT
#define WA_TOP  A_TOP
#define WA_UNDERLINE    A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_VERTICAL     A_VERTICAL

#define COLOR_BLACK     0
#define COLOR_RED       1
#define COLOR_GREEN     2
#define COLOR_YELLOW    3
#define COLOR_BLUE      4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA   5
#define COLOR_CYAN      6
#define COLOR_WHITE     7

#define _SUBWIN 0x01
#define _ENDLINE        0x02
#define _FULLWIN        0x04
#define _ISPAD  0x10
#define _HASMOVED       0x20
#define TRACE_MAXIMUM   0xffff

typedef unsigned long chtype;
typedef char bool;
typedef struct screen SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;
typedef chtype attr_t;
typedef struct
{
  attr_t attr;
  wchar_t chars[5];
}
cchar_t;
struct pdat
{
  short _pad_y;
  short _pad_x;
  short _pad_top;
  short _pad_left;
  short _pad_bottom;
  short _pad_right;
}
 ;

struct _win_st
{
  short _cury;
  short _curx;
  short _maxy;
  short _maxx;
  short _begy;
  short _begx;
  short _flags;
  attr_t _attrs;
  chtype _bkgd;
  bool _notimeout;
  bool _clear;
  bool _leaveok;
  bool _scroll;
  bool _idlok;
  bool _idcok;
  bool _immed;
  bool _sync;
  bool _use_keypad;
  int _delay;
  struct ldat *_line;
  short _regtop;
  short _regbottom;
  int _parx;
  int _pary;
  WINDOW *_parent;
  struct pdat _pad;
  short _yoffset;
  cchar_t _bkgrnd;
}
 ;
#define KEY_CODE_YES    0400
#define KEY_BREAK       0401
#define KEY_MIN 0401
#define KEY_DOWN        0402
#define KEY_UP  0403
#define KEY_LEFT        0404
#define KEY_RIGHT       0405
#define KEY_HOME        0406
#define KEY_BACKSPACE   0407
#define KEY_F0  0410
#define KEY_DL  0510
#define KEY_IL  0511
#define KEY_DC  0512
#define KEY_IC  0513
#define KEY_EIC 0514
#define KEY_CLEAR       0515
#define KEY_EOS 0516
#define KEY_EOL 0517
#define KEY_SF  0520
#define KEY_SR  0521
#define KEY_NPAGE       0522
#define KEY_PPAGE       0523
#define KEY_STAB        0524
#define KEY_CTAB        0525
#define KEY_CATAB       0526
#define KEY_ENTER       0527
#define KEY_SRESET      0530
#define KEY_RESET       0531
#define KEY_PRINT       0532
#define KEY_LL  0533
#define KEY_A1  0534
#define KEY_A3  0535
#define KEY_B2  0536
#define KEY_C1  0537
#define KEY_C3  0540
#define KEY_BTAB        0541
#define KEY_BEG 0542
#define KEY_CANCEL      0543
#define KEY_CLOSE       0544
#define KEY_COMMAND     0545
#define KEY_COPY        0546
#define KEY_CREATE      0547
#define KEY_END 0550
#define KEY_EXIT        0551
#define KEY_FIND        0552
#define KEY_HELP        0553
#define KEY_MARK        0554
#define KEY_MESSAGE     0555
#define KEY_MOVE        0556
#define KEY_NEXT        0557
#define KEY_OPEN        0560
#define KEY_OPTIONS     0561
#define KEY_PREVIOUS    0562
#define KEY_REDO        0563
#define KEY_REFERENCE   0564
#define KEY_REFRESH     0565
#define KEY_REPLACE     0566
#define KEY_RESTART     0567
#define KEY_RESUME      0570
#define KEY_SAVE        0571
#define KEY_SBEG        0572
#define KEY_SCANCEL     0573
#define KEY_SCOMMAND    0574
#define KEY_SCOPY       0575
#define KEY_SCREATE     0576
#define KEY_SDC 0577
#define KEY_SDL 0600
#define KEY_SELECT      0601
#define KEY_SEND        0602
#define KEY_SEOL        0603
#define KEY_SEXIT       0604
#define KEY_SFIND       0605
#define KEY_SHELP       0606
#define KEY_SHOME       0607
#define KEY_SIC 0610
#define KEY_SLEFT       0611
#define KEY_SMESSAGE    0612
#define KEY_SMOVE       0613
#define KEY_SNEXT       0614
#define KEY_SOPTIONS    0615
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS   0616
#define KEY_SPRINT      0617
#define KEY_SREDO       0620
#define KEY_SREPLACE    0621
#define KEY_SRIGHT      0622
#define KEY_SRSUME      0623
#define KEY_SSAVE       0624
#define KEY_SSUSPEND    0625
#define KEY_SUNDO       0626
#define KEY_SUSPEND     0627
#define KEY_UNDO        0630
#define KEY_MOUSE       0631
#define KEY_RESIZE      0632
#define KEY_MAX 0777
12.5. Interfaces for libutil
Table 12-6. libutil Definition
Library:	libutil	
SONAME:	libutil.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
Linux Standard Base3	

12.5.1. Utility Functions
Table 12-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces
forkpty(GLIBC_2.0)3	login_tty(GLIBC_2.0)3	logwtmp(GLIBC_2.0)3	

login(GLIBC_2.0)3	logout(GLIBC_2.0)3	openpty(GLIBC_2.0)3	

12.6. Data Definitions for libutil
12.6.1. utmp.h

#define UT_HOSTSIZE     256
#define UT_LINESIZE     32
#define UT_NAMESIZE     32

struct exit_status
{
  short e_termination;
  short e_exit;
}
 ;
struct lastlog
{
  timer_t ll_time;
  char ll_line[UT_LINESIZE];
  char ll_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
}
 ;

struct utmp
{
  short ut_type;
  pid_t ut_pid;
  char ut_line[UT_LINESIZE];
  char ut_id[4];
  char ut_user[UT_NAMESIZE];
  char ut_host[UT_HOSTSIZE];
  struct exit_status ut_exit;
  long ut_session;
  struct timeval ut_tv;
  int32_t ut_addr_v6[4];
  char __unused[20];
}
 ;
#define EMPTY   0
#define RUN_LVL 1
#define BOOT_TIME       2
#define NEW_TIME        3
#define OLD_TIME        4
#define INIT_PROCESS    5
#define LOGIN_PROCESS   6
#define USER_PROCESS    7
#define DEAD_PROCESS    8
#define ACCOUNTING      9
12.7. Interfaces Definitions for libutil
forkpty
Name
forkpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int forkpty(int *amaster, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The forkpty() function joins openpty(), fork(), and login_tty() to create a new process operating on a pseudo-tty. The file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-tty is returned in amaster, and null or the filename of the slave in name. If non-null, the termp and winp parameters will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave side of the pseudo-tty.
Return Value
On success of the child process, zero is returned. When the parent process receives the PID of its child process, pid is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
login
Name
login — login utility function
Synopsis
void login(struct utmp *ut);
Description
The login() function updates the /var/run/utmp and /var/log/wtmp files with user information contained in ut.
login_tty
Name
login_tty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int login_tty(int fdr);
Description
login_tty() sets up for a login on the tty referenced by the file descriptor fdr. This function creates a new session, makes the tty for the current process the controlling terminal, sets the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process, and closes fdr.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
logout
Name
logout — logout utility function
Synopsis
int logout(const char *line);
Description
Given the device line, the logout() function removes the entry from the corresponding /var/run/utmp system file.
Return Value
Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove. A non-zero return value indicates success.
logwtmp
Name
logwtmp — append an entry to the wtmp file
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void logwtmp(const char *line, const char *name, const char *host);
Description
logwtmp() constructs an utmp structure using line, name, host, current time and current process id. Then it calls updwtmp() to append the structure to the utmp file.
Availability
Both functions are available under glibc2, but not under libc5. However, logwtmp occurs in the old libbsd.
Files
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
openpty
Name
openpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int openpty(int *amaster, 
        int *aslave, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the amaster and aslave. The filename of the slave is returned in name, otherwise a null. The terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the values in termp, otherwise a null. The window size of the slave will be set to the values in winp, otherwise a null.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOENT
 	There are no available ttys.
Notes
1. 	zlib 1.1.3 Manual
2. 	CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018
3. 	Linux Standard Base

VI. Graphic Libraries

Chapter 13. Libraries
The X Libraries should be built thread-safe.
13.1. Interfaces for libX11
Table 13-1. libX11 Definition
Library:	libX11	
SONAME:	libX11.so.6	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
X11R6.4 Xlib - C library1	

13.1.1. X Windows System Interface
Table 13-2. libX11 - X Windows System Interface Function Interfaces
XActivateScreenSaver1	XESetWireToEvent1	XOffsetRegion1	XTextWidth1	XkbFreeComponentList1	
XAddConnectionWatch1	XEmptyRegion1	XOpenDisplay1	XTextWidth161	XkbFreeControls1	
XAddExtension1	XEnableAccessControl1	XOpenIM1	XTranslateCoordinates1	XkbFreeGeomColors1	
XAddHost1	XEqualRegion1	XOpenOM1	XUndefineCursor1	XkbFreeGeomDoodads1	
XAddHosts1	XEventMaskOfScreen1	XParseColor1	XUngrabButton1	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases1	
XAddPixel1	XEventsQueued1	XParseGeometry1	XUngrabKey1	XkbFreeGeomKeys1	
XAddToExtensionList1	XExtendedMaxRequestSize1	XPeekEvent1	XUngrabKeyboard1	XkbFreeGeomOutlines1	
XAddToSaveSet1	XExtentsOfFontSet1	XPeekIfEvent1	XUngrabPointer1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys1	
XAllPlanes1	XFetchBuffer1	XPending1	XUngrabServer1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows1	
XAllocClassHint1	XFetchBytes1	XPlanesOfScreen1	XUninstallColormap1	XkbFreeGeomOverlays1	
XAllocColor1	XFetchName1	XPointInRegion1	XUnionRectWithRegion1	XkbFreeGeomPoints1	
XAllocColorCells1	XFillArc1	XPolygonRegion1	XUnionRegion1	XkbFreeGeomProperties1	
XAllocColorPlanes1	XFillArcs1	XProcessInternalConnection1	XUnloadFont1	XkbFreeGeomRows1	
XAllocIconSize1	XFillPolygon1	XProtocolRevision1	XUnlockDisplay1	XkbFreeGeomSections1	
XAllocNamedColor1	XFillRectangle1	XProtocolVersion1	XUnmapSubwindows1	XkbFreeGeomShapes1	
XAllocSizeHints1	XFillRectangles1	XPutBackEvent1	XUnmapWindow1	XkbFreeGeometry1	
XAllocStandardColormap1	XFilterEvent1	XPutImage1	XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XkbFreeIndicatorMaps1	
XAllocWMHints1	XFindContext1	XPutPixel1	XUnsetICFocus1	XkbFreeKeyboard1	
XAllowEvents1	XFindOnExtensionList1	XQLength1	XVaCreateNestedList1	XkbFreeNames1	
XAutoRepeatOff1	XFlush1	XQueryBestCursor1	XVendorRelease1	XkbFreeServerMap1	
XAutoRepeatOn1	XFlushGC1	XQueryBestSize1	XVisualIDFromVisual1	XkbGetAutoRepeatRate1	
XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet1	XFontsOfFontSet1	XQueryBestStipple1	XWMGeometry1	XkbGetCompatMap1	
XBell1	XForceScreenSaver1	XQueryBestTile1	XWarpPointer1	XkbGetControls1	
XBitmapBitOrder1	XFree1	XQueryColor1	XWhitePixel1	XkbGetGeometry1	
XBitmapPad1	XFreeColormap1	XQueryColors1	XWhitePixelOfScreen1	XkbGetIndicatorMap1	
XBitmapUnit1	XFreeColors1	XQueryExtension1	XWidthMMOfScreen1	XkbGetIndicatorState1	
XBlackPixel1	XFreeCursor1	XQueryFont1	XWidthOfScreen1	XkbGetKeyActions1	
XBlackPixelOfScreen1	XFreeExtensionList1	XQueryKeymap1	XWindowEvent1	XkbGetKeyBehaviors1	
XCellsOfScreen1	XFreeFont1	XQueryPointer1	XWithdrawWindow1	XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents1	
XChangeActivePointerGrab1	XFreeFontInfo1	XQueryTextExtents1	XWriteBitmapFile1	XkbGetKeyModifierMap1	
XChangeGC1	XFreeFontNames1	XQueryTextExtents161	XXorRegion1	XkbGetKeySyms1	
XChangeKeyboardControl1	XFreeFontPath1	XQueryTree1	XauDisposeAuth1	XkbGetKeyTypes1	
XChangeKeyboardMapping1	XFreeFontSet1	XRaiseWindow1	XauFileName1	XkbGetKeyboard1	
XChangePointerControl1	XFreeGC1	XReadBitmapFile1	XauGetBestAuthByAddr1	XkbGetKeyboardByName1	
XChangeProperty1	XFreeModifiermap1	XReadBitmapFileData1	XauReadAuth1	XkbGetMap1	
XChangeSaveSet1	XFreePixmap1	XRebindKeysym1	XcmsAddColorSpace1	XkbGetMapChanges1	
XChangeWindowAttributes1	XFreeStringList1	XRecolorCursor1	XcmsAddFunctionSet1	XkbGetNamedGeometry1	
XCheckIfEvent1	XGContextFromGC1	XReconfigureWMWindow1	XcmsAllocColor1	XkbGetNamedIndicator1	
XCheckMaskEvent1	XGeometry1	XRectInRegion1	XcmsAllocNamedColor1	XkbGetNames1	
XCheckTypedEvent1	XGetAtomName1	XRefreshKeyboardMapping1	XcmsCCCOfColormap1	XkbGetState1	
XCheckTypedWindowEvent1	XGetAtomNames1	XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XcmsCIELabClipL1	XkbGetUpdatedMap1	
XCheckWindowEvent1	XGetClassHint1	XRemoveConnectionWatch1	XcmsCIELabClipLab1	XkbGetVirtualMods1	
XCirculateSubwindows1	XGetCommand1	XRemoveFromSaveSet1	XcmsCIELabClipab1	XkbGetXlibControls1	
XCirculateSubwindowsDown1	XGetDefault1	XRemoveHost1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC1	XkbIgnoreExtension1	
XCirculateSubwindowsUp1	XGetErrorDatabaseText1	XRemoveHosts1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL1	XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes1	
XClearArea1	XGetErrorText1	XReparentWindow1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC1	XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols1	
XClearWindow1	XGetFontPath1	XResetScreenSaver1	XcmsCIELabQueryMinL1	XkbKeycodeToKeysym1	
XClipBox1	XGetFontProperty1	XResizeWindow1	XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ1	XkbKeysymToModifiers1	
XCloseDisplay1	XGetGCValues1	XResourceManagerString1	XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors1	XkbLatchGroup1	
XCloseIM1	XGetGeometry1	XRestackWindows1	XcmsCIELuvClipL1	XkbLatchModifiers1	
XCloseOM1	XGetICValues1	XRootWindow1	XcmsCIELuvClipLuv1	XkbLibraryVersion1	
XConfigureWindow1	XGetIMValues1	XRootWindowOfScreen1	XcmsCIELuvClipuv1	XkbListComponents1	
XConnectionNumber1	XGetIconName1	XRotateBuffers1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC1	XkbLockGroup1	
XContextDependentDrawing1	XGetIconSizes1	XRotateWindowProperties1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL1	XkbLockModifiers1	
XContextualDrawing1	XGetImage1	XSaveContext1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC1	XkbLookupKeyBinding1	
XConvertCase1	XGetInputFocus1	XScreenCount1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL1	XkbLookupKeySym1	
XConvertSelection1	XGetKeyboardControl1	XScreenNumberOfScreen1	XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY1	XkbNoteControlsChanges1	
XCopyArea1	XGetKeyboardMapping1	XScreenOfDisplay1	XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors1	XkbNoteMapChanges1	
XCopyColormapAndFree1	XGetModifierMapping1	XScreenResourceString1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab1	XkbNoteNameChanges1	
XCopyGC1	XGetMotionEvents1	XSelectInput1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY1	XkbOpenDisplay1	
XCopyPlane1	XGetNormalHints1	XSendEvent1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY1	XkbQueryExtension1	
XCreateBitmapFromData1	XGetOCValues1	XServerVendor1	XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi1	XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping1	
XCreateColormap1	XGetOMValues1	XSetAccessControl1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv1	XkbResizeKeyActions1	
XCreateFontCursor1	XGetPixel1	XSetAfterFunction1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ1	XkbResizeKeySyms1	
XCreateFontSet1	XGetPointerControl1	XSetArcMode1	XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC1	XkbResizeKeyType1	
XCreateGC1	XGetPointerMapping1	XSetAuthorization1	XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ1	XkbSelectEventDetails1	
XCreateGlyphCursor1	XGetRGBColormaps1	XSetBackground1	XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC1	XkbSelectEvents1	
XCreateIC1	XGetScreenSaver1	XSetClassHint1	XcmsConvertColors1	XkbSetAtomFuncs1	
XCreateImage1	XGetSelectionOwner1	XSetClipMask1	XcmsCreateCCC1	XkbSetAutoRepeatRate1	
XCreateOC1	XGetSizeHints1	XSetClipOrigin1	XcmsDefaultCCC1	XkbSetAutoResetControls1	
XCreatePixmap1	XGetStandardColormap1	XSetClipRectangles1	XcmsDisplayOfCCC1	XkbSetCompatMap1	
XCreatePixmapCursor1	XGetSubImage1	XSetCloseDownMode1	XcmsFormatOfPrefix1	XkbSetControls1	
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData1	XGetTextProperty1	XSetCommand1	XcmsFreeCCC1	XkbSetDebuggingFlags1	
XCreateRegion1	XGetTransientForHint1	XSetDashes1	XcmsLookupColor1	XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat1	
XCreateSimpleWindow1	XGetVisualInfo1	XSetErrorHandler1	XcmsPrefixOfFormat1	XkbSetGeometry1	
XCreateWindow1	XGetWMClientMachine1	XSetFillRule1	XcmsQueryBlack1	XkbSetIgnoreLockMods1	
XDefaultColormap1	XGetWMColormapWindows1	XSetFillStyle1	XcmsQueryBlue1	XkbSetIndicatorMap1	
XDefaultColormapOfScreen1	XGetWMHints1	XSetFont1	XcmsQueryColor1	XkbSetMap1	
XDefaultDepth1	XGetWMIconName1	XSetFontPath1	XcmsQueryColors1	XkbSetNamedIndicator1	
XDefaultDepthOfScreen1	XGetWMName1	XSetForeground1	XcmsQueryGreen1	XkbSetNames1	
XDefaultGC1	XGetWMNormalHints1	XSetFunction1	XcmsQueryRed1	XkbSetServerInternalMods1	
XDefaultGCOfScreen1	XGetWMProtocols1	XSetGraphicsExposures1	XcmsQueryWhite1	XkbSetXlibControls1	
XDefaultRootWindow1	XGetWMSizeHints1	XSetICFocus1	XcmsRGBToRGBi1	XkbToControl1	
XDefaultScreen1	XGetWindowAttributes1	XSetICValues1	XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ1	XkbTranslateKeyCode1	
XDefaultScreenOfDisplay1	XGetWindowProperty1	XSetIMValues1	XcmsRGBiToRGB1	XkbTranslateKeySym1	
XDefaultString1	XGetZoomHints1	XSetIOErrorHandler1	XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC1	XkbUpdateMapFromCore1	
XDefaultVisual1	XGrabButton1	XSetIconName1	XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC1	XkbUseExtension1	
XDefaultVisualOfScreen1	XGrabKey1	XSetIconSizes1	XcmsSetCCCOfColormap1	XkbVirtualModsToReal1	
XDefineCursor1	XGrabKeyboard1	XSetInputFocus1	XcmsSetCompressionProc1	XmbDrawImageString1	
XDeleteContext1	XGrabPointer1	XSetLineAttributes1	XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc1	XmbDrawString1	
XDeleteModifiermapEntry1	XGrabServer1	XSetLocaleModifiers1	XcmsSetWhitePoint1	XmbDrawText1	
XDeleteProperty1	XHeightMMOfScreen1	XSetModifierMapping1	XcmsStoreColor1	XmbLookupString1	
XDestroyIC1	XHeightOfScreen1	XSetNormalHints1	XcmsStoreColors1	XmbResetIC1	
XDestroyImage1	XIMOfIC1	XSetOCValues1	XcmsTekHVCClipC1	XmbSetWMProperties1	
XDestroyOC1	XIconifyWindow1	XSetOMValues1	XcmsTekHVCClipV1	XmbTextEscapement1	
XDestroyRegion1	XIfEvent1	XSetPlaneMask1	XcmsTekHVCClipVC1	XmbTextExtents1	
XDestroySubwindows1	XImageByteOrder1	XSetPointerMapping1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC1	XmbTextListToTextProperty1	
XDestroyWindow1	XInitExtension1	XSetRGBColormaps1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV1	XmbTextPerCharExtents1	
XDirectionalDependentDrawing1	XInitImage1	XSetRegion1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC1	XmbTextPropertyToTextList1	
XDisableAccessControl1	XInitThreads1	XSetScreenSaver1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples1	XrmCombineDatabase1	
XDisplayCells1	XInsertModifiermapEntry1	XSetSelectionOwner1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV1	XrmCombineFileDatabase1	
XDisplayHeight1	XInstallColormap1	XSetSizeHints1	XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY1	XrmDestroyDatabase1	
XDisplayHeightMM1	XInternAtom1	XSetStandardColormap1	XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors1	XrmEnumerateDatabase1	
XDisplayKeycodes1	XInternAtoms1	XSetStandardProperties1	XcmsVisualOfCCC1	XrmGetDatabase1	
XDisplayMotionBufferSize1	XInternalConnectionNumbers1	XSetState1	XkbAllocClientMap1	XrmGetFileDatabase1	
XDisplayName1	XIntersectRegion1	XSetStipple1	XkbAllocCompatMap1	XrmGetResource1	
XDisplayOfIM1	XKeycodeToKeysym1	XSetSubwindowMode1	XkbAllocControls1	XrmGetStringDatabase1	
XDisplayOfOM1	XKeysymToKeycode1	XSetTSOrigin1	XkbAllocGeomColors1	XrmInitialize1	
XDisplayOfScreen1	XKeysymToString1	XSetTextProperty1	XkbAllocGeomDoodads1	XrmLocaleOfDatabase1	
XDisplayPlanes1	XKillClient1	XSetTile1	XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases1	XrmMergeDatabases1	
XDisplayString1	XLastKnownRequestProcessed1	XSetTransientForHint1	XkbAllocGeomKeys1	XrmParseCommand1	
XDisplayWidth1	XListDepths1	XSetWMClientMachine1	XkbAllocGeomOutlines1	XrmPermStringToQuark1	
XDisplayWidthMM1	XListExtensions1	XSetWMColormapWindows1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys1	XrmPutFileDatabase1	
XDoesBackingStore1	XListFonts1	XSetWMHints1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows1	XrmPutLineResource1	
XDoesSaveUnders1	XListFontsWithInfo1	XSetWMIconName1	XkbAllocGeomOverlays1	XrmPutResource1	
XDrawArc1	XListHosts1	XSetWMName1	XkbAllocGeomPoints1	XrmPutStringResource1	
XDrawArcs1	XListInstalledColormaps1	XSetWMNormalHints1	XkbAllocGeomProps1	XrmQGetResource1	
XDrawImageString1	XListPixmapFormats1	XSetWMProperties1	XkbAllocGeomRows1	XrmQGetSearchList1	
XDrawImageString161	XListProperties1	XSetWMProtocols1	XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads1	XrmQGetSearchResource1	
XDrawLine1	XLoadFont1	XSetWMSizeHints1	XkbAllocGeomSections1	XrmQPutResource1	
XDrawLines1	XLoadQueryFont1	XSetWindowBackground1	XkbAllocGeomShapes1	XrmQPutStringResource1	
XDrawPoint1	XLocaleOfFontSet1	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap1	XkbAllocGeometry1	XrmQuarkToString1	
XDrawPoints1	XLocaleOfIM1	XSetWindowBorder1	XkbAllocIndicatorMaps1	XrmSetDatabase1	
XDrawRectangle1	XLocaleOfOM1	XSetWindowBorderPixmap1	XkbAllocKeyboard1	XrmStringToBindingQuarkList1	
XDrawRectangles1	XLockDisplay1	XSetWindowBorderWidth1	XkbAllocNames1	XrmStringToQuark1	
XDrawSegments1	XLookupColor1	XSetWindowColormap1	XkbAllocServerMap1	XrmStringToQuarkList1	
XDrawString1	XLookupKeysym1	XSetZoomHints1	XkbApplyCompatMapToKey1	XrmUniqueQuark1	
XDrawString161	XLookupString1	XShrinkRegion1	XkbBell1	Xutf8TextListToTextProperty	
XDrawText1	XLowerWindow1	XStoreBuffer1	XkbBellEvent1	Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList	
XDrawText161	XMapRaised1	XStoreBytes1	XkbChangeEnabledControls1	XwcDrawImageString1	
XEHeadOfExtensionList1	XMapSubwindows1	XStoreColor1	XkbChangeMap1	XwcDrawString1	
XESetBeforeFlush1	XMapWindow1	XStoreColors1	XkbChangeNames1	XwcDrawText1	
XESetCloseDisplay1	XMaskEvent1	XStoreName1	XkbChangeTypesOfKey1	XwcFreeStringList1	
XESetCopyGC1	XMatchVisualInfo1	XStoreNamedColor1	XkbComputeEffectiveMap1	XwcLookupString1	
XESetCreateFont1	XMaxCmapsOfScreen1	XStringListToTextProperty1	XkbComputeRowBounds1	XwcResetIC1	
XESetCreateGC1	XMaxRequestSize1	XStringToKeysym1	XkbComputeSectionBounds1	XwcTextEscapement1	
XESetError1	XMinCmapsOfScreen1	XSubImage1	XkbComputeShapeBounds1	XwcTextExtents1	
XESetErrorString1	XMoveResizeWindow1	XSubtractRegion1	XkbComputeShapeTop1	XwcTextListToTextProperty1	
XESetEventToWire1	XMoveWindow1	XSupportsLocale1	XkbCopyKeyType1	XwcTextPerCharExtents1	
XESetFlushGC1	XNewModifiermap1	XSync1	XkbCopyKeyTypes1	XwcTextPropertyToTextList1	
XESetFreeFont1	XNextEvent1	XSynchronize1	XkbFindOverlayForKey1	
	
XESetFreeGC1	XNextRequest1	XTextExtents1	XkbForceBell1	
	
XESetPrintErrorValues1	XNoOp1	XTextExtents161	XkbFreeClientMap1	
	
XESetWireToError1	XOMOfOC1	XTextPropertyToStringList1	XkbFreeCompatMap1	

13.2. Data Definitions for libX11
13.2.1. X11/Xauth.h

typedef struct xauth
{
  unsigned short family;
  unsigned short address_length;
  char *address;
  unsigned short number_length;
  char *number;
  unsigned short name_length;
  char *name;
  unsigned short data_length;
  char *data;
}
Xauth;
13.2.2. X11/Xcms.h

typedef struct _XcmsFunctionSet
{
  XcmsColorSpace **DDColorSpaces;
  XcmsScreenInitProc screenInitProc;
  XcmsScreenFreeProc screenFreeProc;
}
XcmsFunctionSet;

typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat;
typedef double XcmsFloat;
typedef struct
{
  unsigned short red;
  unsigned short green;
  unsigned short blue;
}
XcmsRGB;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat red;
  XcmsFloat green;
  XcmsFloat blue;
}
XcmsRGBi;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat X;
  XcmsFloat Y;
  XcmsFloat Z;
}
XcmsCIEXYZ;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat u_prime;
  XcmsFloat v_prime;
  XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIEuvY;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat x;
  XcmsFloat y;
  XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIExyY;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat L_star;
  XcmsFloat a_star;
  XcmsFloat b_star;
}
XcmsCIELab;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat L_star;
  XcmsFloat u_star;
  XcmsFloat v_star;
}
XcmsCIELuv;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat H;
  XcmsFloat V;
  XcmsFloat C;
}
XcmsTekHVC;
typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat pad0;
  XcmsFloat pad1;
  XcmsFloat pad2;
  XcmsFloat pad3;
}
XcmsPad;

typedef union
{
  XcmsRGB RGB;
  XcmsRGBi RGBi;
  XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ;
  XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY;
  XcmsCIExyY CIExyY;
  XcmsCIELab CIELab;
  XcmsCIELuv CIELuv;
  XcmsTekHVC TekHVC;
  XcmsPad Pad;
}
XcmsColor;

typedef struct _XcmsPerScrnInfo
{
  XcmsColor screenWhitePt;
  XPointer functionSet;
  XPointer screenData;
  unsigned char state;
  char pad[1];
}
XcmsPerScrnInfo;

typedef int (*XcmsCompressionProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsScreenInitProc) (void);
typedef void (*XcmsScreenFreeProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsConversionProc) (void);
typedef int (*XcmsParseStringProc) (void);

typedef struct _XcmsCCC
{
  Display *dpy;
  int screenNumber;
  Visual *visual;
  XcmsColor clientWhitePt;
  XcmsCompressionProc gamutCompProc;
  XPointer gamutCompClientData;
  XcmsWhiteAdjustProc whitePtAdjProc;
  XPointer whitePtAdjClientData;
  XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo;
}
 *XcmsCCC;

typedef XcmsConversionProc *XcmsFuncListPtr;

typedef struct _XcmsColorSpace
{
  char *prefix;
  XcmsColorFormat id;
  XcmsParseStringProc parseString;
  XcmsFuncListPtr to_CIEXYZ;
  XcmsFuncListPtr from_CIEXYZ;
  int inverse_flag;
}
XcmsColorSpace;
13.2.3. X11/Xlib.h

struct _XDisplay;
typedef struct XColor;
typedef void *XVaNestedList;
typedef int (*XErrorHandler) (void);
typedef int (*XIOErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*XConnectionWatchProc) (void);

typedef char *XPointer;

typedef struct _XExtData
{
  int number;
  struct _XExtData *next;
  int (*free_private) (struct _XExtData * extension);
  XPointer private_data;
}
XExtData;
typedef struct XExtCodes;

typedef struct XPixmapFormatValues;

typedef struct XGCValues;

typedef struct _XGC *GC;

typedef struct Visual;

typedef struct Depth;

typedef struct Screen;

typedef struct ScreenFormat;

typedef struct XSetWindowAttributes;
typedef struct XWindowAttributes;

typedef struct XHostAddress;

typedef struct _XImage
{
  int width;
  int height;
  int xoffset;
  int format;
  char *data;
  int byte_order;
  int bitmap_unit;
  int bitmap_bit_order;
  int bitmap_pad;
  int depth;
  int bytes_per_line;
  int bits_per_pixel;
  unsigned long red_mask;
  unsigned long green_mask;
  unsigned long blue_mask;
  XPointer obdata;
  struct funcs f;
}
XImage;

typedef struct XWindowChanges;

typedef struct XSegment;
typedef struct XPoint;
typedef struct XRectangle;
typedef struct XArc;

typedef struct XKeyboardControl;

typedef struct XKeyboardState;

typedef struct XTimeCoord;

typedef struct XModifierKeymap;

typedef struct _XDisplay Display;

typedef struct XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;
typedef struct XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;
typedef struct XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;
typedef struct XCrossingEvent;
typedef XCrossingEvent XEnterWindowEvent;
typedef XCrossingEvent XLeaveWindowEvent;
typedef struct XFocusChangeEvent;
typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusInEvent;
typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusOutEvent;
typedef struct XKeymapEvent;
typedef struct XExposeEvent;
typedef struct XGraphicsExposeEvent;
typedef struct XNoExposeEvent;
typedef struct XVisibilityEvent;
typedef struct XCreateWindowEvent;
typedef struct XDestroyWindowEvent;
typedef struct XUnmapEvent;
typedef struct XMapEvent;
typedef struct XMapRequestEvent;
typedef struct XReparentEvent;
typedef struct XConfigureEvent;
typedef struct XGravityEvent;
typedef struct XResizeRequestEvent;
typedef struct XConfigureRequestEvent;
typedef struct XCirculateEvent;
typedef struct XCirculateRequestEvent;
typedef struct XPropertyEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionClearEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionRequestEvent;
typedef struct XSelectionEvent;
typedef struct XColormapEvent;
typedef union XClientMessageEvent;
typedef struct XMappingEvent;
typedef struct XErrorEvent;
typedef struct XAnyEvent;

typedef union _XEvent
{
  int type;
  XAnyEvent xany;
  XKeyEvent xkey;
  XButtonEvent xbutton;
  XMotionEvent xmotion;
  XCrossingEvent xcrossing;
  XFocusChangeEvent xfocus;
  XExposeEvent xexpose;
  XGraphicsExposeEvent xgraphicsexpose;
  XNoExposeEvent xnoexpose;
  XVisibilityEvent xvisibility;
  XCreateWindowEvent xcreatewindow;
  XDestroyWindowEvent xdestroywindow;
  XUnmapEvent xunmap;
  XMapEvent xmap;
  XMapRequestEvent xmaprequest;
  XReparentEvent xreparent;
  XConfigureEvent xconfigure;
  XGravityEvent xgravity;
  XResizeRequestEvent xresizerequest;
  XConfigureRequestEvent xconfigurerequest;
  XCirculateEvent xcirculate;
  XCirculateRequestEvent xcirculaterequest;
  XPropertyEvent xproperty;
  XSelectionClearEvent xselectionclear;
  XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest;
  XSelectionEvent xselection;
  XColormapEvent xcolormap;
  XClientMessageEvent xclient;
  XMappingEvent xmapping;
  XErrorEvent xerror;
  XKeymapEvent xkeymap;
  long pad[1];
}
XEvent;

typedef struct XCharStruct;

typedef struct XFontProp;
typedef struct XFontStruct;
typedef struct XFontSetExtents;

typedef struct XTextItem;
typedef struct XChar2b;
typedef struct XTextItem16;

typedef union XEDataObject;

typedef struct _XOM *XOM;
typedef struct _XOC *XOC;
typedef struct _XOC *XFontSet;

typedef struct XmbTextItem;
typedef struct XwcTextItem;

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;
typedef void (*XIDProc) (void);
13.2.4. X11/Xutil.h

typedef struct XSizeHints;
typedef struct XWMHints;
typedef struct XTextProperty;
typedef struct XIconSize;
typedef struct XClassHint;
typedef struct _XComposeStatus
{
  XPointer compose_ptr;
  int chars_matched;
}
XComposeStatus;
typedef struct _XRegion *Region;
typedef struct XVisualInfo;
typedef struct XStandardColormap;
typedef int XContext;
typedef enum XICCEncodingStyle;
13.3. Interfaces for libXext
Table 13-3. libXext Definition
Library:	libXext	
SONAME:	libXext.so.6	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
Double Buffer Extension Library2	
X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification3	
Security Extension Specification, Version 7.14	
X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.05	
MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension6	
X Synchronization Extension Library7	

13.3.1. X Shape Extension
Table 13-4. libXext - X Shape Extension Function Interfaces
XShapeCombineMask5	XShapeCombineShape5	XShapeOffsetShape5	XShapeQueryVersion5	
	
XShapeCombineRectangles5	XShapeGetRectangles5	XShapeQueryExtension5	XShapeSelectInput5	
	
XShapeCombineRegion5	XShapeInputSelected5	XShapeQueryExtents5	

13.3.2. X Display Power Management Signaling Extension
Table 13-5. libXext - X Display Power Management Signaling Extension Function Interfaces
DPMSCapable3	DPMSEnable3	DPMSGetTimeouts3	DPMSInfo3	DPMSSetTimeouts3	
DPMSDisable3	DPMSForceLevel3	DPMSGetVersion3	DPMSQueryExtension3	

13.3.3. X Shared Memory Extensions
Table 13-6. libXext - X Shared Memory Extensions Function Interfaces
XShmAttach6	XShmCreatePixmap6	XShmGetEventBase6	XShmPixmapFormat6	XShmQueryExtension6	
XShmCreateImage6	XShmDetach6	XShmGetImage6	XShmPutImage6	XShmQueryVersion6	

13.3.4. MIT-MISC Extension
13.3.5. X Synchronization Extension
Table 13-7. libXext - X Synchronization Extension Function Interfaces
XSyncAwait7	XSyncFreeSystemCounterList7	XSyncMinValue7	XSyncValueEqual7	XSyncValueLessOrEqual7	
XSyncChangeAlarm7	XSyncGetPriority7	XSyncQueryAlarm7	XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual7	XSyncValueLessThan7	
XSyncChangeCounter7	XSyncInitialize7	XSyncQueryCounter7	XSyncValueGreaterThan7	XSyncValueLow327	
XSyncCreateAlarm7	XSyncIntToValue7	XSyncQueryExtension7	XSyncValueHigh327	XSyncValueSubtract7	
XSyncCreateCounter7	XSyncIntsToValue7	XSyncSetCounter7	XSyncValueIsNegative7	
	
XSyncDestroyAlarm7	XSyncListSystemCounters7	XSyncSetPriority7	XSyncValueIsPositive7	
	
XSyncDestroyCounter7	XSyncMaxValue7	XSyncValueAdd7	XSyncValueIsZero7	

13.3.6. X Security Extension
Table 13-8. libXext - X Security Extension Function Interfaces
XSecurityAllocXauth4	XSecurityFreeXauth4	XSecurityGenerateAuthorization4	XSecurityQueryExtension4	XSecurityRevokeAuthorization4	

13.3.7. X Double Buffer Extension
Table 13-9. libXext - X Double Buffer Extension Function Interfaces
XdbeAllocateBackBufferName2	XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName2	XdbeFreeVisualInfo2	XdbeGetVisualInfo2	XdbeSwapBuffers2	
XdbeBeginIdiom2	XdbeEndIdiom2	XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes2	XdbeQueryExtension2	

13.4. Data Definitions for libXext
13.4.1. X11/extensions/security.h

typedef unsigned long XSecurityAuthorization;
typedef struct
{
  unsigned int timeout;
  unsigned int trust_level;
  XID group;
  long event_mask;
}
XSecurityAuthorizationAttributes;
13.4.2. X11/extensions/sync.h

typedef struct _XSyncSystemCounter
{
  char *name;
  XSyncCounter counter;
  XSyncValue resolution;
}
XSyncSystemCounter;
typedef struct
{
  XSyncCounter counter;
  XSyncValueType value_type;
  XSyncValue wait_value;
  XSyncTestType test_type;
}
XSyncTrigger;
typedef struct
{
  XSyncTrigger trigger;
  XSyncValue event_threshold;
}
XSyncWaitCondition;
typedef struct
{
  XSyncTrigger trigger;
  XSyncValue delta;
  int events;
  XSyncAlarmState state;
}
XSyncAlarmAttributes;

typedef XID XSyncCounter;
typedef XID XSyncAlarm;
typedef struct _XSyncValue
{
  int hi;
  unsigned int lo;
}
XSyncValue;
typedef enum
{
  XSyncAbsolute, XSyncRelative
}
XSyncValueType;
typedef enum
{
  XSyncPositiveTransition, XSyncNegativeTransition, XSyncPositiveComparison,
    XSyncNegativeComparison
}
XSyncTestType;
typedef enum
{
  XSyncAlarmActive, XSyncAlarmInactive, XSyncAlarmDestroyed
}
XSyncAlarmState;
13.5. Interfaces for libSM
Table 13-10. libSM Definition
Library:	libSM	
SONAME:	libSM.so.6	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
X11R6.4 X Session Management Library8	

13.5.1. Session Management Functions
Table 13-11. libSM - Session Management Functions Function Interfaces
SmFreeProperty8	SmcInteractRequest8	SmcSaveYourselfDone8	SmsGenerateClientID8	SmsSaveComplete8	
SmFreeReasons8	SmcModifyCallbacks8	SmcSetErrorHandler8	SmsGetIceConnection8	SmsSaveYourself8	
SmcClientID8	SmcOpenConnection8	SmcSetProperties8	SmsInitialize8	SmsSaveYourselfPhase28	
SmcCloseConnection8	SmcProtocolRevision8	SmcVendor8	SmsInteract8	SmsSetErrorHandler8	
SmcDeleteProperties8	SmcProtocolVersion8	SmsCleanUp8	SmsProtocolRevision8	SmsShutdownCancelled8	
SmcGetIceConnection8	SmcRelease8	SmsClientHostName8	SmsProtocolVersion8	
	
SmcGetProperties8	SmcRequestSaveYourself8	SmsClientID8	SmsRegisterClientReply8	
	
SmcInteractDone8	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase28	SmsDie8	SmsReturnProperties8	

13.6. Data Definitions for libSM
13.6.1. X11/SM/SMlib.h

typedef IcePointer SmPointer;
typedef struct _SmcConn *SmcConn;
typedef struct _SmsConn *SmsConn;

typedef struct
{
  int length;
  SmPointer value;
}
SmPropValue;
typedef struct
{
  char *name;
  char *type;
  int num_vals;
  SmPropValue *vals;
}
SmProp;

typedef enum
{
  SmcClosedNow, SmcClosedASAP, SmcConnectionInUse
}
SmcCloseStatus;

typedef void (*SmcSaveYourselfPhase2Proc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcInteractProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcDieProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcShutdownCancelledProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcSaveCompleteProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmcPropReplyProc) (void);

typedef struct
{
  SmcShutdownCancelledProc callback;
  SmPointer client_data;
}
SmcCallbacks;

typedef void (*SmsSetPropertiesProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmsDeletePropertiesProc) (void);
typedef void (*SmsGetPropertiesProc) (void);

typedef struct
{
  SmsGetPropertiesProc callback;
  SmPointer manager_data;
}
SmsCallbacks;

typedef int (*SmsNewClientProc) (void);

typedef void (*SmcErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*SmsErrorHandler) (void);
13.7. Interfaces for libICE
Table 13-12. libICE Definition
Library:	libICE	
SONAME:	libICE.so.6	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol9	

13.7.1. ICE Functions
Table 13-13. libICE - ICE Functions Function Interfaces
IceAcceptConnection9	IceConnectionStatus9	IceGetListenConnectionString9	IceProcessMessages9	IceSetErrorHandler9	
IceAddConnectionWatch9	IceConnectionString9	IceGetOutBufSize9	IceProtocolRevision9	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc9	
IceAllocScratch9	IceFlush9	IceInitThreads9	IceProtocolSetup9	IceSetIOErrorHandler9	
IceAppLockConn9	IceFreeAuthFileEntry9	IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber9	IceProtocolShutdown9	IceSetPaAuthData9	
IceAppUnlockConn9	IceFreeListenObjs9	IceLastSentSequenceNumber9	IceProtocolVersion9	IceSetShutdownNegotiation9	
IceAuthFileName9	IceGenerateMagicCookie9	IceListenForConnections9	IceReadAuthFileEntry9	IceSwapping9	
IceCheckShutdownNegotiation9	IceGetAuthFileEntry9	IceListenForWellKnownConnections9	IceRegisterForProtocolReply9	IceUnlockAuthFile9	
IceCloseConnection9	IceGetConnectionContext9	IceLockAuthFile9	IceRegisterForProtocolSetup9	IceVendor9	
IceComposeNetworkIdList9	IceGetInBufSize9	IceOpenConnection9	IceRelease9	IceWriteAuthFileEntry9	
IceConnectionNumber9	IceGetListenConnectionNumber9	IcePing9	IceRemoveConnectionWatch9	

13.8. Data Definitions for libICE
13.8.1. X11/ICE/ICElib.h

typedef void *IcePointer;
typedef enum
{
  IcePoAuthHaveReply, IcePoAuthRejected, IcePoAuthFailed, IcePoAuthDoneCleanup
}
IcePoAuthStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IcePaAuthContinue, IcePaAuthAccepted, IcePaAuthRejected, IcePaAuthFailed
}
IcePaAuthStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IceConnectPending, IceConnectAccepted, IceConnectRejected, IceConnectIOError
}
IceConnectStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IceProtocolSetupSuccess, IceProtocolSetupFailure, IceProtocolSetupIOError,
    IceProtocolAlreadyActive
}
IceProtocolSetupStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IceAcceptSuccess, IceAcceptFailure, IceAcceptBadMalloc
}
IceAcceptStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IceClosedNow, IceClosedASAP, IceConnectionInUse,
    IceStartedShutdownNegotiation
}
IceCloseStatus;
typedef enum
{
  IceProcessMessagesSuccess, IceProcessMessagesIOError,
    IceProcessMessagesConnectionClosed
}
IceProcessMessagesStatus;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long sequence_of_request;
  int major_opcode_of_request;
  int minor_opcode_of_request;
  IcePointer reply;
}
IceReplyWaitInfo;

typedef struct _IceConn *IceConn;
typedef struct _IceListenObj *IceListenObj;

typedef void (*IceWatchProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePoProcessMsgProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePaProcessMsgProc) (void);
typedef IcePoAuthStatus (*IcePoAuthProc) (void);
typedef IcePaAuthStatus (*IcePaAuthProc) (void);
typedef int (*IceHostBasedAuthProc) (void);
typedef int (*IceProtocolSetupProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceProtocolActivateProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceIOErrorProc) (void);
typedef void (*IcePingReplyProc) (void);
typedef void (*IceErrorHandler) (void);
typedef void (*IceIOErrorHandler) (void);

typedef struct
{
  int major_version;
  int minor_version;
  IcePoProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePoVersionRec;
typedef struct
{
  int major_version;
  int minor_version;
  IcePaProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePaVersionRec;
13.8.2. X11/ICE/ICEutil.h

typedef struct
{
  char *protocol_name;
  unsigned short protocol_data_length;
  char *protocol_data;
  char *network_id;
  char *auth_name;
  unsigned short auth_data_length;
  char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthFileEntry;
typedef struct
{
  char *protocol_name;
  char *network_id;
  char *auth_name;
  unsigned short auth_data_length;
  char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthDataEntry;
13.9. Interfaces for libXt
Table 13-14. libXt Definition
Library:	libXt	
SONAME:	libXt.so.6	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
Linux Standard Base10	
X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics11	

13.9.1. X Toolkit
Table 13-15. libXt - X Toolkit Function Interfaces
XtAddActions11	XtCancelSelectionRequest11	XtError11	XtMainLoop11	XtSessionGetToken11	
XtAddCallback11	XtChangeManagedSet11	XtErrorMsg11	XtMakeGeometryRequest11	XtSessionReturnToken11	
XtAddCallbacks11	XtClass11	XtFindFile11	XtMakeResizeRequest11	XtSetErrorHandler11	
XtAddConverter11	XtCloseDisplay11	XtFree11	XtMalloc11	XtSetErrorMsgHandler11	
XtAddEventHandler11	XtConfigureWidget11	XtGetActionKeysym11	XtManageChild11	XtSetEventDispatcher11	
XtAddExposureToRegion11	XtConvert11	XtGetActionList11	XtManageChildren11	XtSetKeyTranslator11	
XtAddGrab11	XtConvertAndStore11	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass11	XtMapWidget11	XtSetKeyboardFocus11	
XtAddInput11	XtConvertCase11	XtGetApplicationResources11	XtMenuPopupAction11	XtSetLanguageProc11	
XtAddRawEventHandler11	XtCreateApplicationContext11	XtGetClassExtension11	XtMergeArgLists11	XtSetMappedWhenManaged11	
XtAddSignal11	XtCreateApplicationShell11	XtGetConstraintResourceList11	XtMoveWidget11	XtSetMultiClickTime11	
XtAddTimeOut11	XtCreateManagedWidget11	XtGetDisplays11	XtName11	XtSetSelectionParameters11	
XtAddWorkProc11	XtCreatePopupShell11	XtGetErrorDatabase11	XtNameToWidget11	XtSetSelectionTimeout11	
XtAllocateGC11	XtCreateSelectionRequest11	XtGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtNewString11	XtSetSensitive11	
XtAppAddActionHook11	XtCreateWidget11	XtGetGC11	XtNextEvent11	XtSetSubvalues11	
XtAppAddActions11	XtCreateWindow11	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget11	XtNoticeSignal11	XtSetTypeConverter11	
XtAppAddBlockHook11	XtCvtColorToPixel11	XtGetKeysymTable11	XtOpenApplication11	XtSetValues11	
XtAppAddConverter11	XtCvtIntToBool11	XtGetMultiClickTime11	XtOpenDisplay11	XtSetWMColormapWindows11	
XtAppAddInput11	XtCvtIntToBoolean11	XtGetResourceList11	XtOverrideTranslations11	XtSetWarningHandler11	
XtAppAddSignal11	XtCvtIntToColor11	XtGetSelectionParameters11	XtOwnSelection11	XtSetWarningMsgHandler11	
XtAppAddTimeOut11	XtCvtIntToFloat11	XtGetSelectionRequest11	XtOwnSelectionIncremental11	XtStringConversionWarning11	
XtAppAddWorkProc11	XtCvtIntToFont11	XtGetSelectionTimeout11	XtParent11	XtSuperclass11	
XtAppCreateShell11	XtCvtIntToPixel11	XtGetSelectionValue11	XtParseAcceleratorTable11	XtToolkitInitialize11	
XtAppError11	XtCvtIntToPixmap11	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental11	XtParseTranslationTable11	XtToolkitThreadInitialize11	
XtAppErrorMsg11	XtCvtIntToShort11	XtGetSelectionValues11	XtPeekEvent11	XtTranslateCoords11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabase11	XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar11	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental11	XtPending11	XtTranslateKey11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable11	XtGetSubresources11	XtPopdown11	XtTranslateKeycode11	
XtAppGetExitFlag11	XtCvtStringToAtom11	XtGetSubvalues11	XtPopup11	XtUngrabButton11	
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout11	XtCvtStringToBool11	XtGetValues11	XtPopupSpringLoaded11	XtUngrabKey11	
XtAppInitialize11	XtCvtStringToBoolean11	XtGrabButton11	XtProcessEvent11	XtUngrabKeyboard11	
XtAppLock11	XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray11	XtGrabKey11	XtProcessLock11	XtUngrabPointer11	
XtAppMainLoop11	XtCvtStringToCursor11	XtGrabKeyboard11	XtProcessUnlock11	XtUninstallTranslations11	
XtAppNextEvent11	XtCvtStringToDimension11	XtGrabPointer11	XtQueryGeometry11	XtUnmanageChild11	
XtAppPeekEvent11	XtCvtStringToDirectoryString11	XtHasCallbacks11	XtRealizeWidget11	XtUnmanageChildren11	
XtAppPending11	XtCvtStringToDisplay11	XtHooksOfDisplay11	XtRealloc11	XtUnmapWidget11	
XtAppProcessEvent11	XtCvtStringToFile11	XtInitialize11	XtRegisterCaseConverter11	XtUnrealizeWidget11	
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs11	XtCvtStringToFloat11	XtInitializeWidgetClass11	XtRegisterDrawable11	XtUnregisterDrawable11	
XtAppSetErrorHandler11	XtCvtStringToFont11	XtInsertEventHandler11	XtRegisterExtensionSelector11	XtVaAppCreateShell11	
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler11	XtCvtStringToFontSet11	XtInsertEventTypeHandler11	XtRegisterGrabAction11	XtVaAppInitialize11	
XtAppSetExitFlag11	XtCvtStringToFontStruct11	XtInsertRawEventHandler11	XtReleaseGC11	XtVaCreateArgsList11	
XtAppSetFallbackResources11	XtCvtStringToGravity11	XtInstallAccelerators11	XtReleasePropertyAtom11	XtVaCreateManagedWidget11	
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout11	XtCvtStringToInitialState11	XtInstallAllAccelerators11	XtRemoveActionHook11	XtVaCreatePopupShell11	
XtAppSetTypeConverter11	XtCvtStringToInt11	XtIsApplicationShell11	XtRemoveAllCallbacks11	XtVaCreateWidget11	
XtAppSetWarningHandler11	XtCvtStringToPixel11	XtIsComposite11	XtRemoveBlockHook11	XtVaGetApplicationResources11	
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler11	XtCvtStringToRestartStyle11	XtIsConstraint11	XtRemoveCallback11	XtVaGetSubresources11	
XtAppUnlock11	XtCvtStringToShort11	XtIsManaged11	XtRemoveCallbacks11	XtVaGetSubvalues11	
XtAppWarning11	XtCvtStringToTranslationTable11	XtIsObject11	XtRemoveEventHandler11	XtVaGetValues11	
XtAppWarningMsg11	XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar11	XtIsOverrideShell11	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler11	XtVaOpenApplication11	
XtAugmentTranslations11	XtCvtStringToVisual11	XtIsRealized11	XtRemoveGrab11	XtVaSetSubvalues11	
XtBuildEventMask11	XtDatabase11	XtIsRectObj11	XtRemoveInput11	XtVaSetValues11	
XtCallAcceptFocus11	XtDestroyApplicationContext11	XtIsSensitive11	XtRemoveRawEventHandler11	XtWarning11	
XtCallActionProc11	XtDestroyGC11	XtIsSessionShell11	XtRemoveSignal11	XtWarningMsg11	
XtCallCallbackList11	XtDestroyWidget11	XtIsShell11	XtRemoveTimeOut11	XtWidgetToApplicationContext11	
XtCallCallbacks11	XtDirectConvert11	XtIsSubclass11	XtRemoveWorkProc11	XtWindow11	
XtCallConverter11	XtDisownSelection11	XtIsTopLevelShell11	XtReservePropertyAtom11	XtWindowOfObject11	
XtCallbackExclusive11	XtDispatchEvent11	XtIsTransientShell11	XtResizeWidget11	XtWindowToWidget11	
XtCallbackNone11	XtDispatchEventToWidget11	XtIsVendorShell11	XtResizeWindow11	_XtCheckSubclassFlag11	
XtCallbackNonexclusive11	XtDisplay11	XtIsWMShell11	XtResolvePathname11	_XtCopyFromArg10	
XtCallbackPopdown11	XtDisplayInitialize11	XtIsWidget11	XtScreen11	_XtInherit10	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef11	XtDisplayOfObject11	XtKeysymToKeycodeList11	XtScreenDatabase11	_XtIsSubclassOf10	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList11	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning11	XtLastEventProcessed11	XtScreenOfObject11	
	
XtCalloc11	XtDisplayToApplicationContext11	XtLastTimestampProcessed11	XtSendSelectionRequest11	

Table 13-16. libXt - X Toolkit Data Interfaces
XtCXtToolkitError11	compositeWidgetClass11	overrideShellClassRec11	shellClassRec11	widgetClass11	
XtShellStrings11	constraintClassRec11	overrideShellWidgetClass11	shellWidgetClass11	widgetClassRec11	
XtStrings11	constraintWidgetClass11	rectObjClass11	topLevelShellClassRec11	wmShellClassRec11	
_XtInheritTranslations10	coreWidgetClass11	rectObjClassRec11	topLevelShellWidgetClass11	wmShellWidgetClass11	
applicationShellWidgetClass11	objectClass11	sessionShellClassRec11	transientShellClassRec11	
	
compositeClassRec11	objectClassRec11	sessionShellWidgetClass11	transientShellWidgetClass11	

13.10. Data Definitions for libXt
13.10.1. X11/Composite.h

typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc) (Widget child);
typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc) (Widget composite_parent,
                                WidgetList unmanage_children,
                                Cardinal * num_unmanage_children,
                                WidgetList manage_children,
                                Cardinal * num_manage_children,
                                XtPointer client_data);
13.10.2. X11/CompositeP.h

#define XtInheritGeometryManager        ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeleteChild    ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritInsertChild    ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtCompositeExtensionVersion     2L

typedef struct _CompositeClassPart CompositeClassPart;

typedef struct _CompositeClassRec CompositeClassRec;
13.10.3. X11/ConstrainP.h

#define XtConstraintExtensionVersion    1L

typedef struct _ConstraintPart ConstraintPart;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassPart ConstraintClassPart;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec
{
  CoreClassPart core_class;
  CompositeClassPart composite_class;
  ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
}
ConstraintClassRec;
13.10.4. X11/Constraint.h

typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
13.10.5. X11/ObjectP.h

#define XtInheritAllocate       ((XtAllocateProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeallocate     ((XtDeallocateProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtObjectExtensionVersion        1L

typedef struct _ObjectPart
{
  Widget self;
  WidgetClass widget_class;
  Widget parent;
  XrmName xrm_name;
  Boolean being_destroyed;
  XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
  XtPointer constraints;
}
ObjectPart;

typedef struct _ObjectRec
{
  ObjectPart object;
}
ObjectRec;

typedef struct _ObjectClassPart
{
  WidgetClass superclass;
  String class_name;
  Cardinal widget_size;
  XtProc class_initialize;
  XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
  XtEnum class_inited;
  XtInitProc initialize;
  XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
  XtProc obj1;
  XtProc obj2;
  XtProc obj3;
  XtResourceList resources;
  Cardinal num_resources;
  XrmClass xrm_class;
  Boolean obj4;
  XtEnum obj5;
  Boolean obj6;
  Boolean obj7;
  XtWidgetProc destroy;
  XtProc obj8;
  XtProc obj9;
  XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
  XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
  XtProc obj10;
  XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
  XtProc obj11;
  XtVersionType version;
  XtPointer callback_private;
  String obj12;
  XtProc obj13;
  XtProc obj14;
  XtPointer extension;
}
ObjectClassPart;

struct
{
  XtPointer next_extension;
  XrmQuark record_type;
  long version;
  Cardinal record_size;
  XtAllocateProc allocate;
  XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
 ;

typedef struct
{
  XtPointer next_extension;
  XrmQuark record_type;
  long version;
  Cardinal record_size;
  XtAllocateProc allocate;
  XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
ObjectClassExtensionRec;
typedef struct
{
  XtPointer next_extension;
  XrmQuark record_type;
  long version;
  Cardinal record_size;
  XtAllocateProc allocate;
  XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
}
 *ObjectClassExtension;

typedef struct _ObjectClassRec
{
  ObjectClassPart object_class;
}
ObjectClassRec;
13.11. Interfaces Definitions for libXt
_XtCopyFromArg
Name
_XtCopyFromArg — Copy "size" bytes from src to dst. 
Synopsis
void _XtCopyFromArg(XtArgVal src,char* dst,unsigned int size);
Description
The _XtCopyFromArg() function copies "size" bytes from src to dst. This is an internal X function call.
_XtInherit
Name
_XtInherit — inheritance operation.
Synopsis
#include <IntrinsicP.h>

extern void _XtInherit(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    void
#endif
);
Description
_XtInherit() is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called.
_XtInheritTranslations
Name
_XtInheritTranslations — an inheritance constant
Synopsis
#include <CoreP.h>

externalref int _XtInheritTranslations;
Description
_XtInheritTranslations is an inheritance constant.
_XtIsSubclassOf
Name
_XtIsSubclassOf — determine if Widget is a subclass of WidgetClass.
Synopsis
#include <Intrinsic.h>

extern Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf(
    Widget              /* object*  /,
    WidgetClass         /* widget_class */,
    WidgetClass         /* flag_class */,
    _XtXtEnum           /* type_flag */,
);

Description
Determine if Widget(object) is a subclass of WidgetClass(widget_class).
13.12. Interfaces for libGL
Table 13-17. libGL Definition
Library:	libGL	
SONAME:	libGL.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following standards.
OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux12	

13.12.1. GL X interface
Table 13-18. libGL - GL X interface Function Interfaces
glXChooseVisual12	glXDestroyContext12	glXGetContextIDEXT12	glXImportContextEXT12	glXQueryExtensionsString12	
glXCopyContext12	glXDestroyGLXPixmap12	glXGetCurrentContext12	glXIsDirect12	glXQueryServerString12	
glXCreateContext12	glXDestroyPbuffer12	glXGetCurrentDisplay12	glXMakeContextCurrent12	glXQueryVersion12	
glXCreateGLXPixmap12	glXDestroyPixmap12	glXGetCurrentDrawable12	glXMakeCurrent12	glXSelectEvent12	
glXCreateNewContext12	glXDestroyWindow12	glXGetCurrentReadDrawable12	glXQueryContext12	glXSwapBuffers12	
glXCreatePbuffer12	glXFreeContextEXT12	glXGetFBConfigAttrib12	glXQueryContextInfoEXT12	glXUseXFont12	
glXCreatePixmap12	glXGetClientString12	glXGetSelectedEvent12	glXQueryDrawable12	glXWaitGL12	
glXCreateWindow12	glXGetConfig12	glXGetVisualFromFBConfig12	glXQueryExtension12	glXWaitX12	

13.12.2. OpenGL
Table 13-19. libGL - OpenGL Function Interfaces
glAccum12	glDepthRange12	glIndexPointer12	glNormal3d12	glTexCoord1f12	
glActiveTextureARB12	glDisable12	glIndexd12	glNormal3dv12	glTexCoord1fv12	
glAlphaFunc12	glDisableClientState12	glIndexdv12	glNormal3f12	glTexCoord1i12	
glAreTexturesResident12	glDrawArrays12	glIndexf12	glNormal3fv12	glTexCoord1iv12	
glArrayElement12	glDrawBuffer12	glIndexfv12	glNormal3i12	glTexCoord1s12	
glBegin12	glDrawElements12	glIndexi12	glNormal3iv12	glTexCoord1sv12	
glBindTexture12	glDrawPixels12	glIndexiv12	glNormal3s12	glTexCoord2d12	
glBitmap12	glDrawRangeElements12	glIndexs12	glNormal3sv12	glTexCoord2dv12	
glBlendColor12	glEdgeFlag12	glIndexsv12	glNormalPointer12	glTexCoord2f12	
glBlendColorEXT12	glEdgeFlagPointer12	glIndexub12	glOrtho12	glTexCoord2fv12	
glBlendEquation12	glEdgeFlagv12	glIndexubv12	glPassThrough12	glTexCoord2i12	
glBlendEquationEXT12	glEnable12	glInitNames12	glPixelMapfv12	glTexCoord2iv12	
glBlendFunc12	glEnableClientState12	glInterleavedArrays12	glPixelMapuiv12	glTexCoord2s12	
glCallList12	glEnd12	glIsEnabled12	glPixelMapusv12	glTexCoord2sv12	
glCallLists12	glEndList12	glIsList12	glPixelStoref12	glTexCoord3d12	
glClear12	glEvalCoord1d12	glIsTexture12	glPixelStorei12	glTexCoord3dv12	
glClearAccum12	glEvalCoord1dv12	glLightModelf12	glPixelTransferf12	glTexCoord3f12	
glClearColor12	glEvalCoord1f12	glLightModelfv12	glPixelTransferi12	glTexCoord3fv12	
glClearDepth12	glEvalCoord1fv12	glLightModeli12	glPixelZoom12	glTexCoord3i12	
glClearIndex12	glEvalCoord2d12	glLightModeliv12	glPointParameterfvEXT12	glTexCoord3iv12	
glClearStencil12	glEvalCoord2dv12	glLightf12	glPointSize12	glTexCoord3s12	
glClientActiveTextureARB12	glEvalCoord2f12	glLightfv12	glPolygonMode12	glTexCoord3sv12	
glClipPlane12	glEvalCoord2fv12	glLighti12	glPolygonOffset12	glTexCoord4d12	
glColor3b12	glEvalMesh112	glLightiv12	glPolygonStipple12	glTexCoord4dv12	
glColor3bv12	glEvalMesh212	glLineStipple12	glPopAttrib12	glTexCoord4f12	
glColor3d12	glEvalPoint112	glLineWidth12	glPopClientAttrib12	glTexCoord4fv12	
glColor3dv12	glEvalPoint212	glListBase12	glPopMatrix12	glTexCoord4i12	
glColor3f12	glFeedbackBuffer12	glLoadIdentity12	glPopName12	glTexCoord4iv12	
glColor3fv12	glFinish12	glLoadMatrixd12	glPrioritizeTextures12	glTexCoord4s12	
glColor3i12	glFlush12	glLoadMatrixf12	glPushAttrib12	glTexCoord4sv12	
glColor3iv12	glFogf12	glLoadName12	glPushClientAttrib12	glTexCoordPointer12	
glColor3s12	glFogfv12	glLogicOp12	glPushMatrix12	glTexEnvf12	
glColor3sv12	glFogi12	glMap1d12	glPushName12	glTexEnvfv12	
glColor3ub12	glFogiv12	glMap1f12	glRasterPos2d12	glTexEnvi12	
glColor3ubv12	glFrontFace12	glMap2d12	glRasterPos2dv12	glTexEnviv12	
glColor3ui12	glFrustum12	glMap2f12	glRasterPos2f12	glTexGend12	
glColor3uiv12	glGenLists12	glMapGrid1d12	glRasterPos2fv12	glTexGendv12	
glColor3us12	glGenTextures12	glMapGrid1f12	glRasterPos2i12	glTexGenf12	
glColor3usv12	glGetBooleanv12	glMapGrid2d12	glRasterPos2iv12	glTexGenfv12	
glColor4b12	glGetClipPlane12	glMapGrid2f12	glRasterPos2s12	glTexGeni12	
glColor4bv12	glGetColorTable12	glMaterialf12	glRasterPos2sv12	glTexGeniv12	
glColor4d12	glGetColorTableParameterfv12	glMaterialfv12	glRasterPos3d12	glTexImage1D12	
glColor4dv12	glGetColorTableParameteriv12	glMateriali12	glRasterPos3dv12	glTexImage2D12	
glColor4f12	glGetConvolutionFilter12	glMaterialiv12	glRasterPos3f12	glTexImage3D12	
glColor4fv12	glGetConvolutionParameterfv12	glMatrixMode12	glRasterPos3fv12	glTexParameterf12	
glColor4i12	glGetConvolutionParameteriv12	glMinmax12	glRasterPos3i12	glTexParameterfv12	
glColor4iv12	glGetDoublev12	glMultMatrixd12	glRasterPos3iv12	glTexParameteri12	
glColor4s12	glGetError12	glMultMatrixf12	glRasterPos3s12	glTexParameteriv12	
glColor4sv12	glGetFloatv12	glMultiTexCoord1dARB12	glRasterPos3sv12	glTexSubImage1D12	
glColor4ub12	glGetHistogram12	glMultiTexCoord1dvARB12	glRasterPos4d12	glTexSubImage2D12	
glColor4ubv12	glGetHistogramParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord1fARB12	glRasterPos4dv12	glTexSubImage3D12	
glColor4ui12	glGetHistogramParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord1fvARB12	glRasterPos4f12	glTranslated12	
glColor4uiv12	glGetIntegerv12	glMultiTexCoord1iARB12	glRasterPos4fv12	glTranslatef12	
glColor4us12	glGetLightfv12	glMultiTexCoord1ivARB12	glRasterPos4i12	glVertex2d12	
glColor4usv12	glGetLightiv12	glMultiTexCoord1sARB12	glRasterPos4iv12	glVertex2dv12	
glColorMask12	glGetMapdv12	glMultiTexCoord1svARB12	glRasterPos4s12	glVertex2f12	
glColorMaterial12	glGetMapfv12	glMultiTexCoord2dARB12	glRasterPos4sv12	glVertex2fv12	
glColorPointer12	glGetMapiv12	glMultiTexCoord2dvARB12	glReadBuffer12	glVertex2i12	
glColorSubTable12	glGetMaterialfv12	glMultiTexCoord2fARB12	glReadPixels12	glVertex2iv12	
glColorTable12	glGetMaterialiv12	glMultiTexCoord2fvARB12	glRectd12	glVertex2s12	
glColorTableParameterfv12	glGetMinmax12	glMultiTexCoord2iARB12	glRectdv12	glVertex2sv12	
glColorTableParameteriv12	glGetMinmaxParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord2ivARB12	glRectf12	glVertex3d12	
glConvolutionFilter1D12	glGetMinmaxParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord2sARB12	glRectfv12	glVertex3dv12	
glConvolutionFilter2D12	glGetPixelMapfv12	glMultiTexCoord2svARB12	glRecti12	glVertex3f12	
glConvolutionParameterf12	glGetPixelMapuiv12	glMultiTexCoord3dARB12	glRectiv12	glVertex3fv12	
glConvolutionParameterfv12	glGetPixelMapusv12	glMultiTexCoord3dvARB12	glRects12	glVertex3i12	
glConvolutionParameteri12	glGetPointerv12	glMultiTexCoord3fARB12	glRectsv12	glVertex3iv12	
glConvolutionParameteriv12	glGetPolygonStipple12	glMultiTexCoord3fvARB12	glRenderMode12	glVertex3s12	
glCopyColorSubTable12	glGetSeparableFilter12	glMultiTexCoord3iARB12	glResetHistogram12	glVertex3sv12	
glCopyColorTable12	glGetString12	glMultiTexCoord3ivARB12	glResetMinmax12	glVertex4d12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D12	glGetTexEnvfv12	glMultiTexCoord3sARB12	glRotated12	glVertex4dv12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D12	glGetTexEnviv12	glMultiTexCoord3svARB12	glRotatef12	glVertex4f12	
glCopyPixels12	glGetTexGendv12	glMultiTexCoord4dARB12	glScaled12	glVertex4fv12	
glCopyTexImage1D12	glGetTexGenfv12	glMultiTexCoord4dvARB12	glScalef12	glVertex4i12	
glCopyTexImage2D12	glGetTexGeniv12	glMultiTexCoord4fARB12	glScissor12	glVertex4iv12	
glCopyTexSubImage1D12	glGetTexImage12	glMultiTexCoord4fvARB12	glSelectBuffer12	glVertex4s12	
glCopyTexSubImage2D12	glGetTexLevelParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord4iARB12	glSeparableFilter2D12	glVertex4sv12	
glCopyTexSubImage3D12	glGetTexLevelParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord4ivARB12	glShadeModel12	glVertexPointer12	
glCullFace12	glGetTexParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord4sARB12	glStencilFunc12	glViewport12	
glDeleteLists12	glGetTexParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord4svARB12	glStencilMask12	glXChooseFBConfig12	
glDeleteTextures12	glHint12	glNewList12	glStencilOp12	
	
glDepthFunc12	glHistogram12	glNormal3b12	glTexCoord1d12	
	
glDepthMask12	glIndexMask12	glNormal3bv12	glTexCoord1dv12	

13.13. Data Definitions for libGL
13.13.1. GL/gl.h

typedef unsigned int GLenum;
typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
typedef void GLvoid;
typedef char GLbyte;
typedef short GLshort;
typedef int GLint;
typedef unsigned char GLubyte;
typedef unsigned short GLushort;
typedef unsigned int GLuint;
typedef int GLsizei;
typedef float GLfloat;
typedef float GLclampf;
typedef double GLdouble;
typedef double GLclampd;

#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE        0x1401
#define GL_SHORT        0x1402
#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT       0x1403
#define GL_INT  0x1404
#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405
#define GL_FLOAT        0x1406
#define GL_2_BYTES      0x1407
#define GL_3_BYTES      0x1408
#define GL_4_BYTES      0x1409
#define GL_DOUBLE       0x140A

#define GL_POINTS       0x0000
#define GL_LINES        0x0001
#define GL_LINE_LOOP    0x0002
#define GL_LINE_STRIP   0x0003
#define GL_TRIANGLES    0x0004
#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP       0x0005
#define GL_TRIANGLE_FAN 0x0006
#define GL_QUADS        0x0007
#define GL_QUAD_STRIP   0x0008
#define GL_POLYGON      0x0009

#define GL_V2F  0x2A20
#define GL_V3F  0x2A21
#define GL_C4UB_V2F     0x2A22
#define GL_C4UB_V3F     0x2A23
#define GL_C3F_V3F      0x2A24
#define GL_N3F_V3F      0x2A25
#define GL_C4F_N3F_V3F  0x2A26
#define GL_T2F_V3F      0x2A27
#define GL_T4F_V4F      0x2A28
#define GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F 0x2A29
#define GL_T2F_C3F_V3F  0x2A2A
#define GL_T2F_N3F_V3F  0x2A2B
#define GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F      0x2A2C
#define GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F      0x2A2D
#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY 0x8074
#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY 0x8075
#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY  0x8076
#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY  0x8077
#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY  0x8078
#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY      0x8079
#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE    0x807A
#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE    0x807B
#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE  0x807C
#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE    0x807E
#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE  0x807F
#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE     0x8081
#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE     0x8082
#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE   0x8083
#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE     0x8085
#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE   0x8086
#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE     0x8088
#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE     0x8089
#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE   0x808A
#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE       0x808C
#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808E
#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808F
#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER  0x8090
#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER  0x8091
#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER  0x8092

#define GL_MATRIX_MODE  0x0BA0
#define GL_MODELVIEW    0x1700
#define GL_PROJECTION   0x1701
#define GL_TEXTURE      0x1702
13.13.2. GL/glx.h

typedef struct __GLXcontextRec *GLXContext;
typedef struct __GLXFBConfigRec *GLXFBConfig;
typedef XID GLXContextID;
typedef XID GLXPixmap;
typedef XID GLXDrawable;
typedef XID GLXPbuffer;
typedef XID GLXWindow;
Notes
1. 	X11R6.4 Xlib - C library
2. 	Double Buffer Extension Library
3. 	X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification
4. 	Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1
5. 	X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0
6. 	MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension
7. 	X Synchronization Extension Library
8. 	X11R6.4 X Session Management Library
9. 	X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol
10. 	Linux Standard Base
11. 	X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics
12. 	OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux

VII. Package Format and Installation

Chapter 14. Software Installation
14.1. Package Format
Applications should be provided in the RPM packaging format as defined in the appendix (http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/s1-rpm-file-format-rpm-file-format.html) of the 1997 edition of Maximum RPM (http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/), with some restrictions listed below. 1
Distributions must provide a mechanism for installing applications in this packaging format with some restrictions listed below. 2
14.1.1. Package Script Restrictions
Scripts used as part of the package install and uninstall may only use commands and interfaces that are specified by the LSB. All other commands are not guaranteed to be present, or to behave in expected ways.
Packages may not use RPM triggers.
Packages may not depend on the order in which scripts are executed (pre-install, pre-uninstall, &c), when doing an upgrade.
14.2. Package Tools
The LSB does not specify the interface to the tools used to manipulate LSB-conformant packages. Each conforming distribution will provide documentation for installing LSB packages.
14.3. Package Naming
Because there is no consistent packaging naming among the various Linux distributions, it is necessary for LSB-conformant packages to adhere the following naming rules to avoid conflicts with packages provided by the distributions.
•	All LSB package names must begin with the prefix "lsb-" to avoid conflicting with existing packages used by Linux distributions.
•	If the package name contains only one hyphen (including the one in the "lsb-" prefix) then the package name must be assigned by the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (http://www.lanana.org) (LANANA), which shall maintain a registry of LSB names.
•	If the package name contains more than one hyphen (i.e., "lsb-www.redhat.com-redhat-database", "lsb-gnome-gnumeric"), then the portion of the package name between first and second hyphens must either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be one of the owners' fully-qualified domain name in lower case (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
14.4. Package Dependencies
Packages must depend on a dependency "lsb". They may not depend on other system-provided dependencies. They must not depend on non-system-provided dependencies unless the dependencies are fulfilled by packages which are part of the same application. If a package includes "Provides" it must only provide a virtual package name which is registered to that application.
14.5. Package Architecture Considerations
Additional specifications or restrictions may be found in the architecture specific LSB specification.
Notes
1. 	Some versions of RPM may produce packages which contain extensions or modifications to the RPM package format beyond what has been documented in the appendix of the Maximum RPM book. An LSB-conformant package must not contain any of these extensions, in order to assure interoperability with the largest number of versions of RPM and packaging systems which understand how to import RPM format packages.
2. 	The distribution itself may use a different packaging format for its own packages, and of course it may use any available mechanism for installing the LSB-conformant packages.

VIII. Commands and Utilities

Chapter 15. Command and Utilities
15.1. Command and Utilities
 The following table lists the Commands and Utilities. Unless otherwise specified the command or utility is described in the Single UNIX Specification (SUS). When an interface is not defined in the SUS, then the next prevailing standard is referenced (ie., POSIX, SVID). 
The behavior of the interfaces described in this section are specified by the following standards.
LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4 1	
Linux Standard Base 2	
CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) 3	

Table 15-1. Commands and Utilities
ar 2	at 2	awk 2	basename 3	batch 2	
bc 2	cat 2	chfn 2	chgrp 2	chmod 2	
chown 2	chsh 2	cksum 3	cmp 3	col 2	
comm 3	cp 2	cpio 2	crontab 2	csplit 2	
cut 2	date 2	dd 2	df 2	diff 2	
dirname 3	dmesg 2	du 2	echo 2	egrep 2	
env 2	expand 2	expr 2	false 3	fgrep 2	
file 2	find 2	fold 3	fuser 2	gencat 2	
getconf 3	grep 2	groupadd 2	groupdel 2	groupmod 2	
groups 2	gunzip 2	gzip 2	head 2	hostname 2	
iconv 2	id 3	install 2	install_initd 2	ipcrm 2	
ipcs 2	join 3	kill 3	killall 2	ln 2	
locale 3	localedef 2	logname 3	lpr 2	ls 2	
lsb_release 2	m4 2	make 2	man 2	md5sum 2	
mkdir 2	mkfifo 3	mknod 2	mktemp 2	more 2	
mount 2	msgfmt 1	mv 2	newgrp 2	nice 2	
nl 2	nohup 2	od 2	passwd 2	paste 2	
patch 2	pathchk 2	pidof 2	pr 2	printf 2	
ps 3	pwd 2	remove_initd 2	renice 2	rm 2	
rmdir 2	rsync 2	sed 2	sendmail 2	sh 3	
shutdown 2	sleep 2	sort 2	split 2	strip 2	
stty 3	su 2	sum 2	sync 2	tail 2	
tar 2	tee 2	test 2	time 2	touch 2	
tr 2	true 3	tsort 3	tty 2	umount 2	
uname 2	unexpand 2	uniq 2	useradd 2	userdel 2	
usermod 2	wc 2	xargs 2	

15.2. Command Behavior
This section contains descriptions for commands and utilities whose specified behavior in the LSB contradicts or extends the standards referenced. It also contains commands and utilities only required by the LSB and not specified by other standards.
ar
Name
ar — create and maintain library archives
Description
ar is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-T
-C
 	need not be accepted.
-l
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-q
 	has implementation-dependent behavior; using -r is suggested.
at
Name
at — examine or delete jobs for later execution
Description
at is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-d
 	is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in the SUS.
-r
 	need not be supported, but the '-d' option is equivalent.
-t time
 	need not be supported.
Files
The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
LSB Deprecated Differences
-c
 	cats the jobs listed on the command line to standard output.
-V
 	prints the version number to standard error.
-v
 	shows the time the job will be executed.
awk
Name
awk — pattern scanning and processing language
Description
awk is as specified in the SUS with no differences.
LSB Deprecated Differences
gawk and mawk shall be SUS-compliant implementations of the awk language. However, gawk and mawk are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; LSB applications should invoke awk instead.
batch
Name
batch — execute commands when the system load permits
Description
The specification for batch is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Files
The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-f file
 	reads the job from file rather than standard input.
-m
 	sends mail to the user when the job has completed even if there was no output.
-q queue
 	uses the specified queue. A queue designation consists of a single letter; valid queue designations range from a to z. and A to Z. The a queue is the default for at and the b queue for batch. Queues with higher letters run with increased niceness. The special queue "=" is reserved for jobs which are currently running.
-V
 	prints the version number to standard error.
-v
 	shows the time the job will be executed.
bc
Name
bc — An arbitrary precision calculator language
Description
bc is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-s, --standard
 	processes exactly the POSIX bc language.
-w, --warn
 	gives warnings for extensions to POSIX bc.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-q, --quiet
 	does not print the normal welcome message.
-v, --version
 	prints the version number and copyright and quits.
cat
Name
cat — concatenate and print files
Description
cat is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-A, --show-all
 	is equivalent to -vET.
-b, --number-nonblank
 	numbers nonblank output lines.
-e
 	is equivalent to -vE.
-E, --show-ends
 	displays $ at end of each line.
-n, --number
 	numbers all output lines.
-s, --squeeze-blank
 	displays never more than one single blank line.
-t
 	is equivalent to -vT.
-T, --showtabs
 	displays TAB characters as ^I.
-u
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-v, --show-nonprinting
 	uses ^ and M- notation, except for LFD and TAB.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
chfn
Name
chfn — change user name and information
Synopsis
chfn [-f full_name] [-h home-phone] [user]
Description
chfn changes user fullname and other information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by finger and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for their own account, the super user may change the fields for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign.
If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion. The prompts and expected input in interactive mode are implementation-dependent and should not be relied upon.
As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations.
Standard Options
-f full_name
 	sets the user's full name.
-h home-phone
 	sets the user's home phone number.
1
Notes
1. 	The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
-o office
 	sets the user's office room number.
-p office-phone
 	sets the user's office phone number.
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally must have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it.
The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field.
The intention is for chfn to match the behavior of finger; some historical implementations have been broken in the sense that finger and chfn do not agree on what the fields are.
chgrp
Name
chgrp — change group ownership
Synopsis
chgrp [OPTION]... GROUP FILE...
chgrp [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
chgrp is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-c, --changes
 	is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
--dereference
 	affects the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself.
-h, --no-dereference
 	affects symbolic links instead of any referenced file. (Available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink.)
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppresses most error messages.
--reference=RFILE
 	uses RFILE's group rather than the specified GROUP value.
-v, --verbose
 	outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
--version
 	outputs version information and exit.
chmod
Name
chmod — change file access permissions
Synopsis
chmod [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE...
chmod [OPTION]... OCTAL-MODE FILE...
chmod [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
chmod is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-c, --changes
 	is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppresses most error messages.
--reference=RFILE
 	uses RFILE's mode instead of MODE values.
-v, --verbose
 	outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
chown
Name
chown — change file owner and group
Synopsis
chown [OPTION]... OWNER[:[GROUP]] FILE...
chown [OPTION]... :GROUP FILE...
chown [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
chown is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The use of the '.' character as a separator between the specification of the user name and group name is supported (in addition to the use of the ':' character as specified in the SUS).
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-c, --changes
 	is like verbose, but reports only when a change is made.
--dereference
 	affects the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself.
-h, --no-dereference
 	affects symbolic links instead of any referenced file. (Available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink.)
--from=CURRENT_OWNER:CURRENT_GROUP
 	changes the owner and/or group of each file only if its current owner and/or group match those specified here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match is not required for the omitted attribute.
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppresses most error messages.
--reference=RFILE
 	uses RFILE's owner and group rather than the specified OWNER:GROUP values.
-v, --verbose
 	outputs a diagnostic for every file processed.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
chsh
Name
chsh — change login shell
Synopsis
chsh [-s login_shell] [user]
Description
chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the login shell for their own account, the super user may change the login shell for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name must be listed in /etc/shells, unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added. Accounts which are restricted (in an implementation-defined manner) may not change their login shell.
If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive mode. The prompts and expected input in this mode are implementation-defined.
Standard Options
-s login_shell
 	sets the login shell.
col
Name
col — filter reverse line feeds from input
Description
col is as specified in the SUSv2 with the difference that the -p option has implementation-dependent behavior.
Although col is shown as legacy in the SUSv2, it is not (yet) deprecated in the LSB.
cp
Name
cp — copy files and directories
Synopsis
Description
cp is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-a archive
 	is the same as -dpR.
--backup[=CONTROL]
 	makes a backup of each existing destination file.
-b
 	is like --backup but does not accept an argument.
-d, --no-dereference
 	never follows symbolic links.
-H
 	follows command-line symbolic links.
-l, --link
 	links files instead of copying.
-L, --dereference
 	always follows symbolic links.
--parents
 	appends source path to DIRECTORY.
--remove-destination
 	removes each existing destination file before attempting to open it. (Contrast with --force.)
--sparse=WHEN
 	controls creation of sparse files.
By default, sparse SOURCE files are detected by a crude heuristic and the corresponding DEST file is made sparse as well. That is the behavior selected by --sparse=auto. Specify --sparse=always to create a sparse DEST file whenever the SOURCE file contains a long enough sequence of zero bytes. Use --sparse=never to inhibit creation of sparse files.
--strip-trailing-slashes
 	removes any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument.
-s, --symbolic-link
 	makes symbolic links instead of copying.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--target-directory=DIRECTORY
 	moves all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY.
-u, --update
 	copies only when the SOURCE file is newer than the destination file or when the destination file is missing.
-v, --verbose
 	explains what is being done.
-x, --one-file-system
 	stays on this file system.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
cpio
Name
cpio — copy file archives in and out
Description
cpio is as specified in the SUS. While additional features may be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS-specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
crontab
Name
crontab — maintain crontab files for individual users
Synopsis
crontab [ -u user ] file
crontab [ -u user ] { -l | -r | -e }
Description
crontab is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Files
The files cron.allow and cron.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-u user
 	specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be used, rather than the user who is running crontab.
csplit
Name
csplit — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
csplit is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-b, --sufix-format=FORMAT
 	uses sprintf FORMAT instead of %d.
--quiet, --silent
 	are equivalent to the -s option as specified in the SUS.
-z, --elide-empty-files
 	removes empty output files.
--version
 	outputs version information and exit.
cut
Name
cut — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
cut is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-n
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
date
Name
date — print or set the system date and time
Description
date is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-d, --date=STRING
 	displays time described by STRING, not now.
-f, --file=DATAFILE
 	is like --date once for each line of DATEFILE.
-r, --reference=FILE
 	displays the last modification time of FILE.
-R, --rfc-822
 	outputs RFC2822-compliant date string.
-s, --set=STRING
 	sets time described by STRING.
--utc, --universal
 	is equivalent to the -u option as specified in the SUS.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
dd
Name
dd — convert and copy a file
Description
dd is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
SWAB
 	is a keyword to the CONV= option causing alternate bytes to be swapped. The treatment of the odd character is implementation-dependent.
df
Name
df — report filesystem disk space usage
Description
df is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences.
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem).
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-a, --all
 	includes filesystems having 0 blocks.
--block-size=SIZE
 	uses SIZE-byte blocks.
-h, --human-readable
 	prints sizes in human-readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).
-H, --si
 	prints sizes in human-readable format, but uses powers of 1000 (not 1024).
-i, --inodes
 	lists inode information instead of block usage.
-l, --local
 	limits listing to local filesystems.
-m, --megabytes
 	is like --block-size=1048576
--no-sync
 	does not invoke sync before getting usage info. (default)
-P, --portability
 	uses the POSIX output format.
--sync
 	invokes sync before getting usage info.
-t, --type=TYPE
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
--portability
 	is same as -P as specified in the SUS.
--sync
 	invokes sync before getting usage info.
-t, --type=TYPE
 	limits listing to filesystems of type TYPE. (Different from behavior as specified in the SUS.)
-T, --print-type
 	prints filesystem type.
-x, --exclude-type=TYPE
 	limits listing to filesystems not of type TYPE.
diff
Name
diff — find differences between two files
Description
diff is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-a
 	treats all files as text and compares them line-by-line, even if they do not seem to be text.
-B
 	ignores changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
--brief
 	reports only whether the files differ, not the details of the differences.
--context[=lines]
 	is equivalent to -C as specified in the SUS.
-d
 	changes the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes; this makes diff slower (sometimes much slower).
-D name
 	makes merged if-then-else format output conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
--ed
 	is equivalent to -e as specified in the SUS.
--exclude=pattern
 	when comparing directories, ignores files and subdirectories whose basenames match pattern.
--exclude-from=file
 	when comparing directories, ignores files and subdirectories whose basenames match any pattern contained in file.
--expand-tabs
 	expands tabs to spaces in the output to preserve the alignment of tabs in the input files.
-F regexp
 	in context and unified format, shows some of the last preceding line that matches regexp for each hunk of differences.
--forward-ed
 	makes output that looks vaguely like an ed script, but has changes in the order they appear in the file.
-H
 	uses heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous scattered small changes.
--horizon-lines=lines
 	does not discard the last lines lines of the common prefix and the first lines lines of the common suffix.
-i
 	ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case letters equivalent.
-I regexp
 	ignores changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
--ifdef=name
 	makes merged if-then-else format output conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
--ignore-all-space
 	ignores white space when comparing lines.
--ignore-case
 	ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case to be the same.
--ignore-matching-lines=regexp
 	ignores changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
--ignore-space-change
 	ignores changes in amount of white space.
--initial-tab
 	outputs a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or context format. This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look normal.
-l
 	passes the output through pr to paginate it.
--ignore-case
 	ignores changes in case; considers upper and lower case to be the same.
dmesg
Name
dmesg — print or control the kernel ring buffer
Synopsis
dmesg [ -c ] [ -n level ] [ -s bufsize ]
Description
dmesg examines or controls the kernel ring buffer.
Standard Options
-c 
 	clears the ring buffer contents after printing.
-n level
 	sets the level at which logging of messages is done to the console.
-s bufsize
 	uses a buffer of bufsize to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 8196 by default (this matches the default kernel syslog buffer size in 2.0.33 and 2.1.103). If you have set the kernel buffer to larger than the default then this option can be used to view the entire buffer.
du
Name
du — estimate file space usage
Description
du is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--block-size=SIZE
 	uses SIZE-byte blocks.
-b, --bytes
 	prints size in bytes.
-c, --total
 	produces a grand total.
-D, --dereference-args
 	dereferences PATHs when symbolic link.
-h, --human-readable 
 	prints sizes in human-readable format (e.g., 1K, 234M, 2G).
--kilobytes
 	is equivalent to --block-size=1024.
--l, --count-links
 	counts sizes many times if hard-linked.
-L, --dereference
 	dereferences all symbolic links.
-m, --megabytes
 	is equivalent to --block-size=1048576.
-r
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-S, --separate-dirs
 	does not include size of subdirectories.
-X FILE, --exclude-from=FILE
 	excludes files that match any pattern in FILE.
--exclude=PAT
 	excludes files that match PAT.
--max-depth=N
 	prints the total for a directory (or file, with --all) only if it is N or fewer levels below the command line argument; --max-depth=0 is the same as --summarize.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
echo
Name
echo — display a line of text
Synopsis
echo [STRING]... 
Description
Unlike the behavior specified in the SUS, whether echo supports options is implementation defined. Applications should not run echo with a first argument starting with a hyphen, or with any arguments containing backslashes; they should use printf in those cases.
egrep
Name
egrep — search a file with an ERE pattern
Description
egrep is equivalent to grep -E. For further details, see the specification for grep.
env
Name
env — run a program in a modified environment
Description
env is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--ignore-environment
 	is equivalent to -i.
-u, --unset=NAME
 	removes variable from the environment.
expand
Name
expand — convert tabs to spaces
Description
expand is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-i, --initial
 	does not convert TABs after non-whitespace.
-t, --tabs=NUMBER
 	supplements behavior as specified in the SUS by allowing argument to specify the number of characters-apart tabs are (instead of 8).
expr
Name
expr — evaluate expressions
Description
expr is as specified in the SUS but supports extra operands as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The following are extra operands:
match STRING REGEXP
 	is same as STRING : REGEXP.
substr STRING POS LENGTH
 	is substring of STRING, POS counted from 1.
index STRING CHARS
 	is index in STRING where any CHARS is found, or 0.
length STRING
 	is length of STRING.
quote STRING
 	interprets TOKEN as a string, even if it is a keyword like match or an operator like /.
fgrep
Name
fgrep — search a file with an ERE pattern
Description
fgrep is equivalent to grep -F. For further details, see the specification for grep.
file
Name
file — determine file type
Description
file is as specified in the SUS but with additional options as specified below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-b, --brief
 	does not prepend filenames to output lines.
-c, --checking-printout
 	causes a checking printout of the parsed form of the magic file. This is usually used in conjunction with -m to debug a new magic file before installing it.
-f, --files-from namefile
 	reads the names of the files to be examined from namefile (one per line) before the argument list. Either namefile or at least one filename argument must be present; to test the standard input, use `-' as a filename argument.
-i, --mime
 	causes the file command to output mime type strings rather than the more traditional human-readable ones. Thus, it may say `text/plain; charset=us-ascii' rather than `ASCII text'. In order for this option to work, file changes the way it handles files recognized by the command itself (such as many of the text file types, directories, etc.), and makes use of an alternative `magic' file.
-k, --keep-going
 	does not stop at the first match, keeps going.
-m, --magic-file list
 	specifies an alternate list of files containing magic numbers. This can be a single file, or a colon-separated list of files.
-n, --no-buffer
 	forces stdout to be flushed after checking each file. This is only useful if checking a list of files. It is intended to be used by programs that want filetype output from a pipe.
-z, --uncompress
 	tries to look inside compressed files.
-L, --dereference
 	causes symlinks to be followed.
-s, --special-files
 	causes block or character special files (that are potentially problematic when processed by file) to be read in addition to the argument files ordinarily identified by stat(2). This is useful for determining the filesystem types of the data in raw disk partitions, which are block special files. This option also causes file to disregard the file size as reported by stat(2) since on some systems it reports a zero size for raw disk partitions.
find
Name
find — search for files in a directory hierarchy
Description
find is as specified in the SUS but with additional options as specified below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-daystart
 	measures times (for -amin, -atime, -cmin, -ctime, -mmin, and -mtime) from the beginning of today rather than from 24 hours ago.
-follow
 	dereferences symbolic links. Implies -noleaf.
-maxdepth levels
 	descends at most levels (a non-negative integer) levels of directories below the command line arguments. -maxdepth 0 means only apply the tests and actions to the command line arguments.
-mindepth levels
 	applies no tests or actions at levels less than levels (a non-negative integer). -mindepth 1 means process all files except the command line arguments.
-mount
 	is equivalent to -xdev as specified in the SUS.
-noleaf
 	does not optimize by assuming that directories contain 2 fewer subdirectories than their hard link count.
-version
 	prints the find version number and exits.
-amin n
 	displays files last accessed n minutes ago.
-anewer file
 	displays files last accessed more recently than file was modified. -anewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -anewer on the command line.
-cmin n
 	displays files with status last changed n minutes ago.
-cnewer file
 	displays files with status last changed more recently than file was modified. -cnewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -cnewer on the command line.
-empty
 	displays files that are empty and are either regular or directory files.
-false
 	is always false.
-fstype type
 	displays files on a filesystem of type type.
-gid n
 	displays files with numeric group ID of n.
-ilname pattern
 	is like -lname, but the match is case-insensitive.
-iname pattern
 	is like -name, but the match is case-insensitive.
-inum n
 	displays files with inode number of n.
-ipath path
 	is like -path, but the match is case-insensitive.
-iregex pattern
 	is like -regex, but the match is case-insensitive.
-lname
 	displays files that are symbolic links whose contents match shell pattern pattern. The metacharacters do not treat / or . specially.
-mmin n
 	displays files with data last modified n minutes ago.
-nouser
 	displays files with numeric user ID corresponding to no user.
-nogroup
 	displays files with numeric group ID corresponding to no group.
-path pattern
 	displays files with name matching shell pattern pattern.
-perm +mode
 	displays files with any of the permission bits mode set.
-regex
 	displays files with names matching regular expression pattern. This is a match on the whole path, not a search.
-true
 	is always true.
-type c
 	supplements types as specified in the SUS with the letters l and s (symbolic links and sockets, respectively).
-uid n
 	displays files with numeric user ID of n.
-used
 	displays files last accessed n days after status was last changed.
-xtype c
 	is equivalent to -type unless the file is a symbolic link. For symbolic links: if -follow has not been given, true if the file is a link to a file of type c; if -follow has been given, true if c is l. In other words, for symbolic links, -xtype checks the type of the file that -type does not check.
-fls file
 	is true. Is like -ls but write to file like -fprint.
-fprint file
 	is true. Prints the full file name into file file. If file does not exist when find is run, it is created; if it does exist, it is truncated. The file names `/dev/stdout' and `/dev/stderr' are handled specially; they refer to the standard output and standard error output, respectively.
-fprint0 file
 	is true. Is like -print0 but write to file like -fprint.
-fprintf file format
 	is true. Like -printf but write to file like -fprint.
-print0
 	is true. Prints the full file name on the standard output, followed by a null character. This allows file names that contain newlines to be correctly interpreted by programs that process the find output.
-printf format
 	is true. Prints format on the standard output, interpreting \ escapes and % directives. Field widths and precisions can be specified as with the printf C function. Unlike -print, -printf does not add a newline at the end of the string. The escapes and directives are: 
\a
 	alarm bell.
\b
 	backspace.
\c
 	stops printing from this format immediately and flushes the output.
\f
 	form feed.
\n
 	newline.
\r
 	carriage return.
\t
 	horizontal tab.
\v
 	vertical tab.
\\
 	literal backslash (\).
%%
 	literal percent sign.
%a
 	last file access time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
%Ak
 	last file access time in the format specified by k, which is either @ or a directive for the C strftime function. The possible values for k are listed below; some of them might not be available on all systems, due to differences in strftime between systems. 
@
 	seconds since Jan. 1, 1970, 00:00 GMT.
H
 	hour (00..23).
I
 	hour (01..12).
k
 	hour ( 0..23).
l
 	hour ( 1..12).
M
 	minute (00..59).
p
 	locale's AM or PM.
r
 	time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M).
S
 	second (00..61).
T
 	time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss).
X
 	locale's time representation (H:M:S).
Z
 	time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable.
a
 	locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat).
A
 	locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday).
b
 	locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec).
B
 	locale's full month name, variable.
c
 	locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989).
d
 	day of month (01..31).
D
 	date (mm/dd/yy).
h
 	same as b.
j
 	day of year (001.366).
m
 	month (01..12).
U
 	week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53).
w
 	day of week (0..6).
W
 	week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53).
x
 	locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy).
y
 	last two digits of year (00..99).
Y
 	year (1970...).
%b
 	file's size in 512-byte blocks (rounded up).
%c
 	last file status change time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
%Ck
 	last file status change time in the format specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
%d
 	file's depth in the directory tree; 0 means the file is a command line argument.
%f
 	file's name with any leading directories removed (only the last element).
%F
 	type of the filesystem the file is on; this value can be used for -fstype.
%g
 	file's group name, or numeric group ID if the group has no name.
%G
 	file's numeric group ID.
%h
 	leading directories of file's name (all but the last element).
%H
 	mommand line argument under which file was found.
%i
 	file's inode number (in decimal).
%k
 	file's size in 1K blocks (rounded up).
%l
 	object of symbolic link (empty string if file is not a symbolic link).
%m
 	file's permission bits (in octal).
%n
 	number of hard links to file.
%p
 	file's name.
%P
 	file's name with the name of the command line argument under which it was found removed.
%s
 	file's size in bytes.
%t
 	file's last modification time in the format returned by the C ctime function.
%Tk
 	file's last modification time in the format specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
%u
 	file's user name, or numeric user ID if the user has no name.
%U
 	file's numeric user ID.
-ls
 	is true. Lists current file in ls -dils format on standard output. The block counts are of 1K blocks, unless the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, in which case 512-byte blocks are used.
Extra Operators
 	The following operators are supported in order of decreasing precedence and override what is specified in the SUS. 
( expr )
 	force precedence.
! expr
 	true if expr is false
-not expr
 	same as ! expr.
expr1 expr2
 	and (implied); expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is false.
expr1 -a expr2
 	same as expr1 expr2.
expr1 -and expr2
 	same as expr1 expr2.
expr1 -o expr2
 	or; expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is true.
expr1 -or expr2
 	same as expr1 -o expr2.
expr1, expr2
 	list; both expr1 and expr2 are always evaluated. The value of expr1 is discarded; the value of the list is the value of expr2.
fuser
Name
fuser — identify processes using files or sockets
Description
fuser is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-c
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-f
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-a
 	shows all files specified on the command line. By default, only files that are accessed by at least one process are shown.
-k
 	kills processes accessing the file. Unless changed with -signal, SIGKILL is sent. An fuser process never kills itself, but may kill other fuser processes. The effective user ID of the process executing fuser is set to its real user ID before attempting to kill.
-i
 	asks the user for confirmation before killing a process. This option is silently ignored if -k is not present too.
-l
 	lists all known signal names.
-m
 	name specifies a file on a mounted file system or a block device that is mounted. All processes accessing files on that file system are listed. If a directory file is specified, it is automatically changed to name/. to use any file system that might be mounted on that directory.
-n space
 	selects a different name space. The name spaces file (file names, the default), udp (local UDP ports), and tcp (local TCP ports) are supported. For ports, either the port number or the symbolic name can be specified. If there is no ambiguity, the shortcut notation name/space (e.g. name/proto) can be used.
-s
 	operates silently. -u and -v are ignored in this mode. -a must not be used with -s.
-signal
 	uses the specified signal instead of SIGKILL when killing processes. Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1).
-v
 	verbose mode.
-V
 	displays version information.
-
 	resets all options and set the signal back to SIGKILL.
gencat
Name
gencat — generate a formatted message catalogue
Description
gencat is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-H, --header=NAME
 	creates C header file NAME containing symbol definitions.
--new
 	does not use existing catalog, forces new output file.
-o, --output=NAME
 	writes output to file NAME.
grep
Name
grep — print lines matching a pattern
Description
grep is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-A NUM, --after-context=NUM
 	prints NUM lines of trailing context after matching lines.
-a, --text
 	processes a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=text option.
-B NUM, --before-context=NUM
 	prints NUM lines of leading context before matching lines.
-C [NUM], -NUM, --context[=NUM]
 	prints NUM lines (default 2) of output context.
-b, --byte-offset
 	prints the byte offset within the input file before each line of output.
--binary-files=TYPE
 	assumes that the file is of type TYPE if its first few bytes indicate it contains binary data. By default, TYPE is binary, and grep normally outputs either a one-line message saying that a binary file matches, or no message if there is no match. If TYPE is without-match, grep assumes that a binary file does not match; this is equivalent to the -I option. If TYPE is text, grep processes a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the -a option. Warning: grep --binary-files=text might output binary garbage, which can have nasty side effects if the output is a terminal and if the terminal driver interprets some of it as commands.
-c, --count
 	suppresses normal output; instead, prints a count of matching lines for each input file. With the -v, --invert-match option (see below), counts non-matching lines.
-d ACTION, --directories=ACTION
 	processes the input file as a directory with ACTION. By default, ACTION is read, which means that directories are read just as if they were ordinary files. If ACTION is skip, directories are silently skipped. If ACTION is recurse, grep reads all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -r option.
-G, --basic-regexp
 	interprets PATTERN as a basic regular expression. (default)
-H, --with-filename
 	prints the filename for each match.
-h, --no-filename
 	suppresses the prefixing of filenames on output when multiple files are searched.
-I
 	processes a binary file as if it did not contain matching data; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=without-match option.
--ignore-case
 	equivalent to -i.
-L, --files-without-match
 	suppresses normal output; instead, prints the name of each input file from which no output would normally have been printed. The scanning will stop on the first match.
--files-with-matches
 	equivalent to -l.
--map
 	uses the mmap(2) system call to read input, if possible, instead of the default read(2) system call. In some situations, --mmap yields better performance. However, --mmap can cause undefined behavior (including core dumps) if an input file shrinks while grep is operating, or if an I/O error occurs.
--line-number
 	equivalent to -n.
--quiet
 	equivalent to -q.
-r, --recursive
 	reads all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -d recurse option.
--no-messages
 	equivalent to -s.
-V, --version
 	prints the version number of grep to standard error.
--invert-match
 	equivalent to -v.
-w, --word-regexp
 	selects only those lines containing matches that form whole words. The test is that the matching substring must either be at the beginning of the line, or preceded by a non-word constituent character. Similarly, it must be either at the end of the line or followed by a non-word constituent character. Word-constituent characters are letters, digits, and the underscore.
--line-regexp
 	equivalent to -x.
-Z, --null
 	outputs a zero byte (the ASCII NUL character) instead of the character that normally follows a file name. 
groupadd
Name
groupadd — create a new group
Synopsis
groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. 
groupdel
Name
groupdel — delete a group
Synopsis
groupdel group
Description
groupdel modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to group. The named group must exist.
groupmod
Name
groupmod — modify a group
Synopsis
groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name ] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
-n groupname
 	changes the name of the group from group to group_name.
groups
Name
groups — display a group
Synopsis
groups [user]
Description
groups displays the current group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in the group database, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user.
gunzip
Name
gunzip — uncompress files
Description
gunzip is equivalent to gzip -d. See the specification for gzip for further details.
gzip
Name
gzip — compress or expand files
Synopsis
gzip [ -acdfhlLnNrtvV19 ] [-S suffix] [ name ...  ]
Description
gzip tries to reduce the size of the named files. Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is "-", the standard input is compressed to the standard output. gzip will only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links.
When compressing, gzip uses the deflate algorithm specified in RFC1951 and stores the result in a file using the gzip file format specified in RFC1952.
Options
-a, --ascii
 	does nothing on Linux systems.
-c, --stdout, --to-stdout
 	writes output on standard output; keeps original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them.
-d, --decompress, --uncompress
 	decompresses.
-f, --force
 	forces compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a format recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let gzip behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten.
-l, --list
 	lists the compressed size, uncompressed size, ration and uncompressed name for each compressed file. Gives the uncompressed size as -1 for files not in gzip format. Additionally displays method, crc and timestamp for the uncompress file when used in combination with --verbose.
The compression methods currently supported are deflate, compress, lzh (SCO compress -H) and pack. The crc is given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip format.
With --name, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compress file, if present.
With --verbose, the size totals and compression ratio for all files is also displayed, unless some sizes are unknown. With --quiet, the title and totals lines are not displayed.
-L, --license
 	displays the gzip license and quit.
-n, --no-name
 	does not save the original file name and time stamp by default when compressing. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing.
-N, --name
 	always saves the original file name and time stamp when compressing; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer.
-q, --quiet
 	suppresses all warnings.
-r, --recursive
 	travels the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip).
-S .suf, --sufix .suf
 	uses suffix .suf instead of .gz.
-t, --test
 	checks the compressed file integrity.
-v, --verbose
 	displays the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed.
-V, --version
 	displays the version number and compilation options, then quits.
-#, --fast, --best
 	regulates the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed).
head
Name
head — output the first part of files
Description
head is as specified in the SUS but with additional options as specified below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-c, --bytes=SIZE
 	prints first SIZE bytes. SIZE may have a multiplier suffix: b for 512, k for 1K, m for 1 Meg.
--lines=NUMBER
 	is equivalent to -n.
-q, --quiet, --silent
 	does not print headers giving file names.
-v
 	prints headers giving file names.
hostname
Name
hostname — show the system's host name
Synopsis
hostname [-v] [-a] [--alias] [-d] [--domain] [-f] [--fqdn]
[-i] [--ip-address] [--long] [-s]  [--short]  [-y]  [--yp]
[--nis]

hostname [-v] [-F filename] [--file filename] [hostname]

hostname [-v] [-h] [--help] [-V] [--version]
Description
hostname is used to either set or display the current host or domain name of the system. This name is used by many of the networking programs to identify the machine. The domain name is also used by NIS/YP.
When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname(2) function.
When called with one argument or with the --file option, the commands set the host name or the NIS/YP domain name. Note, that only the super-user can change the names.
Options
-a, --alias
 	displays the alias name of the host (if used).
-d, --domain
 	displays the name of the DNS domain. 
-F, --file filename
 	reads the host name from the specified file. Comments (lines starting with a #) are ignored.
-f, --fqdn, --long
 	displays the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name).
-i, --ip-address
 	displays the IP address(es) of the host.
-s, --short
 	displays the short host name. This is the host name cut at the first dot.
-V, --version
 	prints version information on standard output and exits successfully.
-v, --verbose
 	tells what's going on.
-y, --yp, --nis
 	displays the NIS domain name. If a parameter is given (or --file name) then root can also set a new NIS domain.
iconv
Name
iconv — convert file character encoding
Synopsis
iconv -f encoding -t encoding [--list] [-o file] [--output file] [--verbose] inputfile
Description
The specification for "iconv" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
LSB-deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--list
 	lists known coded character sets (synonym for the -l option which is found in the SUSv3 but not yet specified here).
-o, --output file
 	write output to specified output file (instead of stdin).
--verbose
 	prints progress information.
install
Name
install — copy files and set attributes
Synopsis
install [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST           (1st format)
install [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY   (2nd format)
install -d [OPTION]... DIRECTORY...       (3rd format)
Description
In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, while setting permission modes and owner/group. In the third format, create all components of the given DIRECTORY(ies).
Standard Options
--backup[=CONTROL]
 	makes a backup of each existing destination file.
-b
 	is like --backup, but does not accept an argument.
-d, --directory
 	treats all arguments as directory names; creates all components of the specified directories.
-D
 	creates all leading components of DEST except the last, then copies SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st format.
-g, --group=GROUP
 	sets group ownership, instead of process' current group.
-m, --mode=MODE
 	sets permission mode (as in chmod), instead of rwxr-xr-x.
-o, --owner=OWNER
 	sets ownership (super-user only).
-p, --preserve-timestamps
 	applies access/modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files.
-s, --strip
 	strips symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--verbose
 	prints the name of each directory as it is created.
install_initd
Name
install_initd — install an init.d file
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd initd_file
Description
install_initd installs an init.d file that has been copied to the /etc/init.d location or symlink. In the postinstall script of a package, the program /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd configures a distribution's boot script system to call the init.d file of the package at an appropriate time. See also Section 22.4.
ipcrm
Name
ipcrm — provide information on ipc facilities
Synopsis
ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] id...
Description
ipcrm removes the resource(s) specified by id.
ipcs
Name
ipcs — provide information on ipc facilities
Synopsis
ipcs [ -smq ] [ -tcp ]
Description
ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access.
Resource display options
-m
 	shared memory segments.
-q
 	message queues.
-s
 	semaphore arrays.
Output format options
-t
 	time.
-p
 	pid.
-c
 	creator.
Application Usage
In some implementations of ipcs the -a option will print all information available. In other implementations the -a option will print all resource types. Therefore, applications must not use the -a option.
Some implements of ipcs implement more output formats than are specified here. These options are not consistent between differing implementations of ipcs. Therefore, only the -t -c and -p option flags may be used. At least one of the -t -c and -p options must be specified.
killall
Name
killall — kill processes by name
Synopsis
killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name ...
killall -l
killall -V
Description
killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent.
Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number.
If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name.
killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero.
A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes).
Standard Options
-e
 	requires an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e.
-g
 	kills the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found.
-i
 	asks interactively for confirmation before killing.
-l
 	lists all known signal names.
-q
 	does not complain if no processes were killed.
-v
 	reports if the signal was successfully sent.
-V
 	displays version information.
ln
Name
ln — make links between files
Description
ln is as specified in the SUSv2 but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-s
 	as specified in the SUSv3
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-b, --backup[=CONTROL]
 	makes a backup of each existing destination file.
-n, --no-dereference
 	treats destination that is a symlink to a directory as if it were a normal file.
-i, --interactive
 	prompts whether to remove destinations.
--symbolic
 	synonym for -s.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--target-directory=DIR
 	moves all SOURCE arguments into directory DIR.
-v, --verbose
 	prints name of each file before linking.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
Notes
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
none, off
 	never makes backups (even if --backup is given).
numbered, t
 	makes numbered backups.
existing, nil
 	numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise
simple, never
 	always makes simple backups.
localedef
Name
localedef — compile locale definition files
Description
localedef is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--charmap=charmapfile
 	is equivalent to -f.
--inputfile=intputfile
 	is equivalent to -i.
--force
 	is equivalent to -c.
-v, --verbose
 	generates extra warnings about errors that are normally ignored.
--quiet
 	suppresses all notifications and warnings, and reports only fatal errors.
lpr
Name
lpr — off line print
Synopsis
lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name]
    [-T title] [name ...]
Description
lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed.
Standard Options
-l
 	identifies binary data that is not to be filtered but sent as raw input to printer.
-p
 	formats with "pr" before sending to printer.
-Pprinter
 	sends output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer.
-h
 	suppresses header page.
-s
 	uses symbolic links.
-#copies
 	specifies copies as the number of copies to print.
-J name
 	specifies name as the job name for the header page.
-T title
 	specifies title as the title used for "pr".
ls
Name
ls — list directory contents
Description
ls is as specified in the SUS, but with differences listed below.
Differences
-p
 	in addition to the SUS behavior of printing a slash for a directory, ls -p may display other characters for other file types.
lsb_release
Name
lsb_release — print distribution specific information
Synopsis
lsb_release [OPTION]...
Description
The lsb_release command prints certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information.
With no option, same as -v.
Options
-v, --version
 	displays version of LSB against which distribution is compliant.
-i, --id
 	displays string id of distributor.
-d, --description
 	displays single line text description of distribution.
-r, --release
 	displays release number of distribution.
-c, --codename
 	displays codename according to distribution release.
-a, --all
 	displays all of the above information.
-s, --short
 	displays all of the above information in short output format.
-h, --help
 	displays a human-readable help message.
m4
Name
m4 — macro processor
Description
m4 is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-P
 	forces a m4_ prefix to all builtins.
-I directory
 	Add directory to the end of the search path for includes.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
-e, --interactive
 	unbuffers output, ignores interrupts.
-E, --fatal-warnings
 	stops execution after first warning.
-Q, --quiet, --silent
 	suppresses some warnings for builtins.
--prefix-builtins
 	is equivalent to -P.
--include=DIRECTORY
 	is equivalent to -I.
--define=NAME[=VALUE]
 	is equivalent to -D.
--undefine=NAME
 	deletes builtin NAME.
--synclines
 	is equivalent to -s.
-G, --traditional 
 	suppresses all GNU extensions.
-H, --hashsize=PRIME
 	sets symbol lookup hash table size.
-L, --nesting-limit=NUMBER
 	changes artificial nesting limit.
-F, --freeze-state=FILE
 	produces a frozen state on FILE at end.
-R, --reload-state=FILE
 	reloads a frozen state from FILE at start.
-d, --debug=[FLAGS]
 	sets debug level (no FLAGS implies 'aeq'). FLAGS is any of:
t
 	traces for all macro calls, not only 'ed.
a
 	shows actual arguments.
e
 	shows expansion.
q
 	quotes values as necessary, with a or e flag.
c
 	shows before collect, after collect and after call.
x
 	adds a unique macro call id, useful with c flag.
f
 	says current input file name.
l
 	says current input line number.
p
 	shows results of path searches.
i
 	shows changes in input files.
V
 	is shorthand for all of the above flags.
-t, --trace=NAME
 	traces NAME when it will be defined.
-l, --arglength=NUM
 	restricts macro tracing size.
-o, --error-output=FILE
 	redirects debug and traces output.
make
Name
make — maintain, update and regenerate groups of programs
Description
make is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The GNU make command contains syntax extensions beyond those specified in the SUS. Use of these extensions is deprecated.
-C dir
 	changes to directory dir before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple -C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: -C / -C etc is equivalent to -C /etc. This is typically used with recursive invocations of make.
-d
 	prints debugging information in addition to normal processing. The debugging information says which files are being considered for remaking, which filetimes are being compared and with what results, which files actually need to be remade, which implicit rules are considered and which are applied---everything interesting about how make decides what to do.
-I dir
 	specifies a directory dir to search for included makefiles. If several -I options are used to specify several directories, the directories are searched in the order specified. Unlike the arguments to other flags of make, directories given with -I flags may come directly after the flag: -Idir is allowed, as well as -I dir. This syntax is allowed for compatibility with the C preprocessor's -I flag.
-j jobs
 	specifies the number of jobs (commands) to run simultaneously. If there is more than one -j option, the last one is effective. If the -j option is given without an argument, make will not limit the number of jobs that can run simultaneously.
-l [load]
 	specifies that no new jobs (commands) should be started if there are others jobs running and the load average is at least load (a floating-point number). With no argument, removes a previous load limit.
-o file
 	does not remake the file file even if it is older than its dependencies, and do not remake anything on account of changes in file. Essentially the file is treated as very old and its rules are ignored.
-v
 	prints the version of the make program plus a copyright, a list of authors and a notice that there is no warranty.
-w
 	prints a message containing the working directory before and after other processing. This may be use ful for tracking down errors from complicated nests of recursive make commands.
-W file
 	pretends that the target file has just been modified. When used with the -n flag, this shows you what would happen if you were to modify that file. Without -n, it is almost the same as running a touch command on the given file before running make, except that the modification time is changed only in the imagination of make.
man
Name
man — display system documentation
Description
man is as specified in the SUS. While additional features my be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
md5sum
Name
md5sum — generates or checks MD5 message digests
Synopsis
md5sum [-b] [-c [file]] | [file...]
Options
-b
 	uses binary mode. 
-c [file]
 	checks md5sum of all files listed in file against the checksum listed in the same file. The actual format of that file is the same as output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file.
mkdir
Name
mkdir — make directories
Description
mkdir is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--verbose
 	prints a message for each created directory.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
mknod
Name
mknod — make block or character special files
Synopsis
mknod [OPTION]... NAME TYPE [MAJOR MINOR]
Description
Create the special file NAME of the given TYPE.
MAJOR MINOR are forbidden for TYPE p, mandatory otherwise. TYPE may be:
b
 	creates a block (buffered) special file.
c, u
 	creates a character (unbuffered) special file.
p
 	creates a FIFO.
Standard Options
-m, --mode=MODE
 	sets permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw - umask.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
mktemp
Name
mktemp — make temporary file name (unique)
Synopsis
mktemp [-q] [-u] template
Description
mktemp takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application.
Options
-q
 	fails silently if an error occurs. This is useful if a script does not want error output to go to standard error.
-u
 	operates in `unsafe' mode. The temp file will be unlinked before mktemp exits. This is slightly better than mktemp(3) but still introduces a race condition. Use of this option is not encouraged.
more
Name
more — file perusal filter for crt viewing
Description
more is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The more command need not respect the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.
-num
 	specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines).
-e
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-i
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-n
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-p
 	Either (1) clear the whole screen and then display the text (instead of the usual scrolling behavior), or (2) provide the behavior specified by the SUS. In the latter case, the syntax is "-p command".
-t
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
+num
 	starts at line number num.
+/string
 	specifies a string that will be searched for before each file is displayed.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-d
 	prompts user with the message "[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]" and will display "[Press 'h' for instructions.]" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed.
-l
 	prevents the typical behavior where more treats ^L (form feed) as a special character and pauses after any line that contains a form feed. 
-f
 	counts logical, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded).
Rationale
The +num and +/string options are deprecated in the SUSv2; however we must continue to specify them because util-linux-2.11f does not support the SUS replacement (-p command). The SUSv2 +command is more general than what we specify, but util-linux-2.11f appears to only support the more specific +num and +/string forms.
mount
Name
mount — mount a file system 
Synopsis
mount [-hV]
mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype]
mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] device | dir
mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir
Description
All files accessible in a UNIX system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several devices. mount serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, umount(8) will detach it again.
Standard Options
-V
 	outputs version.
-v
 	invokes verbose mode.
-a
 	mounts all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in fstab.
-F
 	combines with -a. to fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. 
-f
 	causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system. 
-n
 	mounts without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system.
-s
 	tolerates sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. 
-r
 	mounts the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro.
-w
 	mounts the file system read/write. (default) A synonym is -o rw.
-L label
 	mounts the partition that has the specified label.
-U uuid
 	mounts the partition that has the specified uuid. These two options require the file /proc/partitions to exist.
-t vfstype
 	indicates a file system type of vfstype. 
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-o
 	options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma-separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the /etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted:
async
 	does all I/O to the file system asynchronously.
atime
 	updates inode access time for each access. (default)
auto
 	is mountable with -a.
defaults
 	uses default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async.
dev
 	interprets character or block special devices on the file system.
exec
 	permits execution of binaries.
noatime
 	does not update inode access times on this file system.
noauto
 	is only explicitly mountable.
nodev
 	does not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
noexec
 	does not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
nosuid
 	does not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
nouser
 	forbids an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. (default)
remount
 	attempts to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable.
ro
 	mounts the file system read-only.
rw
 	mounts the file system read-write.
suid
 	allows set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
sync
 	does all I/O to the file system synchronously.
user
 	allows an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, and nodev (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line user,exec,dev,suid).
mv
Name
mv — move (rename) files
Description
mv is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-b, --backup[=CONTROL]
 	makes backup before removal.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--strip-trailing-slashes
 	removes any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--target-directory=DIRECTORY
 	moves all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY.
-u, --update
 	moves only older or brand new non-directories.
-v, --verbose
 	explains what is being done.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
Notes
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
none, off
 	makes no backups (even if --backup is given).
numbered, t
 	makes numbered backups.
existing, nil
 	is numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise.
simple, never
 	makes simple backups.
newgrp
Name
newgrp — change group ID
Synopsis
newgrp [-] [group]
Description
newgrp changes the current group ID during a login session. If the optional - flag is given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
nice
Name
nice — run a program with modified scheduling priority
Description
nice is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-ADJUST
 	increments priority by ADJUST first.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
nl
Name
nl — number lines of files
Description
nl is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
nohup
Name
nohup — runs a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty
Description
nohup is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
od
Name
od — dump files in octal and other formats 
Description
od is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-w, --width[=BYTES]
 	outputs BYTES bytes per output line.
--traditional
 	accepts arguments in pre-POSIX form.
Pre-POSIX Specifications
The LSB supports option intermixtures with the following pre-POSIX specifications:
-a
 	is equivalent to -t a, selects named characters.
-f
 	is equivalent to -t fF, selects floats.
-h
 	is equivalent to -t x2, selects hexadecimal shorts.
-i
 	is equivalent to -t d2, selects decimal shorts.
-l
 	is equivalent to -t d4, selects decimal longs.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
passwd
Name
passwd — change user password
Synopsis
passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name
passwd {-l|-u} name
Description
passwd changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for their own account, the super user may change the password for any account. passwd also changes password expiry dates and intervals. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are implementation-dependent.
Options
-x max
 	sets the maximum number of days a password remains valid.
-n min
 	sets the minimum number of days before a password may be changed.
-w warn
 	sets the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire.
-i inactive
 	disables an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days.
-l
 	disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
-u
 	re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
paste
Name
paste — merge lines of files
Description
paste is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
patch
Name
patch — apply a diff file to an original
Description
patch is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
--binary
 	reads and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and /dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems.
-u, --unified
 	interprets the patch file as a unified context diff.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--backup-if-mismatch
 	backs up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
--no-backup-if-mismatch
 	does not back up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
-B pref, --prefix=pref
 	prefixes pref to a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
--dry-run
 	prints the results of applying the patches without actually changing any files.
-E, --remove-empty-files
 	removes output files that are empty after the patches have been applied. When patch removes a file, it also attempts to remove any empty ancestor directories.
-f, --force
 	skips patches whose headers do not say which file is to be patched; patches files even though they have the wrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; assumes that patches are not reversed even if they look like they are.
-F num, --fuzz=num
 	sets the maximum fuzz factor. This option only applies to diffs that have context, and ignores up to that many lines in looking for places to install a hunk.
-g num, --get=num
 	controls patch behavior when a file is under RCS or SCCS control and does not exist or is read-only and matches the default version. If num is positive, patch gets (or checks out) the file from the revision control system; if zero, patch ignores RCS and SCCS and does not get the file; and if negative, patch asks the user where to get the file.
-s, --silent, --quiet
 	works silently, unless an error occurs.
-t, --batch
 	suppresses questions like -f, but makes some different assumptions: skips patches whose headers do not contain file names; skips patches for which the file has the wrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; and assumes that patches are reversed if they look like they are.
-T, --set-time
 	sets the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers, assuming that the context diff headers use local time.
-v, --version
 	prints out patch's revision header and patch level, and exits.
-V method, --version-control=method
 	uses method to determine backup file names. The method can also be given by the PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL environment variable, which is overridden by this option.
--verbose
 	outputs extra information about the work being done.
-Y pref, --basename-prefix=pref
 	prefixes pref to the basename of a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
-z suffix, --suffix=suffix
 	uses suffix as the simple backup suffix.
-Z, --set-utc
 	sets the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
pathchk
Name
pathchk — check whether file names are valid or portable
Description
pathchk is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
pidof
Name
pidof — find the process ID of a running program
Synopsis
pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid..] program [program..]
Description
Return the process ID of a process which is running the program named on the command line.1
Options
-s
 	instructs the program to only return one pid.
-x
 	causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts.
-o
 	omits processes with specified process id.
Notes
1. 	Need further investigation on the behavior of various implementations concerning whether program is a full pathname, the basename only, the program as named by argv[0], or what.
pr
Name
pr — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
pr is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-P
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
-c, --show-control-chars
 	uses hat notation (^G) and octal backslash notation.
-J, --join-lines
 	merges full lines, turns off -W line truncation, no column alignment.
-N NUMBER, --first-line-number=NUMBER
 	starts counting with NUMBER at 1st line of first page printed.
-S[STRING], --sep-string=[=STRING]
 	separates columns by an optional STRING, doesn't use -S "STRING", -S only: No separator used without -S.
-T, --omit-pagination
 	omits page headers and trailers, eliminates any pagination by form feeds set in input files.
-v, --show-nonprinting
 	uses octal backslash notation.
-W PAGE_WIDTH, --page-width=PAGE_WIDTH
 	sets page width to PAGE_WIDTH (72) characters always, truncates lines, except -J option is set, no interference with -S or -s.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
printf
Name
printf — format and print data
Description
printf is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
pwd
Name
pwd — print name of current/working directory
Description
pwd is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
remove_initd
Name
remove_initd — clean up boot script system modifications introduced by install_initd
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd initd_file
Description
remove_initd processes the removal of the modifications made to a distribution's boot script system by the install_initd program. This cleanup is performed in the preuninstall script of a package; however, the package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file. See also Section 22.4.
renice
Name
renice — alter priority of running processes
Description
renice is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-n increment
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
rm
Name
rm — remove files or directories
Description
rm is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-v, --verbose
 	explains what is being done.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
rmdir
Name
rmdir — remove empty directories
Description
rmdir is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--ignore-fail-on-non-empty
 	ignores each failure that is solely because a directory is non-empty.
--verbose
 	outputs a diagnostic for every directory processed.
--help
 	displays this help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
rsync
Name
rsync — faster, flexible replacement for rcp
Synopsis
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST
rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST
rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST]
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST
rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST]
Description
rsync behaves in much the same way that rcp does, but has many more options and uses its remote-update protocol to greatly speedup file transfers when the destination file already exists.
The remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just the differences between two sets of files across the network link, using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the technical report that accompanies this package.
Standard Options
--version
 	prints the rsync version number and exits.
-v, --verbose
 	increases the amount of information given during the transfer. By default, rsync works silently. A single -v gives information about what files are being transferred and a brief summary at the end. Two -v flags give information on what files are being skipped and slightly more information at the end.
-q, --quiet
 	decreases the amount of information given during the transfer, notably suppressing information messages from the remote server. This flag is useful when invoking rsync from cron.
-I, --ignore-times
 	turns off the skipping of files that are already the same length and have the same time-stamp.
-c, --checksum
 	forces the sender to checksum all files using a 128-bit MD4 checksum before transfer. The checksum is then explicitly checked on the receiver and any files of the same name which already exist and have the same checksum and size on the receiver are skipped. This option can be quite slow.
-a, --archive
 	is a shortcut for specifying recursion and to preserve all attributes.
-r, --recursive
 	copies directories recursively. If not specified, rsync will not copy directories at all.
-R, --relative
 	uses relative paths. This means that the full path names specified on the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of the filenames.
-b, --backup
 	renames preexisting destination files with a ~ extension as each file is transferred. You can control the backup suffix using the --suffix option.
--backup-dir=DIR
 	combines with --backup to store all backups in the specified directory. This is very useful for incremental backups.
--suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the default backup suffix used with the -b option. The default is a ~.
-u, --update
 	skips any files for which the destination file already exists and has a date later than the source file.
-l, --links
 	recreates symbolic links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option, all symbolic links are skipped.
-L, --copy-links
 	transfers the file referenced by a symbolic link, rather than recreating the link.
--copy-unsafe-links
 	treats symbolic links that point outside the source tree like ordinary files. Absolute symlinks are also treated like ordinary files, and so are any symlinks in the source path itself when --relative is used.
--safe-links
 	ignores any symbolic links that point outside the destination tree. All absolute symlinks are also ignored.
-H, --hard-links
 	recreates hard links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option hard links are treated like regular files.
-W, --whole-file
 	does not use the incremental rsync algorithm and sends the whole file as-is instead. This may be useful when using rsync with a local machine.
-p, --perms
 	updates the remote permissions to be the same as the local permissions.
-o, --owner
 	updates the remote owner of the file to be the same as the local owner. This is only available to the super-user. Note that if the source system is a daemon using chroot, --numeric-ids is implied because the source system cannot get access to the usernames.
-g, --group
 	updates the remote group of the file to be the same as the local group. If the receiving system is not running as the super-user, only groups that the receiver is a member of will be preserved (by group name, not group id number).
-D, --devices
 	transfers character and block device information to the remote system to recreate these devices. This option is only available to the super-user.
-t, --times
 	transfers modification times along with the files and updates them on the remote system.
-n, --dry-run
 	does not perform any file transfers, but simply reports the actions it would have taken.
-x, --one-file-system
 	does not cross filesystem boundaries when recursing.
--existing
 	does not create any new files - only updates files that already exist on the destination.
--max-delete=NUM
 	does not delete more than NUM files or directories.
--delete
 	deletes any files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side. Files that are excluded from transfer are excluded from being deleted unless --delete-excluded is specified.
has no effect if directory recursion is not selected.
--delete-excluded
 	deletes any files on the receiving side that are excluded, in addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side. (See --exclude.)
--delete-after
 	processes file deletions after transferring files, as opposed to the default behavior of deleting before the transfer to ensure that there is sufficient space on the receiving filesystem.
-B, --block-size=BLOCKSIZE
 	controls the block size used in the rsync algorithm. See the technical report for details.
-e, --rsh=COMMAND
 	specifies the remote shell program to use for communication between the local and remote copies of rsync.
You can also choose the remote shell program using the RSYNC_RSH environment variable.
--rsync-path=PATH
 	specifies the path to the copy of rsync on the remote machine. Note that this is the full path to the binary, not just the directory that the binary is in.
--exclude=PATTERN
 	selectively excludes certain files from the list of files to be transferred. 
You may use as many --exclude options on the command line as you like to build up the list of files to exclude.
--exclude-from=FILE
 	is like the --exclude option, but instead adds all exclude patterns listed in the file FILE to the exclude list. Blank lines in FILE and lines starting with ´;´ or ´#´ are ignored.
--include=PATTERN
 	does not exclude the specified pattern of filenames. This is useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
--include-from=FILE
 	specifies a list of include patterns from a file.
-T, --temp-dir=DIR
 	instructs rsync to use DIR as a scratch directory when creating temporary copies of the files transferred on the receiving side. The default behavior is to create the temporary files in the receiving directory.
-z, --compress
 	compresses any data from the source file(s) that it sends to the destination machine.
--numeric-ids
 	transfers numeric group and user ids rather than using user and group names and mapping them at both ends.
By default rsync will use the user name and group name to determine what ownership to give files. The special uid 0 and the special group 0 are never mapped via user/group names even if --numeric-ids is not specified.
--timeout=TIMEOUT
 	sets a maximum IO timeout in seconds. If no data is transferred for the specified time, rsync will exit. The default is 0, which means no timeout.
--port=PORT
 	specifies an alternate TCP port number to use rather than the default port 873. This only has effect when using rsync to connect to a remote rsync daemon.
--blocking-io
 	specifies whether rsync will use blocking IO when launching a remote shell transport. You may find this is needed for some remote shells that can´t handle the default non-blocking IO.
--partial
 	keeps any partially-transferred file in the event of an incomplete transfer (causing a subsequent transfer of the file remainder to process more rapidly) as opposed to the default behavior of rsync where an incomplete file is deleted.
--progress
 	prints information showing the progress of the transfer.
-P
 	is equivalent to --partial --progress.
--password-file
 	allows you to provide a password in a file for accessing a remote rsync server. Note that this option is only useful when accessing a rsync server using the built in transport, not when using a remote shell as the transport. The file must not be world readable. It should contain just the password as a single line.
--bwlimit=KBPS
 	specifies a maximum transfer rate in kilobytes per second. A value of zero specifies no limit.
sed
Name
sed — stream editor
Description
sed is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V, --version
 	prints out the version of sed that is being run and a copyright notice, then exits.
--quiet, --silent
 	is equivalent to -n.
--expression
 	is equivalent to -e.
--file=script-file
 	is equivalent to -f.
sendmail
Name
sendmail — an electronic mail transport agent
Synopsis
sendmail [flags] [address ...]
Description
To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by /usr/sbin/sendmail (described here). This interface shall be the default delivery method for applications.
This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine.
With no flags, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses.
It is recommended that applications use as few flags as necessary, none if possible.
Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash.
The format of messages must be as defined in RFC 2822.
Options
-bm
 	reads mail from standard input and delivers to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation.
-bp
 	lists information about messages currently in the input mail queue.
-bs
 	uses the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821; reads SMTP commands on standard input and writes SMTP responses on standard output.
Note that RFC 2821 specifies \r\n (CR-LF) be used at the end of each line, but UNIX pipes almost always use \n (LF) instead. To deal with this, agents will accept both \r\n and \n at the end of each line. When accepting \r\n, the \r before the \n is silently discarded.
-F fullname
 	explicitly sets the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the behavior of the agent.
-f name
 	explicitly sets the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender will be indicated in the message.
-i
 	ignores dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. This option is ignored when -bs is used.
-odb
 	delivers any mail in background, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-odf
 	delivers any mail in foreground, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-oem or -em
 	mails errors back to the sender. (default)
-oep or -ep
 	writes errors to the standard error output.
-oeq or -eq
 	does not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally.
-oi
 	is equivalent to -i.
-om
 	indicates that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported.
-t
 	reads the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822.
If there are any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message is not to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from the recipients list obtained from the headers. Note: some agents implement this behavior in reverse, adding addresses instead of removing them. Others may disallow addresses in argument list. Therefore, applications should not put addresses in the argument list if -t is used.
This option is sometimes ignored when not in -bm mode (the default).
Exit status
0
 	successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery.
>0
 	there was an error.
LSB-deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The use of -i together with -bs is LSB-deprecated.
-oew or -ew
 	writes errors to the sender's terminal using the write(1) command, if he is logged in. Otherwise, mails errors back to the sender. If not supported, reports errors in the same manner as -oem.
-v
 	is more verbose. Additional -v options may make the software increasingly verbose.
Notes/Rationale
This page is believed to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, not just the sendmail implementation.
shutdown
Name
shutdown — bring the system down
Synopsis
/sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-arkhcfF] time [warning-message]
Description
shutdown brings the system down in a secure way. All logged-in users are notified that the system is going down, and login(1) is blocked. It is possible to shut the system down immediately or after a specified delay. All processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. If neither the -h or the -r argument is used, then the default behavior is to take the system to runlevel one where administrative tasks can be run.
Standard Options
-a 
 	uses /etc/shutdown.allow.
-t sec
 	tells init(8) to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel.
-k 
 	doesn't really shutdown; only sends the warning messages to everybody.
-r
 	reboots after shutdown.
-h
 	halts after shutdown. Powering off after halting is implementation-dependent.
-f
 	skips fsck on reboot.
-F
 	forces fsck on reboot.
-c
 	cancels an already running shutdown. With this option, it is of course not possible to give the time argument, but you can enter a explanatory message on the command line that will be sent to all users.
time
 	specifies when to shut down.
The time argument can have different formats. First, it can be an absolute time in the format hh:mm, in which hh is the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (in two digits). Second, it can be in the format +m, in which m is the number of minutes to wait. The word now is an alias for +0.
If shutdown is called with a delay, it creates the advisory file /etc/nologin which causes programs such as login(1) to not allow new user logins. shutdown only removes this file if it is stopped before it can signal init (i.e. it is cancelled or something goes wrong). Otherwise it is the responsibility of the system shutdown or startup scripts to remove this file so that users can login.
warning-message
 	specifies message to send all users.
sleep
Name
sleep — delay for a specified amount of time
Synopsis
sleep [OPTION]... NUMBER[SUFFIX]
Description
The specification for sleep is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
The operand to sleep in the SUS is the number of seconds to sleep for. As an extension, the number may be followed by s to keep seconds, m for minutes, h for hours or d for days.
--help
 	displays help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
sort
Name
sort — sort, merge or sequence check text files 
Description
sort is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-z
 	has implementation-dependent behavior. (Rationale: the SUSv2 -z option is supported in neither the SUSv3 nor existing Linux implementations).
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-g
 	compares according to general numerical value, implies -b.
-M
 	compares (unknown) < JAN < ... < DEC, imply -b.
-s
 	stabilizes sort by disabling last resort comparison.
-T DIRECTORY
 	uses DIRECTORY for temporary files, not $TMPDIR or /tmp.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
split
Name
split — split a file into pieces
Description
split is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-a suffix_length
 	has implementation-dependent behavior. 1
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--bytes=SIZE
 	is equivalent to -b.
-C, --line-bytes
 	puts at most SIZE bytes of lines per output file.
--lines
 	is equivalent to -l.
--verbose
 	prints a diagnostic to standard error.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
Notes
1. 	Newer versions of split in GNU textutils have support for the -a flag. In a future version of the LSB, the -a flag will be required to conform to the SUS definition.
strip
Name
strip — remove unnecessary information from executable files 
Description
strip is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-F bdfname, --target=bfdname
 	treats the original objfile as a file with the object code format bfdname, and rewrites it in the same format.
-I bfdname, --input-target=bfdname
 	treats the original objfile as a file with the object code format bfdname.
-O bdfname, --output-target=bfdname
 	replaces objfile with a file in the output format bfdname.
-R sectionname, --remove-section=sectionname
 	removes the named section from the file. This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the object file unusable.
-s, --strip-all
 	removes all symbols.
-S, -g, --strip-debug
 	removes debugging symbols only.
--strip-unneeded
 	strips all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-N symbolname, --strip-symbol=symbolname
 	removes symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip options.
-o file
 	puts the stripped output in file, rather than replacing the existing file. When this argument is used, only one objfile argument may be specified.
-p, --preserve-dates
 	preserves the access and modification dates of the file.
-x, --discard-all
 	removes non-global symbols.
-X, --discard-locals
 	removes compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start with `L' or `.'.)
-K symbolname, --keep-symbol=symbolname
 	copies only symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once.
-N symbolname, --strip-symbol=symbolname
 	does not copy symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than -K.
-v, --verbose
 	lists all object files modified. In the case of archives, lists all members of the archive.
--version
 	shows the version number for strip and exits.
su
Name
su — change user ID or become super-user
Synopsis
su [OPTS] [-] [username [ARGS]]
Description
su is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username, su defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument - may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are implementation-dependent.
An optional command can be executed. This is done by the shell specified in /etc/passwd for the target user unless the -s or -m options are used. Any arguments supplied after the username will be passed to the invoked shell (shell must support the -c command line option in order for a command to be passed to it).
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of $PATH is reset to /bin:/usr/bin for normal users, or /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin for the super user. This may be changed with the ENV_PATH and ENV_SUPATH definitions in /etc/login.defs. When using the -m or -p options, the user's environment is not changed.
A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged into.
Standard Options
-
 	makes this a login shell.
-c, --comand=command
 	passes command to the invoked shell. It is passed directly to the invoked shell (using the shell's -c option), so its syntax is whatever that shell will accept.
-m, -p, --preserve-environment
 	does not reset environment variables, and keeps the same shell if it is present in /etc/shells.
-s, --shell=shell
 	uses shell instead of the default in /etc/passwd. The shell specified must be present in /etc/shells.
sum
Name
sum — print checksum and block count of a file (deprecated)
Description
The sum command is deprecated and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should use cksum or md5sum instead.
sum is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-s, --sysv
 	uses System V sum algorithm, uses 512 bytes blocks.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
sync
Name
sync — flush filesystem buffers
Synopsis
sync [OPTION]
Description
Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block.
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--help
 	displays help and exits.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
tail
Name
tail — output the last part of files
Description
tail is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--retry
 	tries to open a file even if it is inaccessible when tail starts or if it becomes inaccessible later; useful only with -f.
--bytes=N
 	outputs the last N bytes.
--follow
 	is equivalent to -f.
--lines=N
 	is equivalent to -n.
--max-unchanged-stats=N
 	performs open/fstat of a file specified by name (if there have been N consecutive iterations for which the size has remained the same) to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
--max-consecutive-size-changes=N
 	if a file has been specified by name, controls how long tail follows the descriptor of a file that continues growing at a rapid pace even after it is deleted or renamed. After detecting N consecutive size changes for a file, open/fstat the file to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
--pid=PID
 	terminates after process ID PID dies (only may be specified if -f is).
-q, --quiet, --silent
 	does not outputs headers giving file names.
-s, --sleep-interval=S
 	sleeps S seconds between iterations (only may be specified if -f is).
-v, --verbose
 	outputs headers giving file names.
+NUMBER, -NUMBER
 	supports b, k and m as suffixes (referring to multipliers 512, 1024 and 1048576, respectively), as opposed to the c or l suffixes as stated in the SUS.
tar
Name
tar — file archiver
Description
tar is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-A, --catenate, --concatenate
 	appends tar files to an archive.
--create
 	is equivalent to -c.
-d, --diff, --compare
 	finds differences between archive and file system.
--delete
 	deletes from the archive. (Not for use on mag tapes!)
--apend
 	is equivalent to -r.
--list
 	is equivalent to -t.
--update
 	is equivalent to -u.
--extract, --get
 	extracts files from an archive.
--atime-preserve
 	does not change access times on dumped files.
--block-size N
 	is equivalent to -b.
-B, --read-full-blocks
 	reblocks as we read; for reading 4.2BSD pipes.
-C, --directory DIR
 	changes to directory DIR.
--checkpoint
 	prints directory names while reading the archive.
-f, --file [HOSTNAME:]F
 	uses archive file or device F. The default is "-", meaning stdin/stdout.
--force-local
 	specifies that archive file is local even if has a colon.
-F, --info-script F, --new-volume-script F
 	runs script at end of each tape; implies -M.
-G, --incremental
 	creates/lists/extracts old GNU-format incremental backup.
-g, --listed-incremental F
 	creates/lists/extracts new GNU-format incremental backup.
-h, --dereference
 	doesn't dump symlinks; dumps the files they point to.
-i, --ignore-zeros
 	ignores blocks of zeros in archive that normally mean EOF.
--bzip2
 	filters archive through bzip2; used to decompress .bz2 files.
--ignore-failed-read
 	doesn't exit with non-zero status on unreadable files.
-k, --keep-old-files
 	keeps existing files; doesn't overwrite them from archive.
-K, --starting-file F
 	begins at file F in the archive.
-l, --one-file-system
 	stays in local file system when creating an archive.
-L, --tape-length N
 	changes tapes after writing N*1024 bytes.
--modification-time
 	is equivalent to -m.
-M, --multi-volume
 	creates/lists/extracts multi-volume archive.
-N, --after-date DATE, --newer DATE
 	stores only files newer than DATE.
-o, --old-archive, --portability
 	writes a V7 format archive, rather than ANSI format. Note that for -o the behavior is different than what is specified in the SUSv2.
-O, --to-stdout
 	extracts files to standard output.
-p, --same-permissions, --preserve-permissions
 	extracts all protection information.
-P, --absolute-paths
 	does not strip leading /s from file names.
--preserve
 	is equivalent to -p -s.
-R, --record-number
 	shows record number within archive with each message.
--remove-files
 	removes files after adding them to the archive.
-s, --same-order, --preserve-order
 	sorts list of names to extract to match archive.
--same-owner
 	creates extracted files with the same ownership.
-S, --sparse
 	handles sparse files efficiently.
-T, --files-from F
 	gets names to extract or create from file F.
--null
 	causes -T to read null-terminated names; disables -C.
--totals
 	prints total bytes written with --create.
--verbose
 	is equivalent to -v.
-V, --label NAME
 	creates archive with volume name NAME.
--version
 	prints tar program version number.
-w, --interactive, --confirmation
 	asks for confirmation for every action.
-W, --verify
 	attempts to verify the archive after writing it.
--exclude FILE
 	excludes file FILE.
-X, --exclude-from FILE
 	excludes files listed in FILE.
-Z, --compress, --uncompress
 	filters the archive through compress.
-z, --gzip, --ungzip
 	filters the archive through gzip.
--use-compress-program PROG
 	filters the archive through PROG (which must accept -d)
--block-compress
 	blocks the output of compression program for tapes.
-[0-7][lmh]
 	specifies drive and density.
tee
Name
tee — read from standard input and write to standard output and files
Description
tee is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--append
 	is equivalent to -a.
--ignore-interrupts
 	is equivalent to -i.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
test
Name
test — check file types and compare values
Description
test is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-G FILE
 	FILE exists and is owned by the effective group ID.
-k FILE
 	FILE exists and has its sticky bit set.
-L FILE
 	FILE exists and is a symbolic link.
-O FILE
 	FILE exists and is owned by the effective user ID.
-S
 	FILE exists and is a socket.
time
Name
time — run programs and summarize system resource usage
Description
time is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-o FILE, --output=FILE
 	writes the resource use statistics to FILE instead of to the standard error stream. By default, this overwrites the file, destroying the file's previous contents. 
-a, --append
 	appends the resource use information to the output file instead of overwriting it.
-f FORMAT, --format=FORMAT
 	uses FORMAT as the format string that controls the output of time. See "Formatting the Output" below more information.
--portability
 	is equivalent to -p.
-v, --verbose
 	displays each available piece of information on the program's resource use on its own line, with an English description of its meaning.
-V, --version
 	prints the version number of time and exits.
Formatting the Output (LSB Deprecated)
The format string FORMAT controls the contents of the time output. The format string can be set using the -f or --format, -v or --verbose, or -p or --portability options. If they are not given, but the TIME environment variable is set, its value is used as the format string. Otherwise, a built-in default format is used.
The default format is: 
%Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k
%Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps
The format string usually consists of resource specifiers interspersed with plain text. A percent sign (%) in the format string causes the following character to be interpreted as a resource specifier, which is similar to the formatting characters in the printf(3) function.
A backslash (\) introduces a backslash escape, which is translated into a single printing character upon output. \t outputs a tab character, \n outputs a newline, and \\ outputs a backslash. A backslash followed by any other character outputs a question mark (?) followed by a backslash, to indicate that an invalid backslash escape was given.
Other text in the format string is copied verbatim to the output. time always prints a newline after printing the resource use information, so normally format strings do not end with a newline character (or 0).
There are many resource specifications. Not all resources are measured by all versions of UNIX, so some of the values might be reported as zero. Any character following a percent sign that is not listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource specifier was given.
The resource specifiers, which are a superset of those recognized by the tcsh(1) builtin `time' command, are:
%
 	literal `%'.
C
 	name and command line arguments of the command being timed.
D
 	average size of the processs unshared data area, in units of 1024 bytes.
E
 	elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in [hours:]minutes:seconds.
F
 	number of major, or I/O-requiring, page faults that occurred while the process was running. These are faults where the page has actually migrated out of primary memory.
I
 	number of file system inputs by the process.
K
 	average total (data+stack+text) memory use of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
M
 	maximum resident set size of the process during its lifetime, in units of 1024 bytes.
O
 	number of file system outputs by the process.
P
 	percentage of the CPU that this job got. This is just user + system times divided by the total running time.
R
 	number of minor, or recoverable, page faults. These are pages that are not valid (so they fault) but which have not yet been claimed by other virtual pages. Thus the data in the page is still valid but the system tables must be updated.
S
 	total number of CPU-seconds used by the system on behalf of the process (in kernel mode), in seconds.
U
 	total number of CPU-seconds that the process used directly (in user mode), in seconds.
W
 	number of times the process was swapped out of main memory.
X
 	average amount of shared text in the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
Z
 	system's page size, in bytes. This is a per-system constant, but varies between systems.
c
 	number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily (because the time slice expired).
e
 	elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in seconds.
k
 	number of signals delivered to the process.
p
 	average unshared stack size of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
r
 	number of socket messages received by the process.
s
 	number of socket messages sent by the process.
t
 	average resident set size of the process, in units of 1024 bytes.
w
 	number of times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, for instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete.
x
 	exit status of the command.
touch
Name
touch — change file access and modification times
Description
touch is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--no-create
 	is equivalent to -c.
-d, --date=STRING
 	parses STRING and uses it instead of current time.
--reference=FILE
 	is equivalent to -r.
--time=WORD
 	sets time given by WORD: access atime use (same as -a) modify mtime (same as -m).
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
tr
Name
tr — translate or delete characters
Description
tr is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--complement
 	is equivalent to -c.
--delete
 	is equivalent to -d.
--squeeze-repeats
 	is equivalent to -s.
-t, --truncate-set1
 	first truncates SET1 to length of SET2.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
tty
Name
tty — print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input
Description
tty is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--silent, --quiet
 	is equivalent to -s.
--delete
 	is equivalent to -d.
--squeeze-repeats
 	is equivalent to -s.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
umount
Name
umount — unmount file systems
Synopsis
umount [-hV]
umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype]
umount [-nrv] device | dir [...]
Description
umount detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted.
Standard Options
-V
 	print version and exits.
-v
 	invokes verbose mode.
-n
 	unmounts without writing in /etc/mtab.
-r
 	tries to remount read-only if unmounting fails.
-a
 	unmounts all of the file systems described in /etc/mtab except for the proc filesystem.
-t vfstype
 	indicates that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-f
 	forces unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system).
uname
Name
uname — return system name 
Description
uname is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-a
 	prints all information (not just the options specified in the SUS).
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--all
 	is equivalent to -a.
--machine
 	is equivalent to -m.
--nodename
 	is equivalent to -n.
--release
 	is equivalent to -r.
-p, --processor
 	prints the host processor type.
--sysname
 	is equivalent to -s.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
unexpand
Name
unexpand — convert spaces to tabs
Description
unexpand is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--tabs=NUMBER, -NUMBER
 	is equivalent to -t NUMBER.
--tabs=LIST, -LIST
 	is equivalent to -t LIST.
uniq
Name
uniq — remove duplicate lines from a sorted file
Description
uniq is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--count
 	is equivalent to -c.
--repeated
 	is equivalent to -d.
-D, --all-repeated
 	prints all duplicate lines.
--skip-fields=N
 	is equivalent to -f fields.
-i, --ignore-case
 	ignores differences in case when comparing.
--skip-chars=N
 	is equivalent to -s.
--unique
 	is equivalent to -u.
-w, --check-chars=N
 	compares no more than N characters in lines.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
useradd
Name
useradd — create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login

useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home]
           [-s default_shell]
Description
When invoked without the -D option, useradd creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options.
When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values.
Standard Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
-d home_dir
 	creates the new user using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. If -g is not specified, the implementation will follow the normal user default for that system. This may create a new group or choose a default group that normal users are placed in. Applications which require control of the groups into which a user is placed should specify -g.
-G group,[...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
-m [-k skeleton_dir]
 	specifies the user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). The default is to disable the account.
-r
 	creates a system account, that is, a user with a UID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a UID free in the reserved range the command will fail.
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used. 
Change Default Options
-b default_home
 	specifies the initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account.
-g default_group
 	specifies the group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry.
-s default_shell
 	specifies the name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
Application Usage
The -D option will typically be used by system administration packages. Most applications should not change defaults which will affect other applications and users.
userdel
Name
userdel — delete a user account and related files
Synopsis
userdel [-r] login
Description
Delete the user account named login. If there is also a group named login, this command may delete the group as well, or may leave it alone.
Options
-r
 	removes files in the user's home directory along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually.
usermod
Name
usermod — modify a user account
Synopsis
usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-l login_name] [-p passwd]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login
Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new value of the user's password file comment field.
-d home_dir
 	specifies the user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group.
-G group,[...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group.
-l login_name
 	changes the name of the user from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3).
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered manually.
wc
Name
wc — print the number of bytes, words, and lines in files
Description
wc is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-m
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.1
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--bytes, --chars
 	is equivalent to -c.
--lines
 	is equivalent to -l.
-L, --max-line-length
 	prints the length of the longest line.
--words
 	is equivalent to -w.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
Notes
1. 	GNU textutils 2.0 does not have -m, but more recent versions of textutils have it (added on 2000-08-06). The LSB will require this option in the future.
xargs
Name
xargs — build and execute command lines from standard input
Description
xargs is as specified in the SUS but with differences as listed below.
LSB Deprecated Differences
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
--null, -0
 	terminates input filenames by a null character instead of by whitespace, and the quotes and backslash are not special (every character is taken literally). Disables the end of file string, which is treated like any other argument. Useful when arguments might contain white space, quote marks, or backslashes. The GNU find -print0 option produces input suitable for this mode.
--eof[=eof-str]
 	is equivalent to -e.
-E
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
--replace[=replace-str]
 	uses FORMAT as the format string that controls the output of time.
-I
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
--max-lines[=max-lines]
 	is equivalent to -l.
-L
 	has implementation-dependent behavior.
--max-args=max-args
 	is equivalent to -n.
--interactive
 	is equivalent to -p.
--no-run-if-empty, -r
 	does not run this command if the standard input does not contain any nonblanks. Normally, the command is run once even if there is no input.
--max-chars
 	is equivalent to -s.
--verbose
 	is equivalent to -t.
--version
 	Prints the version number of xargs and exits.
--exit
 	is equivalent to -x.
--max-procs=max-procs, -P max-procs
 	runs up to max-procs processes at a time; the default is 1. If max-procs is 0, xargs will run as many processes as possible at a time. Use the -n option with -P; otherwise chances are that only one exec will be done.
Notes
1. 	LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4
2. 	Linux Standard Base
3. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)
1. 	The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
-o office
 	sets the user's office room number.
-p office-phone
 	sets the user's office phone number.
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally must have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it.
The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field.
The intention is for chfn to match the behavior of finger; some historical implementations have been broken in the sense that finger and chfn do not agree on what the fields are.
1. 	Need further investigation on the behavior of various implementations concerning whether program is a full pathname, the basename only, the program as named by argv[0], or what.
1. 	Newer versions of split in GNU textutils have support for the -a flag. In a future version of the LSB, the -a flag will be required to conform to the SUS definition.
1. 	GNU textutils 2.0 does not have -m, but more recent versions of textutils have it (added on 2000-08-06). The LSB will require this option in the future.

IX. Standard Shell

Chapter 16. Standard Shell
16.1. Introduction
The shell is POSIX-1003.2 with the following exceptions.
16.2. Standard Shell Exceptions
16.2.1. Pathname of $0
When the shell searches for a command name in the PATH and finds a shell script, POSIX specifies that it shall pass the command name as argv[0] and in the child shell script, $0 shall be set from argv[0] (POSIX Standard, section 3.9.1.1, line 779-784).
However, for an LSB shell, the system may implement either this behavior or $0 may be set to an absolute pathname of the shell script. 1
16.2.2. Sourcing non-executable files
•	When PATH is used to locate a file for the dot utility, and a matching file is on the PATH but is not readable, the behavior is undefined (unlike POSIX which apparently requires the shell to continue searching through the rest of the PATH, POSIX Standard, section 3.14.4, line 1493-1498).
16.3. Standard Shell Rationale
Among the many shells existing at the time of evaluation, the two most compliant were Bash and Pdksh.
At the time of evaluation, Bash was found mostly compliant with the POSIX-1003.2 standard, and its maintainer demonstrated interest in bringing the shell to full compliance. Bash already enjoys wide use among shell users, and is even included in many distributions as the default shell. Further, the abundance of documentation found both on the Internet and in the bookstore makes Bash an easy shell to use.
Of course, shell scripts must avoid using bash extensions if they want to run on any LSB system.
The two exceptions to POSIX (concerning . and non-readable files, and argv[0]) in this section are to accommodate bash. The need for exceptions should be reviewed if bash changes or POSIX changes to remove the conflict. Future versions of this standard may also consider exceptions for pdksh or other almost-compliant shells, if they seem to be warranted.
Notes
1. 	For example, bash behaves in the following way: 
$ cat ~/prefix/bin/mycommand
#!/bin/sh
echo $0
$ PATH=~/prefix/bin mycommand
/home/kingdon/prefix/bin/mycommand
$ 
With a POSIX shell, the output would be "mycommand".
When bash is executing an executable rather than a shell script, it seems to behave in the POSIX way.

X. Users & Groups

Chapter 17. Users & Groups
A "user name" is a string that is used to identify a user. A "login name" is a user name that is associated with a system login. A "user id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in an object of type uid_t, that is used to identify a system user. 
When the identity of a user is associated with a process, a user ID value is referred to as a real user ID, or an effective user ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
A "group name" is a string that is used to identify a set of users. A "group id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in a object of type gid_t, that is used to identify a group of system users. Each system user is a member of at least one group. When the identity of a group is associated with a process, a group ID value is referred to as a real group ID, or an effective group ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
17.1. User and Group Database
The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands.
17.2. User & Group Names
Below is a table of required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. The exception is the uid and gid for "root" which are equal to 0.
Table 17-1. Required User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
root	root	Administrative user with no restrictions	
bin	bin	Legacy UID/GIDa	
daemon	daemon	Legacy UID/GIDb	
Notes:
a. 	The 'bin' UID/GID is included for compatibility with legacy applications. New applications should no longer use the 'bin' UID/GID.
b. 	The 'daemon' UID/GID was used as an unprivileged UID/GID for daemons to execute under in order to limit their access to the system. Generally daemons should now run under individual UID/GIDs in order to further partition daemons from one another.	

Below is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group. These user and group names are for use by distributions, not by applications.
Table 17-2. Optional User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
adm	adm	Administrative special privileges	
lp	lp	Printer special privileges	
sync	sync	Login to sync the system	
shutdown	shutdown	Login to shutdown the system	
halt	halt	Login to halt the system	
mail	mail	Mail special privileges	
news	news	News special privileges	
uucp	uucp	UUCP special privileges	
operator	root	Operator special privileges	
man	man	Man special privileges	
nobody	nobody	Used by NFS	

The differences in numeric values of the uids and gids between systems on a network can be reconciled via NIS, rdist(1), rsync(1), or ugidd(8). Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined.
Applications cannot assume any policy for the default umask or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the FHS and must be obtained by the *pwnam(3) calls.
17.3. UID Ranges
The system UIDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system. These static assignments should be defined by a common registry.
The system UIDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamically allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd(1).
17.4. Rationale
The purpose of specifying optional users and groups is to reduce the potential for name conflicts between applications and distributions.

XI. Execution Environment

Chapter 18. File System Hierarchy
An LSB conforming implementation must adhere to the FHS 2.2.
An LSB conforming application is recommended to follow the FHS 2.2. If it does not follow the FHS 2.2 it should include documentation of the differences.
The FHS allows many components or subsystems to be optional. An application must check for the existence of an optional component before using it, and should behave in a reasonable manner if the optional component is not present.
The FHS requirement to locate the operating system kernel in either / or /boot does not apply if the operating system kernel does not exist as a file in the filesystem.
The FHS specifies certain behaviors for a variety of commands if they are present (for example, ping or python). However, LSB applications must not rely on any commands beyond those specified by the LSB. The mere existence of a command must not be used as an indication that the command behaves in any particular way.
18.1. /dev
The following device nodes must exist under /dev. Other devices may also exist in /dev.
/dev/null
 	All data written to this device is discarded. A read from this device will return an EOF condition.
/dev/zero
 	This device is a source of zeroed out data. All data written to this device is discarded. A read from this device will return as many bytes containing the value zero as was requested.
/dev/tty
 	This device is a synonym for the controlling terminal of a process. Once this device is opened, all reads and writes will behave as if the actual controlling terminal device had been opened.

Chapter 19. Additional Recommendations
19.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions
In this Chapter "System" means an "LSB conforming implementation" and "application" means an "LSB conforming (third party vendor) application".
The system must grant to the application read and execute permissions needed to use all system interfaces (ABIs) mentioned in the LSB document and included standards. 
19.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions
19.2.1. Directory Write Permissions
The application should not depend on having directory write permission outside /tmp, /var/tmp, invoking user's home directory and /var/opt/package, (where package is the name of the application package). 
The application should not depend on owning these directories.
For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the "sticky bit". (Which prevents the application from removing files owned by another user. This is classically done with /tmp, to prevent accidental deletion of "foreign" files.)
19.2.2. File Write Permissions
The application should not depend on file write permission on files not owned by the user it runs under with the exception of its personal inbox /var/mail/username
19.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions
The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory.
19.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions
The application should not depend on the suid/sgid permissions of a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for assuming that all system commands have the required permissions and work correctly.
Rationale: Let us make security officers happy. Let's give them the freedom to take sgid/suid perms away, as long as they do not break the system's functionality.
19.2.5. Privileged users
"Normal" applications should not depend on running as a privileged user.
Special applications that have a reason to run under a privileged user, should outline these reasons clearly in their documentation, if they are not obvious as in the case of a backup/restore program. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could interfere with system security".
The application should not contain binary-only software that requires being run as root, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible. 
19.2.6. Changing permissions
The application should not change permissions of files and directories that do not belong to its own package. To do so without a warning notice in the documentation is regarded as unfriendly act.
19.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.)
Applications that expect to be runnable from removable media should not depend on logging in as a privileged user, and should be prepared to deal with a restrictive environment. Examples of such restrictions could be default mount options that disable set-user/group-ID attributes, disabling block or character-special files on the medium, or remapping the user/group IDs of files away from 0. 1
19.2.8. Installable applications
If the installation of an application requires the execution of programs with superuser privileges, such programs should also be supplied in a human-readable form. 
Without this, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, particularly its security.
Notes
1. 	Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do.

Chapter 20. Additional Behaviors
This section specifies behaviors in which there is optional behavior in one of the standards on which the LSB relies, and where the LSB requires a specific behavior. 1
The fcntl() function shall detect EDEADLK, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The fcntl() function shall treat the "cmd" value -1 as invalid.
The "whence" value -1 shall be an invalid value for the lseek(), fseek() and fcntl() functions.
The value "-5" shall be an invalid signal number.
The opendir() function shall detect EMFILE and ENFILE, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The readdir() and closedir() functions shall detect EBADF, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
If the sigaddset() or sigdelset() functions are passed an invalid signal number, they shall return with EINVAL. Implementations are only required to enforce this requirement for signal numbers which are specified to be invalid by this specification (such as the -5 mentioned above).
The START and STOP termios characters shall be changeable, as described as optional behavior in the "General Terminal Interface" section of the SUS.
The mode value "-1" to the access() function shall be treated as invalid.
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_PC_..." value for pathconf().
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_SC..." value for sysconf().
The link() function shall require access to the existing file in order to succeed, as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
Calling unlink() on a directory shall fail. Calling link() specifying a directory as the first argument shall fail. See also unlink>.
The link() function shall not work across file systems, and shall return with EXDEV as described as optional behavior in the SUS.
The nl_item value "-1" shall be invalid for nl_langinfo.
The value -1 shall be an invalid "_CS_..." value for confstr().
The value "z" shall be an invalid mode argument to popen().
2
Notes
1. 	The intention is that none of these choices will create problems in practice (for example, for LSB implementations on top of non-Linux kernels). Future versions of the LSB may relax these requirements if needed.
2. 	On a Linux kernel, removing or renaming a directory will give EBUSY only when the directory is in use by a system process. However, the LSB does not specify this behavior on the grounds that it is of no use to applications and may be difficult to implement on some kernels.
Linux allows one to call rename() on a directory without having write access, but the LSB does not require this.

Chapter 21. Localization
Applications may either install a message catalog in the MO format as specified by the info page in version 0.10.40 of the gettext source package, or the application may execute the msgfmt command during it's installation to compile the message catalog. In either case, the resulting output must be located in the package's private area under /opt, and the application may use bindtextdomain() to specify this location.

XII. System Initialization

Chapter 22. System Initialization
22.1. Cron Jobs
Packages may not touch the configuration file /etc/crontab, nor may they modify the files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs.
If a package wants to install a job that has to be executed via cron, it shall place a file with the name of the package in one of the following directories:
/etc/cron.daily
/etc/cron.weekly
/etc/cron.monthly
As these directory names say, the files within them are executed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively.
 If a certain job has to be executed more frequently than daily, the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/package-name tagged as configuration file. This file uses the same syntax as /etc/crontab and is processed by cron automatically.
It is recommended that files installed in any of these directories be scripts (shell scripts, Perl scripts, etc.) so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. In addition, they must be registered as configuration file.
The scripts in these directories have to check, if all necessary programs are installed before they try to execute them. Otherwise, problems will arise when a package was removed (but not purged), since the configuration files are kept on the system in this situation.
To avoid namespace conflicts in the /etc/cron.* directories, the filenames used by LSB-compliant packages in /etc/cron.daily, /etc/cron.weekly, /etc/cron.monthly, or /etc/cron.d must come from a managed namespace. These filenames may be assigned using one of the following methods:
•	 Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. In order to avoid conflicts these cron script names must be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org). 
 Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged reserve names from LANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	 Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. I.e., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
•	 Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged. 
22.2. Init Script Actions
Init files provided by LSB applications shall accept one argument, saying what to do:
start	start the service	
stop	stop the service	
restart	stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service	
reload	cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service	
force-reload	cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service	
status	print the current status of the service	

The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status commands must be supported by all init files; the reload option is optional. Other init script actions may be defined by the init script.
Init files must ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when it isn't, and that they don't kill unfortunately-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is to use the init-script functions provided by /lib/lsb/init-functions.
If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload option of the init file must behave as if the configuration has been reloaded successfully.
These executable files must not fail obscurely when the configuration files remain but the package has been removed, as the default in [the packaging system] is to leave configuration files on the system after the package has been removed. Only when it is executed with the [purge] option will [the packaging system] remove configuration files. Therefore, you should include a test statement at the top of the file, like this: 
test -f program-executed-later-in-file || exit 5
or take the equivalent action if the init file is not a shell script.
If the status command is given, the init script will return the following exit status codes. 
0	program is running or service is OK	
1	program is dead and /var/run pid file exists	
2	program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists	
3	program is stopped	
4	program or service status is unknown	
5-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

In the case of init script commands other than "status" (i.e., "start", "stop", "restart", "reload", and "force-reload"), the init script must return an exit status of zero if the action described by the argument has been successful. Otherwise, the exit status shall be non-zero, as defined below. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful: 
•	restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the "force-reload" argument
•	running "start" on a service already running
•	running "stop" on a service already stopped or not running
•	running "restart" on a service already stopped or not running
In case of an error, while processing any init script action except for "status", the init script must print an error message and return one of the following non-zero exit status codes. 
1	generic or unspecified error (current practice)	
2	invalid or excess argument(s)	
3	unimplemented feature (for example, "reload")	
4	user had insufficient privilege	
5	program is not installed	
6	program is not configured	
7	program is not running	
8-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

All error messages must be printed on standard error. All status messages must be printed on standard output. (This does not prevent scripts from calling the logging functions such as log_failure_msg).
Since init files may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc. init files must not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed. 
22.3. Comment conventions for init scripts
LSB applications which need to execute script(s) at bootup and/or shutdown may provide one or more init.d files. These files are installed by the install_initd program described below, which copies it into a standard directory and makes whatever other adjustments (creation of symlinks, creation of entries in a database, etc.) are necessary so that the script can be run at boot-time. 1
 In the init.d file, information about the shell script shall be delimited by the lines "### BEGIN INIT INFO" and "### END INIT INFO". These delimiter lines may containg trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. Inside this block there shall be lines of the form "# {keyword}: [arg1] [arg2] ...". (All lines inside this block start with a hash ('#') character in the first column, so that shell treats them as comments.) The following keywords, with their arguments are defined in this specification:
     # Provides: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Default-Start: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Default-Stop: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Short-Description: short_description
        # Description: multiline_description
Additional keywords may be defined in future LSB specifications. Distributions may define local extensions by using the prefix "X-[distribution name]" --- for example, "X-RedHat-foobardecl", or "X-Debian-xyzzydecl". 
An init.d shell script may declare using the "Required-Start: " header that it must not be run until certain boot facilities are provided. This information is used by the installation tool or the boot-time boot-script execution facility to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order. When an init script is run with a "start" argument, the boot facility or facilities specified in the "Provides" header shall be considered present, and hence init scripts which require those boot facilities would then be eligble to be run. When an init script is run with a "stop" argument, the boot facilities specified in the "Provides" header are considered no longer present. There are naming conventions for boot facilities and system facilities, as described in a following section.
Similarly, the "Required-Stop:" header defines which facilities must still be available during the shutdown of that service. Hence, the init script system should avoid stopping shell scripts which provide those facilities until this shell script is stopped.
The "Default-Start" and "Default-Stop" headers define which run levels should by default run the script with a start or stop argument, respectively, to start or stop the services controlled by the init script.
The "Short-Description" and "Description" header fields are used to provide text which describes the actions of the init script. The "short_description" shall be a relatively short, pithy description of the init script, where as the "multiline_description" can be a much longer piece of text that may span mulitple lines. In a multiline description, each continuation line must begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria.
The comment conventions described in this session are only required for use by LSB-compliant applications; system init scripts as provided by LSB-compliant run-time environments are not required to use the scheme outlined here. 2
22.4. Installation and removal of init.d files
An init.d file is installed by copying it into /etc/init.d (which may be a symlink to another location). This can be done by the package installer. During the package's postinstall script, the program "/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd" configures the distribution's boot script system to call the package's init.d file at the appropriate time.
The install_initd program takes a single argument, the pathanme to the /etc/init.d file. For example:
     /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
 When a software package is removed, the package's preuninstall script shall call /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd and pass the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. The package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file; the remove_initd program is provided in case the distribution needs to clean up any other modifications in the distribution's boot script system that might have been made by the install_initd program. For example:
  /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
There should be a tool available to the user (e.g., RedHat's chkconfig) which can be used by the system administrator to easily manipulate at which init levels a particular init.d script is started or stopped. This specification currently does not specify such an interface, however.
22.5. Run Levels
 The following run levels are specified for use by the "Default-Start:" and "Default-Stop:" specifiers as defined by the section Comment conventions for init scripts>. Many LSB run-time environments commonly use these run level definitions, and in the absence of other considerations, providers of run-time environments are strongly encouraged to follow this convention to provide consistency for system administrators who need to work with multiple distributions. However, it is not required that LSB-compliant run-time environments use these run levels; the distribution-provided install_initd script may map the run levels specified below to whatever distribution-specified run levels are most appropriate. 
0	halt	
1	single user mode	
2	multiuser with no network services exported	
3	normal/full multiuser	
4	reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser	
5	multiuser with xdm or equivalent	
6	reboot	

22.6. Facility names
Boot facilities are used to indicate dependencies in init scripts, as defined in a previous section. Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are system facility names, defined by the LSB, and MUST be provided by distributions. LSB applications must not provide system facilities. This document defines the following system facility names:
$local_fs	all local filesystems are mounted	
$network	low level networking (ethernet card; may imply PCMCIA running)	
$named	daemons which may provide hostname resolution (if present) are running	
$portmap	daemons providing SunRPC/ONCRPC portmapping service3 (if present) are running	
$remote_fs	all remote filesystems are mounted4.	
$syslog	system logger is operational	
$time	the system time has been set 5	

Other (non-system) facilities may be defined by other LSB applications. These facilities shall be named using the same conventions defined for naming init.d script names. Commonly, the facility provided by an LSB application init.d script will have the same name as the name assigned to the init.d script.
22.7. Script names
Since the init.d scripts must live in a single directory, they must come from a single namespace. Three means of assigning names from this namespace are available:
•	Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. This space is desirable for scripts which system administrators may often wish to run manually: e.g., "/etc/init.d/named restart" In order to avoid conflicts these init.d names must be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org).
Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged to reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.' (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
•	Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged. 
In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution SHOULD get a registered name through LANANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be "core" or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANANA before obtaining an assigned name.
Short names are highly desirable, since many system administrators like to use them to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having a LANANA organization to assign these names. The LANANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming (which is essential to making prerequisites to work correctly).
This specification shall pre-define the following script names as being reserved to the LANANA. They reflect names which are commonly in use today by distributions to start up various system programs/daemons. The behavior of these scripts are not specified here, and not all distributions may use all of these script names. 6 
•	autofs
•	apmd
•	atd
•	crond
•	dhclient
•	dhcpcd
•	gpm
•	exim
•	halt
•	hotplug
•	identd
•	inet
•	httpd
•	kudzu
•	klogd
•	lpd
•	mcserv
•	named
•	nfs
•	nfslock
•	pcmcia
•	portmap
•	postfix
•	random
•	routed
•	rstatd
•	rusersd
•	rwhod
•	sendmail
•	samba
•	smb
•	snmpd
•	sshd
•	syslog
•	xfs
•	xntpd
•	ypbind
22.8. Init script Functions
Each LSB-compliant init.d script must source the file /lib/lsb/init-functions. This file must cause the following shell script commands to be defined. This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining sh aliases. While the distribution-provided aliases may choose to use bash extensions (at the distribution's option), the LSB init.d files themselves should only depend in /bin/sh features as defined by POSIX.2.
start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] pathname [args]	This runs the specified program as a daemon. start_daemon will check to see if there is a program named "daemon" already running. If so, it will not start another copy of the daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a nice level. See nice(1).	
killproc basename [signal]	This stops the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given by pidofproc. If a signal is specified, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after some number of seconds is sent.	
pidofproc basename	This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon. If an entry is found in /var/run/basename.pid, then that value is returned. Compliant implementations of the LSB may attempt other mechanisms for determining the pid(s), although this is not required (and not recommended, since a user can trick startup scripts by creating processes that appear to be system programs in the process list thus creating a potential security exposure). Hence, LSB-complaint applications who wish to use the pidofproc function in their init scripts must store the pid in /var/run/basename.pid.	
log_success_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a success message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_failure_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a failure message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_warning_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a warning message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	

Notes
1. 	This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs boot scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced-serialization of scripts is avoided unless it is explicitly necessary.
2. 	While these comment conventions do not prohibited in system init scripts, they do not provide sufficient functionality for most distributions' needs. Extensions which would addressed these needs (for example, "Should-Start:" and "Should-Stop:") would have substantially complicated the design of the install_initd script, which is why they were not included in this specification. Future versions of this specification may extend these comment conventions to add this functionality, if and when reference implementations which implement these extensions become available for use by distributions.
3. 	as defined in RFC 1833
4. 	In some LSB run-time environments, filesystems such as /usr may be remote. Many applications that require $local_fs will probably require also require $remote_fs
5. 	i.e., using a network-based time program such as ntp or rdate, or via the hardware Real Time Clock
6. 	In a future version of this specification, this list will be removed in favor of the coresponding list at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org).

Appendix A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces
A.1. libX11
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 Xlib - C library	

Table A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces
XActivateScreenSaver1	XIfEvent1	XcmsCIELabQueryMinL1	
XAddConnectionWatch1	XImageByteOrder1	XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ1	
XAddExtension1	XInitExtension1	XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors1	
XAddHost1	XInitImage1	XcmsCIELuvClipL1	
XAddHosts1	XInitThreads1	XcmsCIELuvClipLuv1	
XAddPixel1	XInsertModifiermapEntry1	XcmsCIELuvClipuv1	
XAddToExtensionList1	XInstallColormap1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC1	
XAddToSaveSet1	XInternAtom1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL1	
XAllPlanes1	XInternAtoms1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC1	
XAllocClassHint1	XInternalConnectionNumbers1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL1	
XAllocColor1	XIntersectRegion1	XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY1	
XAllocColorCells1	XKeycodeToKeysym1	XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors1	
XAllocColorPlanes1	XKeysymToKeycode1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab1	
XAllocIconSize1	XKeysymToString1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY1	
XAllocNamedColor1	XKillClient1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY1	
XAllocSizeHints1	XLastKnownRequestProcessed1	XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi1	
XAllocStandardColormap1	XListDepths1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv1	
XAllocWMHints1	XListExtensions1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ1	
XAllowEvents1	XListFonts1	XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC1	
XAutoRepeatOff1	XListFontsWithInfo1	XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ1	
XAutoRepeatOn1	XListHosts1	XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC1	
XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet1	XListInstalledColormaps1	XcmsConvertColors1	
XBell1	XListPixmapFormats1	XcmsCreateCCC1	
XBitmapBitOrder1	XListProperties1	XcmsDefaultCCC1	
XBitmapPad1	XLoadFont1	XcmsDisplayOfCCC1	
XBitmapUnit1	XLoadQueryFont1	XcmsFormatOfPrefix1	
XBlackPixel1	XLocaleOfFontSet1	XcmsFreeCCC1	
XBlackPixelOfScreen1	XLocaleOfIM1	XcmsLookupColor1	
XCellsOfScreen1	XLocaleOfOM1	XcmsPrefixOfFormat1	
XChangeActivePointerGrab1	XLockDisplay1	XcmsQueryBlack1	
XChangeGC1	XLookupColor1	XcmsQueryBlue1	
XChangeKeyboardControl1	XLookupKeysym1	XcmsQueryColor1	
XChangeKeyboardMapping1	XLookupString1	XcmsQueryColors1	
XChangePointerControl1	XLowerWindow1	XcmsQueryGreen1	
XChangeProperty1	XMapRaised1	XcmsQueryRed1	
XChangeSaveSet1	XMapSubwindows1	XcmsQueryWhite1	
XChangeWindowAttributes1	XMapWindow1	XcmsRGBToRGBi1	
XCheckIfEvent1	XMaskEvent1	XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ1	
XCheckMaskEvent1	XMatchVisualInfo1	XcmsRGBiToRGB1	
XCheckTypedEvent1	XMaxCmapsOfScreen1	XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC1	
XCheckTypedWindowEvent1	XMaxRequestSize1	XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC1	
XCheckWindowEvent1	XMinCmapsOfScreen1	XcmsSetCCCOfColormap1	
XCirculateSubwindows1	XMoveResizeWindow1	XcmsSetCompressionProc1	
XCirculateSubwindowsDown1	XMoveWindow1	XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc1	
XCirculateSubwindowsUp1	XNewModifiermap1	XcmsSetWhitePoint1	
XClearArea1	XNextEvent1	XcmsStoreColor1	
XClearWindow1	XNextRequest1	XcmsStoreColors1	
XClipBox1	XNoOp1	XcmsTekHVCClipC1	
XCloseDisplay1	XOMOfOC1	XcmsTekHVCClipV1	
XCloseIM1	XOffsetRegion1	XcmsTekHVCClipVC1	
XCloseOM1	XOpenDisplay1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC1	
XConfigureWindow1	XOpenIM1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV1	
XConnectionNumber1	XOpenOM1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC1	
XContextDependentDrawing1	XParseColor1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples1	
XContextualDrawing1	XParseGeometry1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV1	
XConvertCase1	XPeekEvent1	XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY1	
XConvertSelection1	XPeekIfEvent1	XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors1	
XCopyArea1	XPending1	XcmsVisualOfCCC1	
XCopyColormapAndFree1	XPlanesOfScreen1	XkbAllocClientMap1	
XCopyGC1	XPointInRegion1	XkbAllocCompatMap1	
XCopyPlane1	XPolygonRegion1	XkbAllocControls1	
XCreateBitmapFromData1	XProcessInternalConnection1	XkbAllocGeomColors1	
XCreateColormap1	XProtocolRevision1	XkbAllocGeomDoodads1	
XCreateFontCursor1	XProtocolVersion1	XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases1	
XCreateFontSet1	XPutBackEvent1	XkbAllocGeomKeys1	
XCreateGC1	XPutImage1	XkbAllocGeomOutlines1	
XCreateGlyphCursor1	XPutPixel1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys1	
XCreateIC1	XQLength1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows1	
XCreateImage1	XQueryBestCursor1	XkbAllocGeomOverlays1	
XCreateOC1	XQueryBestSize1	XkbAllocGeomPoints1	
XCreatePixmap1	XQueryBestStipple1	XkbAllocGeomProps1	
XCreatePixmapCursor1	XQueryBestTile1	XkbAllocGeomRows1	
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData1	XQueryColor1	XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads1	
XCreateRegion1	XQueryColors1	XkbAllocGeomSections1	
XCreateSimpleWindow1	XQueryExtension1	XkbAllocGeomShapes1	
XCreateWindow1	XQueryFont1	XkbAllocGeometry1	
XDefaultColormap1	XQueryKeymap1	XkbAllocIndicatorMaps1	
XDefaultColormapOfScreen1	XQueryPointer1	XkbAllocKeyboard1	
XDefaultDepth1	XQueryTextExtents1	XkbAllocNames1	
XDefaultDepthOfScreen1	XQueryTextExtents161	XkbAllocServerMap1	
XDefaultGC1	XQueryTree1	XkbApplyCompatMapToKey1	
XDefaultGCOfScreen1	XRaiseWindow1	XkbBell1	
XDefaultRootWindow1	XReadBitmapFile1	XkbBellEvent1	
XDefaultScreen1	XReadBitmapFileData1	XkbChangeEnabledControls1	
XDefaultScreenOfDisplay1	XRebindKeysym1	XkbChangeMap1	
XDefaultString1	XRecolorCursor1	XkbChangeNames1	
XDefaultVisual1	XReconfigureWMWindow1	XkbChangeTypesOfKey1	
XDefaultVisualOfScreen1	XRectInRegion1	XkbComputeEffectiveMap1	
XDefineCursor1	XRefreshKeyboardMapping1	XkbComputeRowBounds1	
XDeleteContext1	XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XkbComputeSectionBounds1	
XDeleteModifiermapEntry1	XRemoveConnectionWatch1	XkbComputeShapeBounds1	
XDeleteProperty1	XRemoveFromSaveSet1	XkbComputeShapeTop1	
XDestroyIC1	XRemoveHost1	XkbCopyKeyType1	
XDestroyImage1	XRemoveHosts1	XkbCopyKeyTypes1	
XDestroyOC1	XReparentWindow1	XkbFindOverlayForKey1	
XDestroyRegion1	XResetScreenSaver1	XkbForceBell1	
XDestroySubwindows1	XResizeWindow1	XkbFreeClientMap1	
XDestroyWindow1	XResourceManagerString1	XkbFreeCompatMap1	
XDirectionalDependentDrawing1	XRestackWindows1	XkbFreeComponentList1	
XDisableAccessControl1	XRootWindow1	XkbFreeControls1	
XDisplayCells1	XRootWindowOfScreen1	XkbFreeGeomColors1	
XDisplayHeight1	XRotateBuffers1	XkbFreeGeomDoodads1	
XDisplayHeightMM1	XRotateWindowProperties1	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases1	
XDisplayKeycodes1	XSaveContext1	XkbFreeGeomKeys1	
XDisplayMotionBufferSize1	XScreenCount1	XkbFreeGeomOutlines1	
XDisplayName1	XScreenNumberOfScreen1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys1	
XDisplayOfIM1	XScreenOfDisplay1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows1	
XDisplayOfOM1	XScreenResourceString1	XkbFreeGeomOverlays1	
XDisplayOfScreen1	XSelectInput1	XkbFreeGeomPoints1	
XDisplayPlanes1	XSendEvent1	XkbFreeGeomProperties1	
XDisplayString1	XServerVendor1	XkbFreeGeomRows1	
XDisplayWidth1	XSetAccessControl1	XkbFreeGeomSections1	
XDisplayWidthMM1	XSetAfterFunction1	XkbFreeGeomShapes1	
XDoesBackingStore1	XSetArcMode1	XkbFreeGeometry1	
XDoesSaveUnders1	XSetAuthorization1	XkbFreeIndicatorMaps1	
XDrawArc1	XSetBackground1	XkbFreeKeyboard1	
XDrawArcs1	XSetClassHint1	XkbFreeNames1	
XDrawImageString1	XSetClipMask1	XkbFreeServerMap1	
XDrawImageString161	XSetClipOrigin1	XkbGetAutoRepeatRate1	
XDrawLine1	XSetClipRectangles1	XkbGetCompatMap1	
XDrawLines1	XSetCloseDownMode1	XkbGetControls1	
XDrawPoint1	XSetCommand1	XkbGetGeometry1	
XDrawPoints1	XSetDashes1	XkbGetIndicatorMap1	
XDrawRectangle1	XSetErrorHandler1	XkbGetIndicatorState1	
XDrawRectangles1	XSetFillRule1	XkbGetKeyActions1	
XDrawSegments1	XSetFillStyle1	XkbGetKeyBehaviors1	
XDrawString1	XSetFont1	XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents1	
XDrawString161	XSetFontPath1	XkbGetKeyModifierMap1	
XDrawText1	XSetForeground1	XkbGetKeySyms1	
XDrawText161	XSetFunction1	XkbGetKeyTypes1	
XEHeadOfExtensionList1	XSetGraphicsExposures1	XkbGetKeyboard1	
XESetBeforeFlush1	XSetICFocus1	XkbGetKeyboardByName1	
XESetCloseDisplay1	XSetICValues1	XkbGetMap1	
XESetCopyGC1	XSetIMValues1	XkbGetMapChanges1	
XESetCreateFont1	XSetIOErrorHandler1	XkbGetNamedGeometry1	
XESetCreateGC1	XSetIconName1	XkbGetNamedIndicator1	
XESetError1	XSetIconSizes1	XkbGetNames1	
XESetErrorString1	XSetInputFocus1	XkbGetState1	
XESetEventToWire1	XSetLineAttributes1	XkbGetUpdatedMap1	
XESetFlushGC1	XSetLocaleModifiers1	XkbGetVirtualMods1	
XESetFreeFont1	XSetModifierMapping1	XkbGetXlibControls1	
XESetFreeGC1	XSetNormalHints1	XkbIgnoreExtension1	
XESetPrintErrorValues1	XSetOCValues1	XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes1	
XESetWireToError1	XSetOMValues1	XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols1	
XESetWireToEvent1	XSetPlaneMask1	XkbKeycodeToKeysym1	
XEmptyRegion1	XSetPointerMapping1	XkbKeysymToModifiers1	
XEnableAccessControl1	XSetRGBColormaps1	XkbLatchGroup1	
XEqualRegion1	XSetRegion1	XkbLatchModifiers1	
XEventMaskOfScreen1	XSetScreenSaver1	XkbLibraryVersion1	
XEventsQueued1	XSetSelectionOwner1	XkbListComponents1	
XExtendedMaxRequestSize1	XSetSizeHints1	XkbLockGroup1	
XExtentsOfFontSet1	XSetStandardColormap1	XkbLockModifiers1	
XFetchBuffer1	XSetStandardProperties1	XkbLookupKeyBinding1	
XFetchBytes1	XSetState1	XkbLookupKeySym1	
XFetchName1	XSetStipple1	XkbNoteControlsChanges1	
XFillArc1	XSetSubwindowMode1	XkbNoteMapChanges1	
XFillArcs1	XSetTSOrigin1	XkbNoteNameChanges1	
XFillPolygon1	XSetTextProperty1	XkbOpenDisplay1	
XFillRectangle1	XSetTile1	XkbQueryExtension1	
XFillRectangles1	XSetTransientForHint1	XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping1	
XFilterEvent1	XSetWMClientMachine1	XkbResizeKeyActions1	
XFindContext1	XSetWMColormapWindows1	XkbResizeKeySyms1	
XFindOnExtensionList1	XSetWMHints1	XkbResizeKeyType1	
XFlush1	XSetWMIconName1	XkbSelectEventDetails1	
XFlushGC1	XSetWMName1	XkbSelectEvents1	
XFontsOfFontSet1	XSetWMNormalHints1	XkbSetAtomFuncs1	
XForceScreenSaver1	XSetWMProperties1	XkbSetAutoRepeatRate1	
XFree1	XSetWMProtocols1	XkbSetAutoResetControls1	
XFreeColormap1	XSetWMSizeHints1	XkbSetCompatMap1	
XFreeColors1	XSetWindowBackground1	XkbSetControls1	
XFreeCursor1	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap1	XkbSetDebuggingFlags1	
XFreeExtensionList1	XSetWindowBorder1	XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat1	
XFreeFont1	XSetWindowBorderPixmap1	XkbSetGeometry1	
XFreeFontInfo1	XSetWindowBorderWidth1	XkbSetIgnoreLockMods1	
XFreeFontNames1	XSetWindowColormap1	XkbSetIndicatorMap1	
XFreeFontPath1	XSetZoomHints1	XkbSetMap1	
XFreeFontSet1	XShrinkRegion1	XkbSetNamedIndicator1	
XFreeGC1	XStoreBuffer1	XkbSetNames1	
XFreeModifiermap1	XStoreBytes1	XkbSetServerInternalMods1	
XFreePixmap1	XStoreColor1	XkbSetXlibControls1	
XFreeStringList1	XStoreColors1	XkbToControl1	
XGContextFromGC1	XStoreName1	XkbTranslateKeyCode1	
XGeometry1	XStoreNamedColor1	XkbTranslateKeySym1	
XGetAtomName1	XStringListToTextProperty1	XkbUpdateMapFromCore1	
XGetAtomNames1	XStringToKeysym1	XkbUseExtension1	
XGetClassHint1	XSubImage1	XkbVirtualModsToReal1	
XGetCommand1	XSubtractRegion1	XmbDrawImageString1	
XGetDefault1	XSupportsLocale1	XmbDrawString1	
XGetErrorDatabaseText1	XSync1	XmbDrawText1	
XGetErrorText1	XSynchronize1	XmbLookupString1	
XGetFontPath1	XTextExtents1	XmbResetIC1	
XGetFontProperty1	XTextExtents161	XmbSetWMProperties1	
XGetGCValues1	XTextPropertyToStringList1	XmbTextEscapement1	
XGetGeometry1	XTextWidth1	XmbTextExtents1	
XGetICValues1	XTextWidth161	XmbTextListToTextProperty1	
XGetIMValues1	XTranslateCoordinates1	XmbTextPerCharExtents1	
XGetIconName1	XUndefineCursor1	XmbTextPropertyToTextList1	
XGetIconSizes1	XUngrabButton1	XrmCombineDatabase1	
XGetImage1	XUngrabKey1	XrmCombineFileDatabase1	
XGetInputFocus1	XUngrabKeyboard1	XrmDestroyDatabase1	
XGetKeyboardControl1	XUngrabPointer1	XrmEnumerateDatabase1	
XGetKeyboardMapping1	XUngrabServer1	XrmGetDatabase1	
XGetModifierMapping1	XUninstallColormap1	XrmGetFileDatabase1	
XGetMotionEvents1	XUnionRectWithRegion1	XrmGetResource1	
XGetNormalHints1	XUnionRegion1	XrmGetStringDatabase1	
XGetOCValues1	XUnloadFont1	XrmInitialize1	
XGetOMValues1	XUnlockDisplay1	XrmLocaleOfDatabase1	
XGetPixel1	XUnmapSubwindows1	XrmMergeDatabases1	
XGetPointerControl1	XUnmapWindow1	XrmParseCommand1	
XGetPointerMapping1	XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XrmPermStringToQuark1	
XGetRGBColormaps1	XUnsetICFocus1	XrmPutFileDatabase1	
XGetScreenSaver1	XVaCreateNestedList1	XrmPutLineResource1	
XGetSelectionOwner1	XVendorRelease1	XrmPutResource1	
XGetSizeHints1	XVisualIDFromVisual1	XrmPutStringResource1	
XGetStandardColormap1	XWMGeometry1	XrmQGetResource1	
XGetSubImage1	XWarpPointer1	XrmQGetSearchList1	
XGetTextProperty1	XWhitePixel1	XrmQGetSearchResource1	
XGetTransientForHint1	XWhitePixelOfScreen1	XrmQPutResource1	
XGetVisualInfo1	XWidthMMOfScreen1	XrmQPutStringResource1	
XGetWMClientMachine1	XWidthOfScreen1	XrmQuarkToString1	
XGetWMColormapWindows1	XWindowEvent1	XrmSetDatabase1	
XGetWMHints1	XWithdrawWindow1	XrmStringToBindingQuarkList1	
XGetWMIconName1	XWriteBitmapFile1	XrmStringToQuark1	
XGetWMName1	XXorRegion1	XrmStringToQuarkList1	
XGetWMNormalHints1	XauDisposeAuth1	XrmUniqueQuark1	
XGetWMProtocols1	XauFileName1	Xutf8TextListToTextProperty	
XGetWMSizeHints1	XauGetBestAuthByAddr1	Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList	
XGetWindowAttributes1	XauReadAuth1	XwcDrawImageString1	
XGetWindowProperty1	XcmsAddColorSpace1	XwcDrawString1	
XGetZoomHints1	XcmsAddFunctionSet1	XwcDrawText1	
XGrabButton1	XcmsAllocColor1	XwcFreeStringList1	
XGrabKey1	XcmsAllocNamedColor1	XwcLookupString1	
XGrabKeyboard1	XcmsCCCOfColormap1	XwcResetIC1	
XGrabPointer1	XcmsCIELabClipL1	XwcTextEscapement1	
XGrabServer1	XcmsCIELabClipLab1	XwcTextExtents1	
XHeightMMOfScreen1	XcmsCIELabClipab1	XwcTextListToTextProperty1	
XHeightOfScreen1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC1	XwcTextPerCharExtents1	
XIMOfIC1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL1	XwcTextPropertyToTextList1	
XIconifyWindow1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC1	

A.2. libXt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
X11R6.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics	

Table A-2. libXt Function Interfaces
XtAddActions11	XtCvtStringToInitialState11	XtOwnSelectionIncremental11	
XtAddCallback11	XtCvtStringToInt11	XtParent11	
XtAddCallbacks11	XtCvtStringToPixel11	XtParseAcceleratorTable11	
XtAddConverter11	XtCvtStringToRestartStyle11	XtParseTranslationTable11	
XtAddEventHandler11	XtCvtStringToShort11	XtPeekEvent11	
XtAddExposureToRegion11	XtCvtStringToTranslationTable11	XtPending11	
XtAddGrab11	XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar11	XtPopdown11	
XtAddInput11	XtCvtStringToVisual11	XtPopup11	
XtAddRawEventHandler11	XtDatabase11	XtPopupSpringLoaded11	
XtAddSignal11	XtDestroyApplicationContext11	XtProcessEvent11	
XtAddTimeOut11	XtDestroyGC11	XtProcessLock11	
XtAddWorkProc11	XtDestroyWidget11	XtProcessUnlock11	
XtAllocateGC11	XtDirectConvert11	XtQueryGeometry11	
XtAppAddActionHook11	XtDisownSelection11	XtRealizeWidget11	
XtAppAddActions11	XtDispatchEvent11	XtRealloc11	
XtAppAddBlockHook11	XtDispatchEventToWidget11	XtRegisterCaseConverter11	
XtAppAddConverter11	XtDisplay11	XtRegisterDrawable11	
XtAppAddInput11	XtDisplayInitialize11	XtRegisterExtensionSelector11	
XtAppAddSignal11	XtDisplayOfObject11	XtRegisterGrabAction11	
XtAppAddTimeOut11	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning11	XtReleaseGC11	
XtAppAddWorkProc11	XtDisplayToApplicationContext11	XtReleasePropertyAtom11	
XtAppCreateShell11	XtError11	XtRemoveActionHook11	
XtAppError11	XtErrorMsg11	XtRemoveAllCallbacks11	
XtAppErrorMsg11	XtFindFile11	XtRemoveBlockHook11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabase11	XtFree11	XtRemoveCallback11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtGetActionKeysym11	XtRemoveCallbacks11	
XtAppGetExitFlag11	XtGetActionList11	XtRemoveEventHandler11	
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout11	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass11	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler11	
XtAppInitialize11	XtGetApplicationResources11	XtRemoveGrab11	
XtAppLock11	XtGetClassExtension11	XtRemoveInput11	
XtAppMainLoop11	XtGetConstraintResourceList11	XtRemoveRawEventHandler11	
XtAppNextEvent11	XtGetDisplays11	XtRemoveSignal11	
XtAppPeekEvent11	XtGetErrorDatabase11	XtRemoveTimeOut11	
XtAppPending11	XtGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtRemoveWorkProc11	
XtAppProcessEvent11	XtGetGC11	XtReservePropertyAtom11	
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs11	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget11	XtResizeWidget11	
XtAppSetErrorHandler11	XtGetKeysymTable11	XtResizeWindow11	
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler11	XtGetMultiClickTime11	XtResolvePathname11	
XtAppSetExitFlag11	XtGetResourceList11	XtScreen11	
XtAppSetFallbackResources11	XtGetSelectionParameters11	XtScreenDatabase11	
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout11	XtGetSelectionRequest11	XtScreenOfObject11	
XtAppSetTypeConverter11	XtGetSelectionTimeout11	XtSendSelectionRequest11	
XtAppSetWarningHandler11	XtGetSelectionValue11	XtSessionGetToken11	
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler11	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental11	XtSessionReturnToken11	
XtAppUnlock11	XtGetSelectionValues11	XtSetErrorHandler11	
XtAppWarning11	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental11	XtSetErrorMsgHandler11	
XtAppWarningMsg11	XtGetSubresources11	XtSetEventDispatcher11	
XtAugmentTranslations11	XtGetSubvalues11	XtSetKeyTranslator11	
XtBuildEventMask11	XtGetValues11	XtSetKeyboardFocus11	
XtCallAcceptFocus11	XtGrabButton11	XtSetLanguageProc11	
XtCallActionProc11	XtGrabKey11	XtSetMappedWhenManaged11	
XtCallCallbackList11	XtGrabKeyboard11	XtSetMultiClickTime11	
XtCallCallbacks11	XtGrabPointer11	XtSetSelectionParameters11	
XtCallConverter11	XtHasCallbacks11	XtSetSelectionTimeout11	
XtCallbackExclusive11	XtHooksOfDisplay11	XtSetSensitive11	
XtCallbackNone11	XtInitialize11	XtSetSubvalues11	
XtCallbackNonexclusive11	XtInitializeWidgetClass11	XtSetTypeConverter11	
XtCallbackPopdown11	XtInsertEventHandler11	XtSetValues11	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef11	XtInsertEventTypeHandler11	XtSetWMColormapWindows11	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList11	XtInsertRawEventHandler11	XtSetWarningHandler11	
XtCalloc11	XtInstallAccelerators11	XtSetWarningMsgHandler11	
XtCancelSelectionRequest11	XtInstallAllAccelerators11	XtStringConversionWarning11	
XtChangeManagedSet11	XtIsApplicationShell11	XtSuperclass11	
XtClass11	XtIsComposite11	XtToolkitInitialize11	
XtCloseDisplay11	XtIsConstraint11	XtToolkitThreadInitialize11	
XtConfigureWidget11	XtIsManaged11	XtTranslateCoords11	
XtConvert11	XtIsObject11	XtTranslateKey11	
XtConvertAndStore11	XtIsOverrideShell11	XtTranslateKeycode11	
XtConvertCase11	XtIsRealized11	XtUngrabButton11	
XtCreateApplicationContext11	XtIsRectObj11	XtUngrabKey11	
XtCreateApplicationShell11	XtIsSensitive11	XtUngrabKeyboard11	
XtCreateManagedWidget11	XtIsSessionShell11	XtUngrabPointer11	
XtCreatePopupShell11	XtIsShell11	XtUninstallTranslations11	
XtCreateSelectionRequest11	XtIsSubclass11	XtUnmanageChild11	
XtCreateWidget11	XtIsTopLevelShell11	XtUnmanageChildren11	
XtCreateWindow11	XtIsTransientShell11	XtUnmapWidget11	
XtCvtColorToPixel11	XtIsVendorShell11	XtUnrealizeWidget11	
XtCvtIntToBool11	XtIsWMShell11	XtUnregisterDrawable11	
XtCvtIntToBoolean11	XtIsWidget11	XtVaAppCreateShell11	
XtCvtIntToColor11	XtKeysymToKeycodeList11	XtVaAppInitialize11	
XtCvtIntToFloat11	XtLastEventProcessed11	XtVaCreateArgsList11	
XtCvtIntToFont11	XtLastTimestampProcessed11	XtVaCreateManagedWidget11	
XtCvtIntToPixel11	XtMainLoop11	XtVaCreatePopupShell11	
XtCvtIntToPixmap11	XtMakeGeometryRequest11	XtVaCreateWidget11	
XtCvtIntToShort11	XtMakeResizeRequest11	XtVaGetApplicationResources11	
XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar11	XtMalloc11	XtVaGetSubresources11	
XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable11	XtManageChild11	XtVaGetSubvalues11	
XtCvtStringToAtom11	XtManageChildren11	XtVaGetValues11	
XtCvtStringToBool11	XtMapWidget11	XtVaOpenApplication11	
XtCvtStringToBoolean11	XtMenuPopupAction11	XtVaSetSubvalues11	
XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray11	XtMergeArgLists11	XtVaSetValues11	
XtCvtStringToCursor11	XtMoveWidget11	XtWarning11	
XtCvtStringToDimension11	XtName11	XtWarningMsg11	
XtCvtStringToDirectoryString11	XtNameToWidget11	XtWidgetToApplicationContext11	
XtCvtStringToDisplay11	XtNewString11	XtWindow11	
XtCvtStringToFile11	XtNextEvent11	XtWindowOfObject11	
XtCvtStringToFloat11	XtNoticeSignal11	XtWindowToWidget11	
XtCvtStringToFont11	XtOpenApplication11	_XtCheckSubclassFlag11	
XtCvtStringToFontSet11	XtOpenDisplay11	_XtCopyFromArg10	
XtCvtStringToFontStruct11	XtOverrideTranslations11	_XtInherit10	
XtCvtStringToGravity11	XtOwnSelection11	_XtIsSubclassOf10	

Table A-3. libXt Data Interfaces
XtCXtToolkitError11	objectClass11	topLevelShellClassRec11	
XtShellStrings11	objectClassRec11	topLevelShellWidgetClass11	
XtStrings11	overrideShellClassRec11	transientShellClassRec11	
_XtInheritTranslations10	overrideShellWidgetClass11	transientShellWidgetClass11	
applicationShellWidgetClass11	rectObjClass11	widgetClass11	
compositeClassRec11	rectObjClassRec11	widgetClassRec11	
compositeWidgetClass11	sessionShellClassRec11	wmShellClassRec11	
constraintClassRec11	sessionShellWidgetClass11	wmShellWidgetClass11	
constraintWidgetClass11	shellClassRec11	
	
coreWidgetClass11	shellWidgetClass11	

A.3. libm
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-4. libm Function Interfaces
acos(GLIBC_2.0)15	csinh(GLIBC_2.0)14	llroundf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
acosf(GLIBC_2.0)14	csinhf(GLIBC_2.0)14	llroundl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
acosh(GLIBC_2.0)15	csinhl(GLIBC_2.0)14	log(GLIBC_2.0)15	
acoshf(GLIBC_2.0)14	csinl(GLIBC_2.0)14	log10(GLIBC_2.0)15	
acoshl(GLIBC_2.0)14	csqrt(GLIBC_2.0)14	log1p(GLIBC_2.0)15	
acosl(GLIBC_2.0)14	csqrtf(GLIBC_2.0)14	logb(GLIBC_2.0)15	
asin(GLIBC_2.0)15	csqrtl(GLIBC_2.0)14	lrint(GLIBC_2.0)14	
asinf(GLIBC_2.0)14	ctan(GLIBC_2.0)14	lrintf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
asinh(GLIBC_2.0)15	ctanf(GLIBC_2.0)14	lrintl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
asinhf(GLIBC_2.0)14	ctanh(GLIBC_2.0)14	lround(GLIBC_2.0)14	
asinhl(GLIBC_2.0)14	ctanhf(GLIBC_2.0)14	lroundf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
asinl(GLIBC_2.0)14	ctanhl(GLIBC_2.0)14	lroundl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atan(GLIBC_2.0)15	ctanl(GLIBC_2.0)14	matherr(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atan2(GLIBC_2.0)15	dremf(GLIBC_2.0)14	modf(GLIBC_2.0)15	
atan2f(GLIBC_2.0)14	dreml(GLIBC_2.0)14	modff(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atan2l(GLIBC_2.0)14	erf(GLIBC_2.0)15	modfl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atanf(GLIBC_2.0)14	erfc(GLIBC_2.0)15	nan(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atanh(GLIBC_2.0)15	erfcf(GLIBC_2.0)14	nanf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atanhf(GLIBC_2.0)14	erfcl(GLIBC_2.0)14	nanl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atanhl(GLIBC_2.0)14	erff(GLIBC_2.0)14	nearbyint(GLIBC_2.0)14	
atanl(GLIBC_2.0)14	erfl(GLIBC_2.0)14	nearbyintf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cabs(GLIBC_2.1)15	exp(GLIBC_2.1)15	nearbyintl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cabsf(GLIBC_2.1)14	expm1(GLIBC_2.1)15	nextafter(GLIBC_2.1)15	
cabsl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fabs(GLIBC_2.1)15	nextafterf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacos(GLIBC_2.1)14	fabsf(GLIBC_2.1)14	nextafterl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacosf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fabsl(GLIBC_2.1)14	nexttoward(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacosh(GLIBC_2.1)14	fdim(GLIBC_2.1)14	nexttowardf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacoshf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fdimf(GLIBC_2.1)14	nexttowardl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacoshl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fdiml(GLIBC_2.1)14	pow(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cacosl(GLIBC_2.1)14	feclearexcept(GLIBC_2.1)14	pow10(GLIBC_2.1)14	
carg(GLIBC_2.1)14	fegetenv(GLIBC_2.1)14	pow10f(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cargf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fegetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)14	pow10l(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cargl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fegetround(GLIBC_2.1)14	powf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
casin(GLIBC_2.1)14	feholdexcept(GLIBC_2.1)14	powl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
casinf(GLIBC_2.1)14	feraiseexcept(GLIBC_2.1)14	remainder(GLIBC_2.1)15	
casinh(GLIBC_2.1)14	fesetenv(GLIBC_2.1)14	remainderf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
casinhf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fesetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)14	remainderl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
casinhl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fesetround(GLIBC_2.1)14	remquo(GLIBC_2.1)14	
casinl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fetestexcept(GLIBC_2.1)14	remquof(GLIBC_2.1)14	
catan(GLIBC_2.1)14	feupdateenv(GLIBC_2.1)14	remquol(GLIBC_2.1)14	
catanf(GLIBC_2.1)14	finite(GLIBC_2.1)15	rint(GLIBC_2.1)15	
catanh(GLIBC_2.1)14	finitef(GLIBC_2.1)14	rintf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
catanhf(GLIBC_2.1)14	finitel(GLIBC_2.1)14	rintl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
catanhl(GLIBC_2.1)14	floor(GLIBC_2.1)15	round(GLIBC_2.1)14	
catanl(GLIBC_2.1)14	floorf(GLIBC_2.1)14	roundf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cbrt(GLIBC_2.0)15	floorl(GLIBC_2.0)14	roundl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cbrtf(GLIBC_2.0)14	fma(GLIBC_2.0)14	scalb(GLIBC_2.0)15	
cbrtl(GLIBC_2.0)14	fmaf(GLIBC_2.0)14	scalbf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
ccos(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmal(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalbl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ccosf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmax(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalbln(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ccosh(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmaxf(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalblnf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ccoshf(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmaxl(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalblnl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ccoshl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmin(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalbn(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ccosl(GLIBC_2.1)14	fminf(GLIBC_2.1)14	scalbnf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
ceil(GLIBC_2.0)15	fminl(GLIBC_2.0)14	scalbnl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
ceilf(GLIBC_2.0)14	fmod(GLIBC_2.0)15	significand(GLIBC_2.0)14	
ceill(GLIBC_2.0)14	fmodf(GLIBC_2.0)14	significandf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cexp(GLIBC_2.1)14	fmodl(GLIBC_2.1)14	significandl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cexpf(GLIBC_2.1)14	frexp(GLIBC_2.1)15	sin(GLIBC_2.1)15	
cexpl(GLIBC_2.1)14	frexpf(GLIBC_2.1)14	sincos(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cimag(GLIBC_2.1)14	frexpl(GLIBC_2.1)14	sincosf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cimagf(GLIBC_2.1)14	gamma(GLIBC_2.1)15	sincosl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cimagl(GLIBC_2.1)14	gammaf(GLIBC_2.1)14	sinf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
clog(GLIBC_2.1)14	gammal(GLIBC_2.1)14	sinh(GLIBC_2.1)15	
clog10(GLIBC_2.1)14	hypot(GLIBC_2.1)15	sinhf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
clog10f(GLIBC_2.1)14	hypotf(GLIBC_2.1)14	sinhl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
clog10l(GLIBC_2.1)14	hypotl(GLIBC_2.1)14	sinl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
clogf(GLIBC_2.1)14	ilogb(GLIBC_2.1)15	sqrt(GLIBC_2.1)15	
clogl(GLIBC_2.1)14	ilogbf(GLIBC_2.1)14	sqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
conj(GLIBC_2.1)14	ilogbl(GLIBC_2.1)14	sqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
conjf(GLIBC_2.1)14	j0(GLIBC_2.1)15	tan(GLIBC_2.1)15	
conjl(GLIBC_2.1)14	j0f(GLIBC_2.1)14	tanf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
copysign(GLIBC_2.0)14	j0l(GLIBC_2.0)14	tanh(GLIBC_2.0)15	
copysignf(GLIBC_2.0)14	j1(GLIBC_2.0)15	tanhf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
copysignl(GLIBC_2.0)14	j1f(GLIBC_2.0)14	tanhl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cos(GLIBC_2.0)15	j1l(GLIBC_2.0)14	tanl(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cosf(GLIBC_2.0)14	jn(GLIBC_2.0)15	tgamma(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cosh(GLIBC_2.0)15	jnf(GLIBC_2.0)14	tgammaf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
coshf(GLIBC_2.0)14	jnl(GLIBC_2.0)14	tgammal(GLIBC_2.0)14	
coshl(GLIBC_2.0)14	ldexp(GLIBC_2.0)15	trunc(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cosl(GLIBC_2.0)14	ldexpf(GLIBC_2.0)14	truncf(GLIBC_2.0)14	
cpow(GLIBC_2.1)14	ldexpl(GLIBC_2.1)14	truncl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cpowf(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgamma(GLIBC_2.1)15	y0(GLIBC_2.1)15	
cpowl(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgamma_r(GLIBC_2.1)14	y0f(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cproj(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgammaf(GLIBC_2.1)14	y0l(GLIBC_2.1)14	
cprojf(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgammaf_r(GLIBC_2.1)14	y1(GLIBC_2.1)15	
cprojl(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgammal(GLIBC_2.1)14	y1f(GLIBC_2.1)14	
creal(GLIBC_2.1)14	lgammal_r(GLIBC_2.1)14	y1l(GLIBC_2.1)14	
crealf(GLIBC_2.1)14	llrint(GLIBC_2.1)14	yn(GLIBC_2.1)15	
creall(GLIBC_2.1)14	llrintf(GLIBC_2.1)14	ynf(GLIBC_2.1)14	
csin(GLIBC_2.1)14	llrintl(GLIBC_2.1)14	ynl(GLIBC_2.1)14	
csinf(GLIBC_2.1)14	llround(GLIBC_2.1)14	

Table A-5. libm Data Interfaces
signgam15	

A.4. libGL
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux	

Table A-6. libGL Function Interfaces
glAccum12	glGetSeparableFilter12	glRasterPos4i12	
glActiveTextureARB12	glGetString12	glRasterPos4iv12	
glAlphaFunc12	glGetTexEnvfv12	glRasterPos4s12	
glAreTexturesResident12	glGetTexEnviv12	glRasterPos4sv12	
glArrayElement12	glGetTexGendv12	glReadBuffer12	
glBegin12	glGetTexGenfv12	glReadPixels12	
glBindTexture12	glGetTexGeniv12	glRectd12	
glBitmap12	glGetTexImage12	glRectdv12	
glBlendColor12	glGetTexLevelParameterfv12	glRectf12	
glBlendColorEXT12	glGetTexLevelParameteriv12	glRectfv12	
glBlendEquation12	glGetTexParameterfv12	glRecti12	
glBlendEquationEXT12	glGetTexParameteriv12	glRectiv12	
glBlendFunc12	glHint12	glRects12	
glCallList12	glHistogram12	glRectsv12	
glCallLists12	glIndexMask12	glRenderMode12	
glClear12	glIndexPointer12	glResetHistogram12	
glClearAccum12	glIndexd12	glResetMinmax12	
glClearColor12	glIndexdv12	glRotated12	
glClearDepth12	glIndexf12	glRotatef12	
glClearIndex12	glIndexfv12	glScaled12	
glClearStencil12	glIndexi12	glScalef12	
glClientActiveTextureARB12	glIndexiv12	glScissor12	
glClipPlane12	glIndexs12	glSelectBuffer12	
glColor3b12	glIndexsv12	glSeparableFilter2D12	
glColor3bv12	glIndexub12	glShadeModel12	
glColor3d12	glIndexubv12	glStencilFunc12	
glColor3dv12	glInitNames12	glStencilMask12	
glColor3f12	glInterleavedArrays12	glStencilOp12	
glColor3fv12	glIsEnabled12	glTexCoord1d12	
glColor3i12	glIsList12	glTexCoord1dv12	
glColor3iv12	glIsTexture12	glTexCoord1f12	
glColor3s12	glLightModelf12	glTexCoord1fv12	
glColor3sv12	glLightModelfv12	glTexCoord1i12	
glColor3ub12	glLightModeli12	glTexCoord1iv12	
glColor3ubv12	glLightModeliv12	glTexCoord1s12	
glColor3ui12	glLightf12	glTexCoord1sv12	
glColor3uiv12	glLightfv12	glTexCoord2d12	
glColor3us12	glLighti12	glTexCoord2dv12	
glColor3usv12	glLightiv12	glTexCoord2f12	
glColor4b12	glLineStipple12	glTexCoord2fv12	
glColor4bv12	glLineWidth12	glTexCoord2i12	
glColor4d12	glListBase12	glTexCoord2iv12	
glColor4dv12	glLoadIdentity12	glTexCoord2s12	
glColor4f12	glLoadMatrixd12	glTexCoord2sv12	
glColor4fv12	glLoadMatrixf12	glTexCoord3d12	
glColor4i12	glLoadName12	glTexCoord3dv12	
glColor4iv12	glLogicOp12	glTexCoord3f12	
glColor4s12	glMap1d12	glTexCoord3fv12	
glColor4sv12	glMap1f12	glTexCoord3i12	
glColor4ub12	glMap2d12	glTexCoord3iv12	
glColor4ubv12	glMap2f12	glTexCoord3s12	
glColor4ui12	glMapGrid1d12	glTexCoord3sv12	
glColor4uiv12	glMapGrid1f12	glTexCoord4d12	
glColor4us12	glMapGrid2d12	glTexCoord4dv12	
glColor4usv12	glMapGrid2f12	glTexCoord4f12	
glColorMask12	glMaterialf12	glTexCoord4fv12	
glColorMaterial12	glMaterialfv12	glTexCoord4i12	
glColorPointer12	glMateriali12	glTexCoord4iv12	
glColorSubTable12	glMaterialiv12	glTexCoord4s12	
glColorTable12	glMatrixMode12	glTexCoord4sv12	
glColorTableParameterfv12	glMinmax12	glTexCoordPointer12	
glColorTableParameteriv12	glMultMatrixd12	glTexEnvf12	
glConvolutionFilter1D12	glMultMatrixf12	glTexEnvfv12	
glConvolutionFilter2D12	glMultiTexCoord1dARB12	glTexEnvi12	
glConvolutionParameterf12	glMultiTexCoord1dvARB12	glTexEnviv12	
glConvolutionParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord1fARB12	glTexGend12	
glConvolutionParameteri12	glMultiTexCoord1fvARB12	glTexGendv12	
glConvolutionParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord1iARB12	glTexGenf12	
glCopyColorSubTable12	glMultiTexCoord1ivARB12	glTexGenfv12	
glCopyColorTable12	glMultiTexCoord1sARB12	glTexGeni12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D12	glMultiTexCoord1svARB12	glTexGeniv12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D12	glMultiTexCoord2dARB12	glTexImage1D12	
glCopyPixels12	glMultiTexCoord2dvARB12	glTexImage2D12	
glCopyTexImage1D12	glMultiTexCoord2fARB12	glTexImage3D12	
glCopyTexImage2D12	glMultiTexCoord2fvARB12	glTexParameterf12	
glCopyTexSubImage1D12	glMultiTexCoord2iARB12	glTexParameterfv12	
glCopyTexSubImage2D12	glMultiTexCoord2ivARB12	glTexParameteri12	
glCopyTexSubImage3D12	glMultiTexCoord2sARB12	glTexParameteriv12	
glCullFace12	glMultiTexCoord2svARB12	glTexSubImage1D12	
glDeleteLists12	glMultiTexCoord3dARB12	glTexSubImage2D12	
glDeleteTextures12	glMultiTexCoord3dvARB12	glTexSubImage3D12	
glDepthFunc12	glMultiTexCoord3fARB12	glTranslated12	
glDepthMask12	glMultiTexCoord3fvARB12	glTranslatef12	
glDepthRange12	glMultiTexCoord3iARB12	glVertex2d12	
glDisable12	glMultiTexCoord3ivARB12	glVertex2dv12	
glDisableClientState12	glMultiTexCoord3sARB12	glVertex2f12	
glDrawArrays12	glMultiTexCoord3svARB12	glVertex2fv12	
glDrawBuffer12	glMultiTexCoord4dARB12	glVertex2i12	
glDrawElements12	glMultiTexCoord4dvARB12	glVertex2iv12	
glDrawPixels12	glMultiTexCoord4fARB12	glVertex2s12	
glDrawRangeElements12	glMultiTexCoord4fvARB12	glVertex2sv12	
glEdgeFlag12	glMultiTexCoord4iARB12	glVertex3d12	
glEdgeFlagPointer12	glMultiTexCoord4ivARB12	glVertex3dv12	
glEdgeFlagv12	glMultiTexCoord4sARB12	glVertex3f12	
glEnable12	glMultiTexCoord4svARB12	glVertex3fv12	
glEnableClientState12	glNewList12	glVertex3i12	
glEnd12	glNormal3b12	glVertex3iv12	
glEndList12	glNormal3bv12	glVertex3s12	
glEvalCoord1d12	glNormal3d12	glVertex3sv12	
glEvalCoord1dv12	glNormal3dv12	glVertex4d12	
glEvalCoord1f12	glNormal3f12	glVertex4dv12	
glEvalCoord1fv12	glNormal3fv12	glVertex4f12	
glEvalCoord2d12	glNormal3i12	glVertex4fv12	
glEvalCoord2dv12	glNormal3iv12	glVertex4i12	
glEvalCoord2f12	glNormal3s12	glVertex4iv12	
glEvalCoord2fv12	glNormal3sv12	glVertex4s12	
glEvalMesh112	glNormalPointer12	glVertex4sv12	
glEvalMesh212	glOrtho12	glVertexPointer12	
glEvalPoint112	glPassThrough12	glViewport12	
glEvalPoint212	glPixelMapfv12	glXChooseFBConfig12	
glFeedbackBuffer12	glPixelMapuiv12	glXChooseVisual12	
glFinish12	glPixelMapusv12	glXCopyContext12	
glFlush12	glPixelStoref12	glXCreateContext12	
glFogf12	glPixelStorei12	glXCreateGLXPixmap12	
glFogfv12	glPixelTransferf12	glXCreateNewContext12	
glFogi12	glPixelTransferi12	glXCreatePbuffer12	
glFogiv12	glPixelZoom12	glXCreatePixmap12	
glFrontFace12	glPointParameterfvEXT12	glXCreateWindow12	
glFrustum12	glPointSize12	glXDestroyContext12	
glGenLists12	glPolygonMode12	glXDestroyGLXPixmap12	
glGenTextures12	glPolygonOffset12	glXDestroyPbuffer12	
glGetBooleanv12	glPolygonStipple12	glXDestroyPixmap12	
glGetClipPlane12	glPopAttrib12	glXDestroyWindow12	
glGetColorTable12	glPopClientAttrib12	glXFreeContextEXT12	
glGetColorTableParameterfv12	glPopMatrix12	glXGetClientString12	
glGetColorTableParameteriv12	glPopName12	glXGetConfig12	
glGetConvolutionFilter12	glPrioritizeTextures12	glXGetContextIDEXT12	
glGetConvolutionParameterfv12	glPushAttrib12	glXGetCurrentContext12	
glGetConvolutionParameteriv12	glPushClientAttrib12	glXGetCurrentDisplay12	
glGetDoublev12	glPushMatrix12	glXGetCurrentDrawable12	
glGetError12	glPushName12	glXGetCurrentReadDrawable12	
glGetFloatv12	glRasterPos2d12	glXGetFBConfigAttrib12	
glGetHistogram12	glRasterPos2dv12	glXGetSelectedEvent12	
glGetHistogramParameterfv12	glRasterPos2f12	glXGetVisualFromFBConfig12	
glGetHistogramParameteriv12	glRasterPos2fv12	glXImportContextEXT12	
glGetIntegerv12	glRasterPos2i12	glXIsDirect12	
glGetLightfv12	glRasterPos2iv12	glXMakeContextCurrent12	
glGetLightiv12	glRasterPos2s12	glXMakeCurrent12	
glGetMapdv12	glRasterPos2sv12	glXQueryContext12	
glGetMapfv12	glRasterPos3d12	glXQueryContextInfoEXT12	
glGetMapiv12	glRasterPos3dv12	glXQueryDrawable12	
glGetMaterialfv12	glRasterPos3f12	glXQueryExtension12	
glGetMaterialiv12	glRasterPos3fv12	glXQueryExtensionsString12	
glGetMinmax12	glRasterPos3i12	glXQueryServerString12	
glGetMinmaxParameterfv12	glRasterPos3iv12	glXQueryVersion12	
glGetMinmaxParameteriv12	glRasterPos3s12	glXSelectEvent12	
glGetPixelMapfv12	glRasterPos3sv12	glXSwapBuffers12	
glGetPixelMapuiv12	glRasterPos4d12	glXUseXFont12	
glGetPixelMapusv12	glRasterPos4dv12	glXWaitGL12	
glGetPointerv12	glRasterPos4f12	glXWaitX12	
glGetPolygonStipple12	glRasterPos4fv12	

A.5. libXext
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Double Buffer Extension Library	
X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification	
Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1	
X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0	
MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension	
X Synchronization Extension Library	

Table A-7. libXext Function Interfaces
DPMSCapable3	XShmCreateImage6	XSyncQueryExtension7	
DPMSDisable3	XShmCreatePixmap6	XSyncSetCounter7	
DPMSEnable3	XShmDetach6	XSyncSetPriority7	
DPMSForceLevel3	XShmGetEventBase6	XSyncValueAdd7	
DPMSGetTimeouts3	XShmGetImage6	XSyncValueEqual7	
DPMSGetVersion3	XShmPixmapFormat6	XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual7	
DPMSInfo3	XShmPutImage6	XSyncValueGreaterThan7	
DPMSQueryExtension3	XShmQueryExtension6	XSyncValueHigh327	
DPMSSetTimeouts3	XShmQueryVersion6	XSyncValueIsNegative7	
XSecurityAllocXauth4	XSyncAwait7	XSyncValueIsPositive7	
XSecurityFreeXauth4	XSyncChangeAlarm7	XSyncValueIsZero7	
XSecurityGenerateAuthorization4	XSyncChangeCounter7	XSyncValueLessOrEqual7	
XSecurityQueryExtension4	XSyncCreateAlarm7	XSyncValueLessThan7	
XSecurityRevokeAuthorization4	XSyncCreateCounter7	XSyncValueLow327	
XShapeCombineMask5	XSyncDestroyAlarm7	XSyncValueSubtract7	
XShapeCombineRectangles5	XSyncDestroyCounter7	XdbeAllocateBackBufferName2	
XShapeCombineRegion5	XSyncFreeSystemCounterList7	XdbeBeginIdiom2	
XShapeCombineShape5	XSyncGetPriority7	XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName2	
XShapeGetRectangles5	XSyncInitialize7	XdbeEndIdiom2	
XShapeInputSelected5	XSyncIntToValue7	XdbeFreeVisualInfo2	
XShapeOffsetShape5	XSyncIntsToValue7	XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes2	
XShapeQueryExtension5	XSyncListSystemCounters7	XdbeGetVisualInfo2	
XShapeQueryExtents5	XSyncMaxValue7	XdbeQueryExtension2	
XShapeQueryVersion5	XSyncMinValue7	XdbeSwapBuffers2	
XShapeSelectInput5	XSyncQueryAlarm7	
	
XShmAttach6	XSyncQueryCounter7	

A.6. libICE
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol	

Table A-8. libICE Function Interfaces
IceAcceptConnection9	IceGetConnectionContext9	IceProtocolVersion9	
IceAddConnectionWatch9	IceGetInBufSize9	IceReadAuthFileEntry9	
IceAllocScratch9	IceGetListenConnectionNumber9	IceRegisterForProtocolReply9	
IceAppLockConn9	IceGetListenConnectionString9	IceRegisterForProtocolSetup9	
IceAppUnlockConn9	IceGetOutBufSize9	IceRelease9	
IceAuthFileName9	IceInitThreads9	IceRemoveConnectionWatch9	
IceCheckShutdownNegotiation9	IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber9	IceSetErrorHandler9	
IceCloseConnection9	IceLastSentSequenceNumber9	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc9	
IceComposeNetworkIdList9	IceListenForConnections9	IceSetIOErrorHandler9	
IceConnectionNumber9	IceListenForWellKnownConnections9	IceSetPaAuthData9	
IceConnectionStatus9	IceLockAuthFile9	IceSetShutdownNegotiation9	
IceConnectionString9	IceOpenConnection9	IceSwapping9	
IceFlush9	IcePing9	IceUnlockAuthFile9	
IceFreeAuthFileEntry9	IceProcessMessages9	IceVendor9	
IceFreeListenObjs9	IceProtocolRevision9	IceWriteAuthFileEntry9	
IceGenerateMagicCookie9	IceProtocolSetup9	
	
IceGetAuthFileEntry9	IceProtocolShutdown9	

A.7. libSM
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Session Management Library	

Table A-9. libSM Function Interfaces
SmFreeProperty8	SmcRelease8	SmsInitialize8	
SmFreeReasons8	SmcRequestSaveYourself8	SmsInteract8	
SmcClientID8	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase28	SmsProtocolRevision8	
SmcCloseConnection8	SmcSaveYourselfDone8	SmsProtocolVersion8	
SmcDeleteProperties8	SmcSetErrorHandler8	SmsRegisterClientReply8	
SmcGetIceConnection8	SmcSetProperties8	SmsReturnProperties8	
SmcGetProperties8	SmcVendor8	SmsSaveComplete8	
SmcInteractDone8	SmsCleanUp8	SmsSaveYourself8	
SmcInteractRequest8	SmsClientHostName8	SmsSaveYourselfPhase28	
SmcModifyCallbacks8	SmsClientID8	SmsSetErrorHandler8	
SmcOpenConnection8	SmsDie8	SmsShutdownCancelled8	
SmcProtocolRevision8	SmsGenerateClientID8	
	
SmcProtocolVersion8	SmsGetIceConnection8	

A.8. libdl
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-10. libdl Function Interfaces
dladdr(GLIBC_2.0)18	dlerror(GLIBC_2.0)19	dlsym(GLIBC_2.0)19	
dlclose(GLIBC_2.0)19	dlopen(GLIBC_2.0)19	

A.9. libcrypt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-11. libcrypt Function Interfaces
crypt(GLIBC_2.0)20	encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)20	setkey(GLIBC_2.0)20	

A.10. libz
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
zlib 1.1.3 Manual	

Table A-12. libz Function Interfaces
adler321	gzdopen1	gztell1	
compress1	gzeof1	gzwrite1	
compress21	gzerror1	inflate1	
crc321	gzflush1	inflateEnd1	
deflate1	gzgetc1	inflateInit2_1	
deflateCopy1	gzgets1	inflateInit_1	
deflateEnd1	gzopen1	inflateReset1	
deflateInit2_1	gzprintf1	inflateSetDictionary1	
deflateInit_1	gzputc1	inflateSync1	
deflateParams1	gzputs1	inflateSyncPoint1	
deflateReset1	gzread1	uncompress1	
deflateSetDictionary1	gzrewind1	zError1	
get_crc_table1	gzseek1	
	
gzclose1	gzsetparams1	

A.11. libncurses
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	

Table A-13. libncurses Function Interfaces
addch2	mvcur2	slk_noutrefresh2	
addchnstr2	mvdelch2	slk_refresh2	
addchstr2	mvderwin2	slk_restore2	
addnstr2	mvgetch2	slk_set2	
addstr2	mvgetnstr2	slk_touch2	
attr_get2	mvgetstr2	standend2	
attr_off2	mvhline2	standout2	
attr_on2	mvinch2	start_color2	
attr_set2	mvinchnstr2	subpad2	
attroff2	mvinchstr2	subwin2	
attron2	mvinnstr2	syncok2	
attrset2	mvinsch2	termattrs2	
baudrate2	mvinsnstr2	termname2	
beep2	mvinsstr2	tgetent2	
bkgd2	mvinstr2	tgetflag2	
bkgdset2	mvprintw2	tgetnum2	
border2	mvscanw2	tgetstr2	
box2	mvvline2	tgoto2	
can_change_color2	mvwaddch2	tigetflag2	
cbreak2	mvwaddchnstr2	tigetnum2	
chgat2	mvwaddchstr2	tigetstr2	
clear2	mvwaddnstr2	timeout2	
clearok2	mvwaddstr2	tparm2	
clrtobot2	mvwchgat2	tputs2	
clrtoeol2	mvwdelch2	typeahead2	
color_content2	mvwgetch2	ungetch2	
color_set2	mvwgetnstr2	untouchwin2	
copywin2	mvwgetstr2	use_env2	
curs_set2	mvwhline2	vidattr2	
def_prog_mode2	mvwin2	vidputs2	
def_shell_mode2	mvwinch2	vline2	
delay_output2	mvwinchnstr2	vw_printw2	
delch2	mvwinchstr2	vw_scanw2	
deleteln2	mvwinnstr2	vwprintw2	
delscreen2	mvwinsch2	vwscanw2	
delwin2	mvwinsnstr2	waddch2	
derwin2	mvwinsstr2	waddchnstr2	
doupdate2	mvwinstr2	waddchstr2	
dupwin2	mvwprintw2	waddnstr2	
echo2	mvwscanw2	waddstr2	
echochar2	mvwvline2	wattr_get2	
endwin2	napms2	wattr_off2	
erase2	newpad2	wattr_on2	
erasechar2	newterm2	wattr_set2	
filter2	newwin2	wattroff2	
flash2	nl2	wattron2	
flushinp2	nocbreak2	wattrset2	
getbkgd2	nodelay2	wbkgd2	
getch2	noecho2	wbkgdset2	
getnstr2	nonl2	wborder2	
getstr2	noqiflush2	wchgat2	
getwin2	noraw2	wclear2	
halfdelay2	notimeout2	wclrtobot2	
has_colors2	overlay2	wclrtoeol2	
has_ic2	overwrite2	wcolor_set2	
has_il2	pair_content2	wcursyncup2	
hline2	pechochar2	wdelch2	
idcok2	pnoutrefresh2	wdeleteln2	
idlok2	prefresh2	wechochar2	
immedok2	printw2	werase2	
inch2	putp2	wgetch2	
inchnstr2	putwin2	wgetnstr2	
inchstr2	qiflush2	wgetstr2	
init_color2	raw2	whline2	
init_pair2	redrawwin2	winch2	
initscr2	refresh2	winchnstr2	
innstr2	reset_prog_mode2	winchstr2	
insch2	reset_shell_mode2	winnstr2	
insdelln2	resetty2	winsch2	
insertln2	ripoffline2	winsdelln2	
insnstr2	savetty2	winsertln2	
insstr2	scanw2	winsnstr2	
instr2	scr_dump2	winsstr2	
intrflush2	scr_init2	winstr2	
is_linetouched2	scr_restore2	wmove2	
is_wintouched2	scr_set2	wnoutrefresh2	
isendwin2	scrl2	wprintw2	
keyname2	scroll2	wredrawln2	
keypad2	scrollok2	wrefresh2	
killchar2	set_term2	wscanw2	
leaveok2	setscrreg2	wscrl2	
longname2	setupterm2	wsetscrreg2	
meta2	slk_attr_set2	wstandend2	
move2	slk_attroff2	wstandout2	
mvaddch2	slk_attron2	wsyncdown2	
mvaddchnstr2	slk_attrset2	wsyncup2	
mvaddchstr2	slk_clear2	wtimeout2	
mvaddnstr2	slk_color2	wtouchln2	
mvaddstr2	slk_init2	wvline2	
mvchgat2	slk_label2	

Table A-14. libncurses Data Interfaces
COLS2	curscr2	
	
LINES2	stdscr2	

A.12. libutil
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-15. libutil Function Interfaces
forkpty(GLIBC_2.0)3	login_tty(GLIBC_2.0)3	logwtmp(GLIBC_2.0)3	
login(GLIBC_2.0)3	logout(GLIBC_2.0)3	openpty(GLIBC_2.0)3	

A.13. libc
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
Large File Support	
LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4	
Linux Standard Base	
IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]	
CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)	
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition	

Table A-16. libc Function Interfaces
_Exit(GLIBC_2.1.1)1	getservbyport(GLIBC_2.1.1)6	shmctl(GLIBC_2.1.1)7	
_IO_feof(GLIBC_2.0)4	getservent(GLIBC_2.0)4	shmdt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_getc(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmget(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_putc(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsockname(GLIBC_2.0)6	shutdown(GLIBC_2.0)6	
_IO_puts(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigaction(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__assert_fail(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsubopt(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigaddset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max(GLIBC_2.0)4	gettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigaltstack(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__cxa_atexit(GLIBC_2.1.3)4	gettimeofday(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	sigandset(GLIBC_2.1.3)4	
__dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	getuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigblock(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__errno_location(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutent(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigdelset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__fpending(GLIBC_2.2)4	getutent_r(GLIBC_2.2)4	sigemptyset(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__fxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutxent(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigfillset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__fxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	getutxid(GLIBC_2.2)7	siggetmask(GLIBC_2.2)4	
__getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	sighold(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)4	getw(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigignore(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__h_errno_location4	getwc()1	siginterrupt()7	
__libc_current_sigrtmax(GLIBC_2.1)4	getwchar(GLIBC_2.1)7	sigisemptyset(GLIBC_2.1)4	
__libc_current_sigrtmin(GLIBC_2.1)4	getwd(GLIBC_2.1)7	sigismember(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__libc_start_main(GLIBC_2.0)4	glob(GLIBC_2.0)7	siglongjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__lxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	glob64(GLIBC_2.0)4	signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__lxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	globfree(GLIBC_2.2)7	sigorset(GLIBC_2.2)4	
__mempcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	globfree64(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__rawmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)4	gmtime(GLIBC_2.1)7	sigpending(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__sigsetjmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	gmtime_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigprocmask(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	grantpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigqueue(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strdup(GLIBC_2.0)4	hcreate(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigrelse(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	hdestroy(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigreturn(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	hsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	htonl(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigstack(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	htons(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigsuspend(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigtimedwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv_close(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv_open(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwaitinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	imaxabs(GLIBC_2.0)1	sleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sysconf(GLIBC_2.2)4	imaxdiv(GLIBC_2.2)1	snprintf(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__sysv_signal(GLIBC_2.0)4	index(GLIBC_2.0)7	socket(GLIBC_2.0)6	
__wcstod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_addr(GLIBC_2.0)6	socketpair(GLIBC_2.0)6	
__wcstof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_aton(GLIBC_2.0)6	sprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_ntoa(GLIBC_2.0)6	srand(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	initgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	srand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	initstate(GLIBC_2.0)7	srandom(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xmknod(GLIBC_2.0)4	insque(GLIBC_2.0)7	sscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	ioctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	statfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__xstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	isalnum(GLIBC_2.2)7	statvfs(GLIBC_2.2)7	
_exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	isalpha(GLIBC_2.0)7	step(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	isascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	stime(GLIBC_2.0)4	
_obstack_begin(GLIBC_2.0)4	isatty(GLIBC_2.0)7	stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
_obstack_newchunk(GLIBC_2.0)4	isblank(GLIBC_2.0)4	stpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
_setjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	iscntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	isdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcasestr(GLIBC_2.0)4	
_toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	isgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
a64l(GLIBC_2.0)7	isinf(GLIBC_2.0)1	strchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
abort(GLIBC_2.0)7	isinfl(GLIBC_2.0)1	strcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
abs(GLIBC_2.0)7	islower(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcoll(GLIBC_2.0)7	
accept(GLIBC_2.0)6	isnan(GLIBC_2.0)1	strcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
access(GLIBC_2.0)7	isnanf(GLIBC_2.0)1	strcspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
acct(GLIBC_2.0)4	isnanl(GLIBC_2.0)1	strdup(GLIBC_2.0)7	
adjtime(GLIBC_2.0)4	isprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	strerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	
adjtimex(GLIBC_2.0)4	ispunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	strerror_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	
advance(GLIBC_2.0)7	isspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	strfmon(GLIBC_2.0)7	
alarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	isupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	strfry(GLIBC_2.0)4	
alphasort(GLIBC_2.0)4	iswalnum(GLIBC_2.0)7	strftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
alphasort64(GLIBC_2.1)4	iswalpha(GLIBC_2.1)7	strlen(GLIBC_2.1)7	
asctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswblank(GLIBC_2.0)4	strncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
asctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswcntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atexit(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswctype(GLIBC_2.0)4	strncmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atof(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atoi(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	strndup(GLIBC_2.0)4	
atol(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswlower(GLIBC_2.0)7	strnlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	
authnone_create(GLIBC_2.0)9	iswprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	strpbrk(GLIBC_2.0)7	
basename(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswpunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	strptime(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	strrchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bcopy(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	strsep(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bind(GLIBC_2.0)6	iswxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strsignal(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bind_textdomain_codeset3	isxdigit()7	strspn()7	
bindresvport(GLIBC_2.0)4	jrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	strstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bindtextdomain(GLIBC_2.0)3	key_decryptsession(GLIBC_2.0)8	strtod(GLIBC_2.0)7	
brk(GLIBC_2.0)7	kill(GLIBC_2.0)4	strtof(GLIBC_2.0)1	
bsd_signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	killpg(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoimax(GLIBC_2.0)1	
bsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	l64a(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtok(GLIBC_2.0)7	
btowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	labs(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bzero(GLIBC_2.0)7	lchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtol(GLIBC_2.0)7	
calloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	lcong48(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtold(GLIBC_2.0)1	
catclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	ldiv(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoll(GLIBC_2.0)1	
catgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	lfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
catopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	link(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoul(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfgetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	listen(GLIBC_2.0)6	strtoull(GLIBC_2.0)1	
cfgetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	llabs(GLIBC_2.0)1	strtoumax(GLIBC_2.0)1	
cfmakeraw(GLIBC_2.0)4	lldiv(GLIBC_2.0)1	strtouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cfsetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	localeconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	strverscmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cfsetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	localtime(GLIBC_2.0)7	strxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfsetspeed(GLIBC_2.0)4	localtime_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	svc_getreqset(GLIBC_2.0)8	
chdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	lockf(GLIBC_2.0)7	svcerr_auth(GLIBC_2.0)8	
chmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	lockf64(GLIBC_2.0)2	svcerr_decode(GLIBC_2.0)8	
chown(GLIBC_2.1)7	longjmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	svcerr_noproc(GLIBC_2.1)8	
chroot(GLIBC_2.0)7	lrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	svcerr_noprog(GLIBC_2.0)8	
clearerr(GLIBC_2.0)7	lsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	svcerr_progvers(GLIBC_2.0)8	
clnt_create(GLIBC_2.0)9	lseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	svcerr_systemerr(GLIBC_2.0)8	
clnt_pcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)9	lseek64(GLIBC_2.0)2	svcerr_weakauth(GLIBC_2.0)8	
clnt_perrno(GLIBC_2.0)9	makecontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	swab(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clnt_perror(GLIBC_2.0)9	malloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	swapcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clnt_spcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)9	mblen(GLIBC_2.0)7	swprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clnt_sperrno(GLIBC_2.0)9	mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)7	swscanf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
clnt_sperror(GLIBC_2.0)9	mbrtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	symlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clock(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbsinit(GLIBC_2.0)7	sync(GLIBC_2.0)7	
close(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbsnrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)4	sysconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
closedir(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbsrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	syslog(GLIBC_2.0)7	
closelog(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbstowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	system(GLIBC_2.0)4	
confstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcdrain(GLIBC_2.0)7	
connect(GLIBC_2.0)6	memccpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcflow(GLIBC_2.0)7	
creat(GLIBC_2.0)7	memchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	
creat64(GLIBC_2.1)2	memcmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	tcgetattr(GLIBC_2.1)7	
ctermid(GLIBC_2.0)7	memcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcgetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	memmem(GLIBC_2.0)4	tcgetsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	memmove(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsendbreak(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cuserid(GLIBC_2.0)7	memrchr(GLIBC_2.0)4	tcsetattr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
daemon(GLIBC_2.0)4	memset(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)3	mkdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	telldir(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dcngettext3	mkfifo()7	tempnam()7	
dgettext3	mkstemp()7	textdomain()3	
difftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	mkstemp64(GLIBC_2.0)2	tfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dirname(GLIBC_2.0)7	mktemp(GLIBC_2.0)7	time(GLIBC_2.0)7	
div(GLIBC_2.0)7	mktime(GLIBC_2.0)7	times(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dngettext3	mlock()7	tmpfile()7	
drand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	mlockall(GLIBC_2.0)7	tmpfile64(GLIBC_2.0)2	
dup(GLIBC_2.0)7	mmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	tmpnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dup2(GLIBC_2.0)7	mmap64(GLIBC_2.0)2	toascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ecvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	mprotect(GLIBC_2.0)7	tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	mrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endhostent(GLIBC_2.0)6	msgctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	towctrans(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endnetent(GLIBC_2.0)6	msgget(GLIBC_2.0)7	towlower(GLIBC_2.0)1	
endprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	msgrcv(GLIBC_2.0)7	towupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgsnd(GLIBC_2.0)7	truncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	msync(GLIBC_2.0)7	truncate64(GLIBC_2.0)2	
endutent(GLIBC_2.0)7	munlock(GLIBC_2.0)7	tsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endutxent(GLIBC_2.1)7	munlockall(GLIBC_2.1)7	ttyname(GLIBC_2.1)7	
erand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	munmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	ttyname_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	
err(GLIBC_2.0)4	nanosleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	twalk(GLIBC_2.0)7	
error(GLIBC_2.0)4	nftw(GLIBC_2.0)7	tzset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
errx(GLIBC_2.0)4	nftw64(GLIBC_2.0)2	ualarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execl(GLIBC_2.0)7	nice(GLIBC_2.0)7	ulimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execle(GLIBC_2.0)7	nl_langinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	umask(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execlp(GLIBC_2.0)7	nrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	uname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execv(GLIBC_2.0)7	ntohl(GLIBC_2.0)6	ungetc(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execve(GLIBC_2.0)7	ntohs(GLIBC_2.0)6	ungetwc(GLIBC_2.0)1	
execvp(GLIBC_2.0)7	obstack_free(GLIBC_2.0)4	unlink(GLIBC_2.0)4	
exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	open(GLIBC_2.0)7	unlockpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	open64(GLIBC_2.0)2	unsetenv4	
fchmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	opendir(GLIBC_2.0)7	usleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	openlog(GLIBC_2.0)7	utime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fclose(GLIBC_2.1)7	pathconf(GLIBC_2.1)7	utimes(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fcntl(GLIBC_2.0)7	pause(GLIBC_2.0)7	vasprintf(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fcvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	pclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	vdprintf(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fdatasync(GLIBC_2.0)7	perror(GLIBC_2.0)7	verrx(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fdopen(GLIBC_2.1)7	pipe(GLIBC_2.1)7	vfork(GLIBC_2.1)7	
feof(GLIBC_2.0)7	poll(GLIBC_2.0)7	vfprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ferror(GLIBC_2.0)7	popen(GLIBC_2.0)7	vfwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
fflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	posix_memalign(GLIBC_2.0)5	vfwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
fflush_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	pread(GLIBC_2.0)7	vprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ffs(GLIBC_2.0)7	pread64(GLIBC_2.0)2	vsnprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetc(GLIBC_2.0)7	printf(GLIBC_2.0)7	vsprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	psignal(GLIBC_2.0)4	vswprintf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
fgetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)2	ptsname(GLIBC_2.1)7	vswscanf(GLIBC_2.1)1	
fgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	putc(GLIBC_2.0)7	vsyslog4	
fgetwc(GLIBC_2.2)7	putc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)7	vwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)1	
fgetwc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)7	putchar(GLIBC_2.2)7	vwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)1	
fgetws(GLIBC_2.2)1	putchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)7	wait(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fileno(GLIBC_2.0)7	putenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	wait3(GLIBC_2.0)7	
flock(GLIBC_2.0)4	puts(GLIBC_2.0)7	wait4(GLIBC_2.0)4	
flockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	pututxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	waitid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fmtmsg(GLIBC_2.1)7	putw(GLIBC_2.1)7	waitpid(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fnmatch(GLIBC_2.2.3)7	putwc(GLIBC_2.2.3)1	warn(GLIBC_2.2.3)4	
fopen(GLIBC_2.1)7	putwchar(GLIBC_2.1)1	warnx(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fopen64(GLIBC_2.1)2	pwrite(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcpcpy(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fork(GLIBC_2.0)7	pwrite64(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fpathconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	qsort(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcrtomb(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	raise(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fputc(GLIBC_2.0)7	rand(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fputs(GLIBC_2.0)7	rand_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcschr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fputwc(GLIBC_2.2)1	random(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcscmp(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fputws(GLIBC_2.2)1	random_r(GLIBC_2.2)4	wcscoll(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fread(GLIBC_2.0)7	re_comp(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
free(GLIBC_2.0)7	re_exec(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
freopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	read(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsdup(GLIBC_2.0)4	
freopen64(GLIBC_2.1)2	readdir(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsftime(GLIBC_2.1)1	
fscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	readdir64(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcslen(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	readdir_r7	wcsncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fseeko(GLIBC_2.1)7	readlink(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsncat(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fseeko64(GLIBC_2.1)2	readv(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsncmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fsetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	realloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fsetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)2	realpath(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsnlen(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fstatfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	recv(GLIBC_2.0)6	wcsnrtombs(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fstatfs64(GLIBC_2.1)2	recvfrom(GLIBC_2.1)6	wcspbrk(GLIBC_2.1)1	
fstatvfs(GLIBC_2.1)7	recvmsg(GLIBC_2.1)6	wcsrchr(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fstatvfs64(GLIBC_2.1)2	regcomp(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsrtombs(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fsync(GLIBC_2.0)7	regerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftell(GLIBC_2.0)7	regexec(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftello(GLIBC_2.1)7	regfree(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstod(GLIBC_2.1)7	
ftello64(GLIBC_2.1)2	remove(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstof(GLIBC_2.1)1	
ftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	remque(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoimax(GLIBC_2.0)1	
ftok(GLIBC_2.0)7	rename(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstok(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftruncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	rewind(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstol(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftruncate64(GLIBC_2.1)2	rewinddir(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstold(GLIBC_2.1)1	
ftrylockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	rindex(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoll(GLIBC_2.0)1	
ftw(GLIBC_2.0)7	rmdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstombs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftw64(GLIBC_2.1)2	sbrk(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstoq(GLIBC_2.1)4	
funlockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	scanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoul(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fwide(GLIBC_2.2)1	sched_get_priority_max(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcstoull(GLIBC_2.2)1	
fwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)4	sched_get_priority_min(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcstoumax(GLIBC_2.2)1	
fwrite(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_getparam(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)1	sched_getscheduler(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcswcs(GLIBC_2.2)7	
gcvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_rr_get_interval(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcswidth(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getc(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setparam(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctob(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getchar(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_yield(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctomb(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	seed48(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctrans(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getcontext(GLIBC_2.1)7	seekdir(GLIBC_2.1)7	wctype(GLIBC_2.1)7	
getcwd(GLIBC_2.0)7	select(GLIBC_2.0)6	wcwidth(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getdate(GLIBC_2.1)7	semctl(GLIBC_2.1)7	wmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)7	
getdomainname(GLIBC_2.0)4	semget(GLIBC_2.0)7	wmemcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getegid(GLIBC_2.0)7	semop(GLIBC_2.0)7	wmemcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	send(GLIBC_2.0)6	wmemmove(GLIBC_2.0)7	
geteuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sendmsg(GLIBC_2.0)6	wmemset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sendto(GLIBC_2.0)6	wordexp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	setbuf(GLIBC_2.0)7	wordfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgrgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setbuffer(GLIBC_2.0)4	wprintf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
getgrnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	setcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	write(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgroups(GLIBC_2.0)7	setdomainname4	writev(GLIBC_2.0)7	
gethostbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	setegid(GLIBC_2.0)4	wscanf(GLIBC_2.0)1	
gethostbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	setenv4	xdr_accepted_reply(GLIBC_2.0)8	
gethostbyname_r(GLIBC_2.1.2)4	seteuid(GLIBC_2.1.2)4	xdr_array(GLIBC_2.1.2)8	
gethostid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_bool(GLIBC_2.0)8	
gethostname(GLIBC_2.0)6	setgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_bytes(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	setgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	xdr_callhdr(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getloadavg(GLIBC_2.2)4	sethostent(GLIBC_2.2)6	xdr_callmsg(GLIBC_2.2)8	
getlogin(GLIBC_2.0)7	sethostid(GLIBC_2.0)4	xdr_char(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getnetbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	sethostname(GLIBC_2.0)4	xdr_double(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getopt(GLIBC_2.0)4	setitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_enum(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getopt_long(GLIBC_2.0)4	setlocale(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_float(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getopt_long_only(GLIBC_2.0)4	setlogmask(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_free(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)7	setmntent(GLIBC_2.0)4	xdr_int(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpeername(GLIBC_2.0)6	setnetent(GLIBC_2.0)6	xdr_long(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_opaque(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_opaque_auth(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_pointer(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getppid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	xdr_reference(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_rejected_reply(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getprotobyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	setregid(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_replymsg(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getprotobynumber(GLIBC_2.0)6	setreuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_short(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)4	setrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_string(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	setrlimit642	xdr_u_char(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpwnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	setservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	xdr_u_long(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpwnam_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	setsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_u_short(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpwuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)6	xdr_union(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getpwuid_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	setstate(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdr_vector(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getrlimit(GLIBC_2.2)7	setuid(GLIBC_2.2)7	xdr_void(GLIBC_2.2)8	
getrlimit64(GLIBC_2.1)2	setutent(GLIBC_2.1)4	xdr_wrapstring(GLIBC_2.1)8	
getrusage(GLIBC_2.0)7	setutxent(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdrmem_create(GLIBC_2.0)8	
gets(GLIBC_2.0)7	setvbuf(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdrrec_create(GLIBC_2.0)8	
getservbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	shmat(GLIBC_2.0)7	xdrrec_eof(GLIBC_2.0)8	

Table A-17. libc Data Interfaces
__ctype_tolower4	__environ4	_sys_errlist4	
__daylight4	__timezone4	

A.14. libpthread
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-18. libpthread Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_create(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_detach(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_equal(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_rwlock_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_attr_getinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_exit(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_wrlock(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_getspecific(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getscope(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_join(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlockattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_key_create(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_attr_getstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_key_delete(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_self(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_attr_init(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_kill(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_setcancelstate(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutex_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_setcanceltype(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_setguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_mutex_init(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_setconcurrency17	
pthread_attr_setinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutex_lock(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutex_trylock(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_setspecific(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutex_unlock(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_sigmask(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_setscope(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutexattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_testcancel(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_attr_setstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.1)17	sem_close(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_attr_setstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)17	pthread_mutexattr_gettype(GLIBC_2.1)17	sem_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)17	
pthread_cancel(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutexattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_getvalue(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_cond_broadcast(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_cond_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_mutexattr_settype(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_open(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_cond_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_once(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_post(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_cond_signal(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)16	
pthread_cond_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_trywait(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_cond_wait(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_rdlock(GLIBC_2.0)17	sem_unlink(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_condattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock17	sem_wait(GLIBC_2.0)17	
pthread_condattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)17	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock17	

Appendix B. GNU Free Documentation License
Version 1.1, March 2000
Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
B.1. PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
B.2. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
B.3. VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
B.4. COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
B.5. MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
	A.	Use in the Title Page  (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the  Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if  there were any, be listed in the History section of the  Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if  the original publisher of that version gives permission.
	B.	List on the Title Page,  as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for  authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version,  together with at least five of the principal authors of the  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than  five).
	C.	State on the Title page  the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the  publisher.
	D.	Preserve all the  copyright notices of the Document.
	E.	Add an appropriate  copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other  copyright notices.
	F.	Include, immediately  after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public  permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this  License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
	G.	Preserve in that license  notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover  Texts given in the Document's license notice.
	H.	Include an unaltered  copy of this License.
	I.	Preserve the section  entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating  at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the  Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no  section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating  the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given  on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
	J.	Preserve the network  location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a  Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network  locations given in the Document for previous versions it was  based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You  may omit a network location for a work that was published at  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
	K.	In any section entitled  "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's  title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of  each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications  given therein.
	L.	Preserve all the  Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and  in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not  considered part of the section titles.
	M.	Delete any section  entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in  the Modified Version.
	N.	Do not retitle any  existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with  any Invariant Section.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
B.6. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."
B.7. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
B.8. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
B.9. TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.
B.10. TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
B.11. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
B.12. How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
 Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.